TOCHNOG PROFESSIONAL User’s manual

Dennis Roddeman

February 4, 2018

1

Contents

1 Basic information 41

1.1 pdf and HTML manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

1.2 How to perform a calculation and how to get started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

1.3 Pre- and postprocessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

1.4 Space discretization, time discretization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

1.5 Program capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

1.6 Files used by Tochnog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

2 Equations 45

2.1 Convection and diffusion of heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

2.1.1 Convection-diffusion equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

2.1.2 Convection to environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

2.1.3 Radiation to environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

2.2 Material deformation and flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

2.2.1 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Total Lagrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Updated Lagrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

2.2.2 Elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Isotropy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Transverse Isotropy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Nonlinear elasticity polynomials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Power law nonlinear elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Borja Tamagnini nonlinear elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Lade nonlinear elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

2.2.3 Elasto-Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

CamClay plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Cap1 plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Cap2 plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Compression limiting plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

di Prisco plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

2

di Prisco plasticity model with varying density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Drucker-Prager plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Generalised Non Associate CamClay for Bonded Soils plasticity model . . 55

Gurson plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Hardening-Soil plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Matsuoka-Nakai model plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Mohr-Coulomb plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Mohr-Coulomb hardening-softening plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Multilaminate plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Tension limiting plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Von-Mises plasticity model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Isotropic Hardening and softening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Kinematic Hardening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Plastic heat generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

2.2.4 Hypo-Plasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Masin law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Wolffersdorff law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Visco law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Cohesion extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Intergranular strains extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

ISA-Intergranular strains extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Pressure dependent initial void ratio extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

2.2.5 Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Mazars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

2.2.6 Average stress (hydrostatic compressibility) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Compressibility contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

2.2.7 Undrained groundflow analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Local capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

2.2.8 Thermal stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

2.2.9 Hyper elasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

3

Besseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Blatz-Ko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Mooney-Rivlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Neo-Hookean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Reduced polynomial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Volumetric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

2.2.10 Viscoelasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Maxwell chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

2.2.11 Viscoplasticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Exponential model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Power model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

2.2.12 Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Viscous heat generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

2.3 Bond slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

2.4 Contact analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

2.4.1 Penalty formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

2.4.2 Friction and frictional heat generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

2.5 Ground water flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

2.5.1 Storage equation for fully saturated analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

2.5.2 Non-saturated analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

2.5.3 Consolidation analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

2.6 Wave equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

2.7 Probabilistic distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

2.7.1 Generation of random field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

2.7.2 Local averaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

2.7.3 Monte Carlo simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

2.7.4 Input data records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

3 Input file, general remarks 83

4 Input file, initialization part 84

4.1 echo switch (first record of initialization part) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

4

4.2 number of space dimensions number of space dimensions(second record of initialization part) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

4.3 derivatives (third record of initialization part, if specified) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

4.4 beam rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

4.5 condif temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.6 groundflow pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.7 groundflow pressure gradient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.8 groundflow saturation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.9 groundflow velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.10 materi damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.11 materi acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.12 materi displacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

4.13 materi displacement relative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.14 materi history variable number of variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.15 materi maxwell stress number of chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.16 materi plasti camclay history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.17 materi plasti cap1 history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.18 materi plasti diprisco history number of history variables . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.19 materi plasti f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.20 materi plasti f nonlocal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

4.21 materi plasti generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils history 87

4.22 materi plasti hardsoil history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

4.23 materi plasti hypo history number of history variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

4.24 materi plasti kappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

4.25 materi plasti kappa shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

4.26 materi plasti laminate number of laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

4.27 materi plasti phimob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.28 materi plasti rho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.29 materi strain energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.30 materi strain elasti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.31 materi strain intergranular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.32 materi strain isa c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

5

4.33 materi strain isa eacc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.34 materi strain plasti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

4.35 materi strain plasti camclay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.36 materi strain plasti cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.37 materi strain plasti compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.38 materi strain plasti diprisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.39 materi strain plasti generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils 89

4.40 materi strain plasti druckprag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.41 materi strain plasti hardsoil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.42 materi strain plasti laminate mohr coul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

4.43 materi strain plasti laminate tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.44 materi strain plasti mohr coul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.45 materi strain plasti tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.46 materi strain plasti vonmises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.47 materi strain total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.48 materi strain total kappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.49 materi strain total compression kappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

4.50 materi strain total shear kappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.51 materi strain total tension kappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.52 materi stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.53 materi stress pressure history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.54 materi velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.55 materi velocity integrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.56 materi void fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.57 materi work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.58 mrange maximum range length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

4.59 mstring maximum number of strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

4.60 wave scalar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

4.61 wave fscalar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

4.62 end initia (last record of initialization part) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

5 Input file, data part, introduction 93

6

Arithmetic blocks start arithmetic . . . end arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Automatic counting: counter a, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Conditional blocks start if . . . end if and start if not . . . end if not . . . . . . 94

Control indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Define blocks start define . . . end define . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Include files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Numbering of values in records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Ranges -ra . . . -ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Types of dof’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

6 Input file, data part, data records 99

6.1 area element group index geometry entity item geometry entity index element group 99

6.2 area element group element index name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.3 area element group interface index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.4 area element group method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.5 area element group node index node 0 node 1 . . . element group . . . . . . . . . 100

6.6 area element group sequence index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.7 area element group sequence element index name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.8 area element group sequence element group index group 0 group 1 . . . . . . 100

6.9 area element group sequence geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index102

6.10 area element group sequence geometry method index method . . . . . . . . 103

6.11 area element group sequence interface index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

6.12 area element group sequence time index time 0 time 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

6.13 area element group dof index group 0 group 1 dof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

6.14 area element group dof parameters index critical dof value time lap . . . . . 103

6.15 area element group dof reset index switch 0 switch 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

6.16 area node dataitem index geometry entity item geometry entity index data item name103

6.17 area node dataitem double index value 0 value 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

6.18 area node dataitem integer index value 0 value 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

6.19 axisymmetric switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

6.20 bounda alternate index bounda index 0 bounda index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

6.21 bounda baseline correction time start time end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

7

6.22 bounda baseline correction parameters index ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

6.23 bounda constant index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

6.24 bounda dof index node range dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

6.25 bounda dof cylindrical index x first y first z first x second y second z second . . 107

6.26 bounda dof radial index x y z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

6.27 bounda factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

6.28 bounda force index node range dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

6.29 bounda found index found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

6.30 bounda geometry method index node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

6.31 bounda normal index normal x normal y normal z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

6.32 bounda print mesh dof dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

6.33 bounda print mesh dof geometry geometry item name geometry item index . 109

6.34 bounda print mesh dof values value dof 0 value dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

6.35 bounda sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . . . . . . . . . 109

6.36 bounda time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

6.37 bounda time factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

6.38 bounda time offset index time offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

6.39 bounda time increment index time increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

6.40 bounda time units factor time factor length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

6.41 bounda time smc index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

6.42 bounda time smc offset index time offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

6.43 bounda time smc units factor time factor length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

6.44 bounda time user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

6.45 bounda water index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

6.46 change dataitem index data item name data item index data item number 0 data item number 1. . . operat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

6.47 change dataitem geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index . 113

6.48 change dataitem time index time value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

6.49 change dataitem time discrete index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

6.50 change dataitem time method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

6.51 change dataitem time user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

6.52 check data switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

8

6.53 check error switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

6.54 check element node index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

6.55 check element shape index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

6.56 check memory index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.57 check memory usage index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.58 check memory usage result index memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.59 check nan switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.60 check solver eps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.61 check target switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

6.62 check warning switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

6.63 condif convection edge normal index αc Tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

6.64 condif convection edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . 116

6.65 condif convection edge normal element group index element group 0 element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

6.66 condif convection edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . 116

6.67 condif convection edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side116

6.68 condif convection edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geome-try entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

6.69 condif convection edge normal node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

6.70 condif heat edge normal index heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

6.71 condif heat edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 117

6.72 condif heat edge normal element group index element group 0 element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

6.73 condif heat edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . . . . 117

6.74 condif heat edge normal element node factor index factor0 factor1 . . . . . 117

6.75 condif heat edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side . . . 118

6.76 condif heat edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

6.77 condif heat edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index118

6.78 condif heat edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

6.79 condif heat edge normal sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

6.80 condif heat edge normal time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

6.81 condif heat volume index heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

9

6.82 condif heat volume element index element 0 element 1 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

6.83 condif heat volume element group index element group . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

6.84 condif heat volume factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

6.85 condif heat volume geometry index geometry name geometry index . . . . . . 119

6.86 condif heat volume sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . . 119

6.87 condif heat volume time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

6.88 condif heat volume user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

6.89 condif heat volume user parameters index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

6.90 condif radiation edge normal index αr Tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

6.91 condif radiation edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . 120

6.92 condif radiation edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . 120

6.93 condif radiation edge normal element group index element group 0 element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

6.94 condif radiation edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side 120

6.95 condif radiation edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index120

6.96 condif radiation edge normal node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

6.97 contact apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

6.98 contact heat generation factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

6.99 contact penalty pressure pressure penalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

6.100contact penalty temperature temperature penalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

6.101contact penalty velocity velocity penalty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

6.102contact plasti friction friction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

6.103contact target element group element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . . . . . 122

6.104contact target geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index . . . 122

6.105contact target geometry switch index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

6.106control bounda relax index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

6.107control bounda relax geometry index geometry item name geometry item index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

6.108control check data index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

6.109control contact apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

6.110control convection apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

6.111control data activate index data item name 0 data item name 1 ... switch . . . 124

10

6.112control data arithmetic index data item name data item index data item numberoperat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

6.113control data arithmetic double index val . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

6.114control data copy index data item from data item to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

6.115control data copy factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

6.116control data copy index index data item from index from data item to index to 124

6.117control data copy index factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

6.118control data delete index data item name index range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

6.119control data put index data item name index range number 0 number 1 . . . . . . 125

6.120control data put double index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

6.121control data put integer index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

6.122control data save index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

6.123control dependency apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

6.124control distribute index distribution type data item name data item index data item number126

6.125control distribute correlation distance index maximum distance . . . . . . . . 128

6.126control distribute correlation length index correlation length . . . . . . . . . . 128

6.127control distribute minimum maximum index minimum maximum . . . . . . . 128

6.128control distribute parameters index mean value standard deviation . . . . . . . 128

6.129control distribute seed index seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

6.130control element group apply index number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

6.131control geometry moving index -initialise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

6.132control groundflow consolidation apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

6.133control groundflow nonsaturated apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

6.134control inertia apply index switch 0 switch 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

6.135control input index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

6.136control interface gap apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

6.137control materi damage apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

6.138control materi dynamic index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

6.139control materi elasti k0 index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

6.140control materi failure apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

6.141control materi plasti hypo masin ocr apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . 130

6.142control materi plasti hardsoil gammap initial index switch . . . . . . . . . . 130

11

6.143control materi plasti hypo pressure dependent void ratio index switch . . 130

6.144control materi plasti hypo niemunis visco ocr apply index switch . . . . . 130

6.145control materi plasti hypo substepping index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

6.146control materi plasti tension apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

6.147control materi plasti visco apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

6.148control materi updated apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

6.149control materi undrained apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

6.150control materi visocity apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

6.151control mesh activate gravity apply index index 0 index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

6.152control mesh adjust geometry index geometry entity item 0geometry entity index 0 geometry entity item 1geometry entity index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

6.153control mesh change element group index element group 0 element group 1 . 131

6.154control mesh convert index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

6.155control mesh convert element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . 133

6.156control mesh convert quad9 quad6 index dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6.157control mesh convert tria6 tria3 index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6.158control mesh cut geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . . 133

6.159control mesh cut force index switch 0 switch 1 switch 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6.160control mesh delete element index number 0 number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

6.161control mesh delete geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

6.162control mesh delete geometry element index element name 0 element name 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

6.163control mesh delete geometry element group index element group 0 element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

6.164control mesh delete geometry factor index factor 0 factor 1 . . . . . . . . . . 134

6.165control mesh delete geometry method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

6.166control mesh delete geometry move node index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

6.167control mesh delete geometry projection type index type . . . . . . . . . . 135

6.168control mesh delete geometry stop index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

6.169control mesh delete geometry stop geometry index geometry entity name ge-ometry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

6.170control mesh delete small index eps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

12

6.171control mesh duplicate element group index element group old element group new136

6.172control mesh element group apply index group 0 group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

6.173control mesh extrude index z0 z1 z2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

6.174control mesh extrude direction index dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

6.175control mesh extrude element index name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

6.176control mesh extrude contact spring element group index element group 0element group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

6.177control mesh extrude contact spring element group new index element group new 0element group new 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

6.178control mesh extrude element group index element group 0 element group 1. . . number 0 number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

6.179control mesh extrude element group new index element group old 0 element group old 1. . . element group new 00 element group new 01 . . . element group new 10 element group new 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

6.180control mesh extrude n index n0 n1 n2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

6.181control mesh generate beam index element group geometry entity item geome-try entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

6.182control mesh generate contact spring index element group geometry entity itemgeometry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

6.183control mesh generate contact spring element index element 0 element 1 . . 138

6.184control mesh generate contact spring element group index element group 0element group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

6.185control mesh generate interface index element group 0 element group 00 ele-ment group 01 element group 1 element group 10 element group 11 . . . . . . . . . . 138

6.186control mesh generate interface method index method select method generate 139

6.187control mesh generate spring1 index element group geometry entity item geom-etry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

6.188control mesh generate spring2 index element group geometry entity item geom-etry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

6.189control mesh generate truss index element group geometry entity item geome-try entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

6.190control mesh generate truss beam index element group geometry entity item ge-ometry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

6.191control mesh generate truss beam loose index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

6.192control mesh generate truss beam macro index macro 0 macro 1 . . . . . . . 141

6.193control mesh generate truss beam separate index switch . . . . . . . . . . . 141

6.194control mesh interface triangle index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

13

6.195control mesh keep element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

6.196control mesh keep element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . 141

6.197control mesh keep geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . 142

6.198control mesh keep node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

6.199control mesh macro index macro item element groupn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

6.200control mesh macro concentrate index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

6.201control mesh macro element index element type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

6.202control mesh macro parameters index x y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

6.203control mesh map index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

6.204control mesh merge index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

6.205control mesh merge eps coord index epsilon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

6.206control mesh merge macro generate index macro 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

6.207control mesh merge geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index 144

6.208control mesh merge geometry not index geometry entity item geometry entity index144

6.209control mesh multiply index number of multiplications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

6.210control mesh refine globally index refinement type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

6.211control mesh refine globally geometry index geometry entity itemgeometry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

6.212control mesh refine locally index percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

6.213control mesh refine locally dof index dof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

6.214control mesh refine locally geometry index geometry entity itemgeometry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

6.215control mesh refine locally minimal size index minimal size . . . . . . . . . . 146

6.216control mesh refine locally not index geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0 146

6.217control mesh refine locally not method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

6.218control mesh refine locally only index geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0 146

6.219control mesh refine locally only method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

6.220control mesh remove index method element group 0 element group 1 element group 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

6.221control mesh remove geometry index geometry item name geometry item index 147

6.222control mesh remove frequency timeinterval index timeinterval . . . . . . . 147

6.223control mesh remove frequency timestep index timestep . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

14

6.224control mesh remove keep geometry index geometry item name geometry item index147

6.225control mesh remove really index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

6.226control mesh renumber index lowest element lowest node . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

6.227control mesh renumber element geometry offset index offset . . . . . . . . . 148

6.228control mesh renumber element group offset index offset . . . . . . . . . . . 148

6.229control mesh rotate index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

6.230control mesh rotate angle index angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

6.231control mesh split index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

6.232control mesh split element from index name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

6.233control mesh split element to index name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

6.234control mesh split only index geometry entity geometry entity index . . . . . . . 149

6.235control mesh truss distribute mpc index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

6.236control mesh truss distribute mpc air index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

6.237control mesh truss distribute mpc dof dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

6.238control mesh truss distribute mpc element group truss index element group 0element group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

6.239control mesh truss distribute mpc element group isoparametric index el-ement group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

6.240control mesh truss distribute mpc exact index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

6.241control mesh truss distribute mpc exact minimal length index tolerance . 151

6.242control mesh truss distribute mpc exact minimal length connect index switch151

6.243control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry truss index geometry entity name 0geometry entity index 0 geometry entity name 1 geometry entity index 1 . . . . . . . 151

6.244control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry isoparametric index geometry entity name 0geometry entity index 0 geometry entity name 1 geometry entity index 1 . . . . . . . 151

6.245control mpc apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

6.246control mpc element group index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

6.247control mpc element group frequency timeinterval index timeinterval . . . 152

6.248control mpc element group frequency timestep index timestep . . . . . . . . 152

6.249control plasti apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

6.250control post apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

6.251control post element force index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

6.252control print index data item name 0 data item name 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

15

6.253control print beam force moment index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

6.254control print beam force moment coordinates index xstart ystart zstart xendyend zend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

6.255control print beam force moment switch index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

6.256control print database index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

6.257control print database method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

6.258control print data versus data index data item name 0 index 0 number 0data item name 1 index 1 number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

6.259control print dof index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

6.260control print dof line index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

6.261control print dof line coordinates index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 . . . 155

6.262control print dof line method index node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

6.263control print dof line n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

6.264control print dof line time index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

6.265control print dof point index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

6.266control print dof point coordinates index x y z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

6.267control print dof point time index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

6.268control print dof rhside index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

6.269control print element index data item name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

6.270control print element method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

6.271control print filter index print filter index 0 print filter index 1 . . . . . . . . . . 157

6.272control print frd index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

6.273control print frd prepomax index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

6.274control print frequency timeinterval index timeinterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

6.275control print frequency timestep index timestep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

6.276control print gid index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

6.277control print gid beam vectors index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

6.278control print gid beam vectors normal index normal x normal y normal z . 160

6.279control print gid contact spring2 index number of nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

6.280control print gid coord index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

6.281control print gid deformed mesh index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

6.282control print gid dof index initialisation name 0 initialisation name 1 . . . . . . 160

16

6.283control print gid dof calcul index calcul 0 calcul 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

6.284control print gid element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . 161

6.285control print gid empty index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

6.286control print gid mesh activate gravity index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

6.287control print gid method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

6.288control print gid other index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

6.289control print gid save difference index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

6.290control print gid safety slip critical index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

6.291control print gid spring2 index number of nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

6.292control print gid truss vector index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

6.293control print gid truss vector normal index normal x normal y normal z . . . 162

6.294control print gmsh index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

6.295control print gmsh deformed mesh index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

6.296control print gmsh dummy index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

6.297control print gmsh element data index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

6.298control print history index data item name 0 data item index 0 number 0 . . . . 164

6.299control print history relative time index tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

6.300control print interface stress index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

6.301control print interface stress 2d coordinates index xstart ystart xend yend . . 165

6.302control print interface stress 3d geometry index geometry item name geome-try item index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

6.303control print interface stress 3d order index order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

6.304control print materi stress force index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

6.305control print mesh dof index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

6.306control print node index data item name number 0 number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 165

6.307control print node angular index switch x switch y switch z . . . . . . . . . . . 165

6.308control print node angular middle index x middle y middle z middle . . . . . 166

6.309control print node geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . 166

6.310control print node sort index sort method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

6.311control print node zero index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

6.312control print number iterations index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

6.313control print partialname index data item name 0 data item name 1 . . . . . . . 166

17

6.314control print tecplot index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

6.315control print vtk index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

6.316control print vtk empty index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

6.317control print vtk node method index node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

6.318control relaxation index relax 0 relax 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

6.319control repeat index number of repeats control index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

6.320control repeat save index data item name 0 data item index 0 data item number 0data item name 1 data item index 1 data item number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

6.321control repeat save calculate index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

6.322control reset dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

6.323control reset element group index element group number 0 element group number 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

6.324control reset geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . . . . . 170

6.325control reset interface index geometry item name geometry item index . . . . . 170

6.326control reset interface strain index geometry item name geometry item index . 171

6.327control reset node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

6.328control reset value constant index value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

6.329control reset value exponent index axbxcxdxexaybycydyeyazbzczdzez . . . . . . 171

6.330control reset value linear index axayaz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

6.331control reset value logarithmic first index axbxcxdxexaybycydyeyazbzczdzez . 171

6.332control reset value logarithmic second index axbxcxdxexfxgxaybycydyeyfygyazbzczdzezfzgz171

6.333control reset value multi linear index z0value0z1value1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

6.334control reset value power index axbxaybyazbz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

6.335control reset value square root index axbxcxaybycyazbzcz . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

6.336control reset value relative index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

6.337control restart index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

6.338control safety slip index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

6.339control slide damping apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

6.340control slide stiffness apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

6.341control solver index solver type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

6.342control solver bicg error index error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

6.343control solver bicg restart index nrestart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

18

6.344control solver bicg stop index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

6.345control solver matrix save index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

6.346control solver pardiso out of core index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

6.347control solver pardiso ordering index ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

6.348control support edge normal damping apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . 175

6.349control support edge normal stiffness freeze index switch . . . . . . . . . . . 175

6.350control system call index integer value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

6.351control timestep index step size time increment step size time increment . . . . . 176

6.352control timestep adjust minimum iterations index switch . . . . . . . . . . . 176

6.353control timestep iterations index number of iterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

6.354control timestep iterations automatic index ratio criterium minimal timestepmaximum timestep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

6.355control timestep iterations automatic minimum maximum wished index min-imum iterations maximum iterations wished iterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

6.356control timestep iterations automatic redo index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

6.357control timestep iterations automatic stop index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

6.358control timestep multiplier index multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

6.359control timestep reduce automatic index n subdivisions n subdivisions levels max-imum iterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

6.360control timestep reduce automatic ratio criterium index ratio criterium . . 178

6.361control timestep reduce automatic stop index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

6.362control timestep reduce displacement index maximum component . . . . . . . 178

6.363control timestep until data index data item name 0 data item index 0 data item number 0data item name 1 data item index 1 data item number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

6.364control timestep until maximum index maximum 0 maximum 1 . . . . . . . . . 179

6.365control timestep until mimimum index mimimum 0 mimimum 1 . . . . . . . . 179

6.366control truss rope apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

6.367control zip index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

6.368convection apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

6.369convection stabilization switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

6.370data activate index data item name 0 data item name 1 ... switch . . . . . . . . 180

6.371data activate time index time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

6.372data delete index data item name index range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

19

6.373data delete time index time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

6.374dependency apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

6.375dependency diagram index dof value 0 . . . data item value 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

6.376dependency method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

6.377dependency geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . . . . . 180

6.378dependency item index data item element group dofn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

6.379dependency number index number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

6.380dependency type index type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

6.381dof element dof dof per element 0 dof per element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

6.382dof label dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

6.383dof limit lower dof 0 upper dof 0 lower dof 1 upper dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

6.384dtime dt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

6.385element index element name node 0 node 1 node 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

6.386element beam direction index dir x,x dir x,y dir x,z dir y,x dir y,y dir y,z dir z,xdir z,y dir z,z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

6.387element beam direction z index dir z,x dir z,y dir z,z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

6.388element beam force moment index force x first node force y first node force z first nodemoment x first node moment y first node moment z first node force x second nodeforce y second node force z second node moment x second node moment y second nodemoment z second node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

6.389element boundary index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

6.390element contact spring direction index dirNx dirNy dirNz dirT1x dirT1y dirT1zdirT2x dirT2y dirT2z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

6.391element contact spring strain index strain N strain T1 strain T2 . . . . . . . . 190

6.392element contact spring force index force N force T1 force T2 . . . . . . . . . . 190

6.393element dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

6.394element dof initial index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

6.395element dof initial specific number index number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

6.396element dof initial specific value index value 0 value grad x value grad y value grad z191

6.397element empty index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

6.398element geometry index geometry set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

6.399element geometry present index geometry item name 0 geometry item index 0geometry item name 1 geometry item index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

6.400element group index element group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

20

6.401element group apply index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

6.402element interface intpnt direction index normal x 0 normal y 0 normal z 0 first tangential x 0first tangential y 0 first tangential z 0 second tangential x 0 second tangential y 0 sec-ond tangential z 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

6.403element interface intpnt gap status index status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

6.404element interface intpnt materi tension status index status . . . . . . . . . . 193

6.405element interface intpnt strain index strain,normal,0 strain,shear,first,0 strain,shear,second,0strain,normal,1 strain,shear,first,1 strain,shear,second,1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

6.406element interface intpnt strain average index strain,normal,0 strain,shear,first,0strain,shear,second,0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

6.407element interface intpnt stress index stress,normal,0 stress,shear,first,0 stress,shear,second,0stress,normal,1 stress,shear,first,1 stress,shear,second,1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6.408element interface intpnt stress average index stress,normal,0 stress,shear,first,0stress,shear,second,0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6.409element intpnt dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6.410element intpnt h index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6.411element intpnt iso coord index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6.412element intpnt materi plasti hardsoil gammap initial index gammap initial integration point 0gammap initial integration point 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6.413element intpnt materi undrained pressure index undrained total pressure . . 194

6.414element intpnt method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

6.415element intpnt npoint index npoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

6.416element intpnt plasti laminate0 mohr coul status index status . . . . . . . . 195

6.417element intpnt plasti laminate0 tension status index status . . . . . . . . . . 195

6.418element materi plasti laminate0 apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

6.419element materi plasti laminate0 direction index dir x dir y dir z . . . . . . . 195

6.420element middle index middle x middle y middle z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

6.421element print group data values index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

6.422element spring force index force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

6.423element spring strain index strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

6.424element truss direction index dir x dir y dir z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

6.425element truss force index force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

6.426element truss strain index strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

6.427element truss strain temperature index strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

21

6.428element volume index volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

6.429force edge index force 0 force 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

6.430force edge element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

6.431force edge element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . . . . 197

6.432force edge element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

6.433force edge element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

6.434force edge factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

6.435force edge geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index . . . . . 198

6.436force edge node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

6.437force edge node factor index factor0 factor1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

6.438force edge sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . . . . . . . 198

6.439force edge time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

6.440force edge normal index force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

6.441force edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

6.442force edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . 199

6.443force edge normal element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . 199

6.444force edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side . . . . . . . 199

6.445force edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an−1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

6.446force edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index 199

6.447force edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

6.448force edge normal node factor index factor0 factor1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

6.449force edge normal sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . . 200

6.450force edge normal time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

6.451force edge projected index force ph(0,0,0) ph grad x ph grad y ph grad zpv(0,0,0) pv grad x pv grad y pv grad z factor normal factor tangentialvertical dir downward x vertical dir downward y vertical dir downward ztunnel dir x tunnel dir y tunnel z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

6.452force edge projected element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

6.453force edge projected element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . 201

6.454force edge projected element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . 201

6.455force edge projected element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side . . . . . 201

6.456force edge projected factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

22

6.457force edge projected geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index202

6.458force edge projected node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

6.459force edge projected node factor index factor0 factor1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

6.460force edge projected sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . . 202

6.461force edge projected time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

6.462force edge water index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

6.463force edge water element index element 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

6.464force edge water element group index element group 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

6.465force edge water element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 203

6.466force edge water element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side . . . . . . . . 203

6.467force edge water factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

6.468force edge water geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . . 203

6.469force edge water node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

6.470force edge water time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

6.471force gravity g x g y g z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

6.472force gravity geometry geometry item name geometry item index . . . . . . . . 204

6.473force gravity time time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

6.474force volume index force 0 force 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

6.475force volume element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

6.476force volume element group 0 element group 1 . . . index element group . . 205

6.477force volume factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

6.478force volume geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . . . . . 205

6.479force volume sine index start time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

6.480force volume time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

6.481geometry factor index factor 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

6.482geometry boundary index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

6.483geometry bounda sine x index a b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

6.484geometry bounda sine y index a b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

6.485geometry bounda sine z index a b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

6.486geometry brick index x c y c z c l x l y l z tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

6.487geometry circle index x c y c . . . radius tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

23

6.488geometry circle part index x c y c angle start angle end radius tolerance . . . . 207

6.489geometry circle segment index x c y c radius side x side y tolerance . . . . . . 207

6.490geometry cylinder index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius tolerance . . . . . . . . . 207

6.491geometry cylinder part index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius angle start 0 an-gle end 0 angle start 1 angle end 1 . . . tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

6.492geometry cylinder part start vector index v x v y v z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

6.493geometry cylinder segment index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius side x side yside z tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

6.494geometry exclude index geometry item name 0 geometry item index 0 geometry item name 1geometry item index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

6.495geometry element geometry index element geometry 0 element geometry 1 . . . 209

6.496geometry element geometry method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

6.497geometry element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . . . . 209

6.498geometry element group method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

6.499geometry ellipse index x c y c a b tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

6.500geometry hexahedral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3 z 3x 4 y 4 z 4 x 5 y 5 z 5 x 6 y 6 z 6 x 7 y 7 z 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

6.501geometry line index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

6.502geometry line eps iso index iso tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

6.503geometry list index number 0 number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

6.504geometry method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

6.505geometry moving index geometry entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

6.506geometry moving parameter index parameters of entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

6.507geometry moving operat index operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

6.508geometry moving operat parameter index parameters of operator . . . . . . . . . . 212

6.509geometry moving operat time index start time end time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

6.510geometry moving n index ntime nspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

6.511geometry point index x y z radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

6.512geometry polynomial index a0 a1 . . .an x 0 x 1 y 0 y 1 tolerance . . . . . . . . 213

6.513geometry quadrilateral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2x 3 y 3 z 3 tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

6.514geometry quadrilateral eps iso index iso tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

6.515geometry set index geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0 geometry entity 1geometry entity index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

24

6.516geometry sphere index x c y c z c radius tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

6.517geometry sphere segment index x c y c z c radius side x side y side z tolerance 214

6.518geometry tetrahedral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3 z 3 . . . 214

6.519geometry triangle index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 tolerance . . . . . . . 214

6.520geometry triangle eps iso index iso tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

6.521global element dof apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

6.522global element dof from node dof switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

6.523global post point node type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

6.524groundflow apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

6.525groundflow consolidation apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

6.526groundflow density ρ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

6.527groundflow flux edge normal index flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

6.528groundflow flux edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . 216

6.529groundflow flux edge normal element group index element group 0 element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

6.530groundflow flux edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1 . . . 216

6.531groundflow flux edge normal element node factor index factor0 factor1 . . . 216

6.532groundflow flux edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side 217

6.533groundflow flux edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

6.534groundflow flux edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index217

6.535groundflow flux edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . . . . . . . . 217

6.536groundflow flux edge normal sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1amp 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

6.537groundflow flux edge normal time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . 217

6.538groundflow nonsaturated apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

6.539groundflow phreatic bounda switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

6.540groundflow phreatic level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

6.541groundflow phreatic level n nx ny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

6.542groundflow phreatic level static switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

6.543groundflow phreatic level multiple index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

6.544groundflow phreatic level multiple element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . 219

25

6.545groundflow phreatic level multiple element group index element group 0 el-ement group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

6.546groundflow phreatic level multiple element geometry index element geometry 0element geometry 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

6.547groundflow phreatic level multiple n nx ny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

6.548groundflow phreatic level multiple node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . 220

6.549groundflow phreatic level multiple static index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

6.550groundflow phreatic only switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

6.551groundflow phreatic project switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

6.552groundflow seepage eps eps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

6.553groundflow seepage geometry index geometry item name geometry item index 221

6.554groundflow seepage node index node 0 node 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

6.555groundflow total pressure limit limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

6.556group axisymmetric index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

6.557group beam inertia index Iyy Izz J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

6.558group beam memory index memory type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

6.559group beam direction z index dir z,x dir z,y dir z,z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

6.560group beam direction z reference point index point x point y point z . . . . . 222

6.561group beam young index E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.562group beam shear index G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.563group condif absorption index a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.564group condif capacity index C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.565group condif conductivity index kx ky kz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.566group condif density index density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.567group condif flow index beta1 beta2 beta3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.568group contact spring direction index dirNx dirNy dirNz . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

6.569group contact spring direction automatic index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

6.570group contact spring plasti cohesion index c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

6.571group contact spring plasti friction index f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

6.572group contact spring plasti friction automatic index switch . . . . . . . . . . 224

6.573group contact spring direction automatic planes index switch x switch y switch z224

6.574group contact spring memory index memory type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

26

6.575group contact spring stiffness index kN kT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

6.576group dof initial index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

6.577group dof initial specific number index dof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

6.578group dof initial specific value index value 0 value grad x value grad y value grad z225

6.579group groundflow capacity index C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

6.580group groundflow consolidation apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

6.581group groundflow expansion index α . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

6.582group groundflow nonsaturated vangenuchten index Sresidu Ssat ga gl gn . . 226

6.583group groundflow permeability index pex pey pez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

6.584group groundflow total pressure tension index plastic tension minimum wa-ter height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

6.585group integration method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

6.586group integration points index type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

6.587group interface index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

6.588group interface condif conductivity index k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

6.589group interface gap index gap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

6.590group interface groundflow capacity index C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

6.591group interface groundflow permeability index pe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

6.592group interface materi elasti stiffness index kn kt,first kt,second . . . . . . . . 228

6.593group interface materi expansion normal index expansion coefficient normal 228

6.594group interface materi memory index memory type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

6.595group interface materi plasti mohr coul direct index phi c phiflow . . . . . . 229

6.596group interface materi plasti tension direct index switch . . . . . . . . . . . 229

6.597group interface materi residual stiffness index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

6.598group interface groundflow total pressure tension index strain normal minimumwater height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

6.599group interface tangential reference point index point x point y point z . . . 230

6.600group materi damage mazars index epsilon0at bt ac bc β . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

6.601group materi damping index d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

6.602group materi damping method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

6.603group materi density index density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

6.604group materi density groundflow index density wet density dry . . . . . . . . 230

27

6.605group materi elasti borja tamagnini index G0 α k pr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

6.606group materi elasti c index 81 values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

6.607group materi elasti c direction index dir 0 dir 1 dir 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

6.608group materi elasti camclay g index G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

6.609group materi elasti camclay gmin index gmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

6.610group materi elasti camclay poisson index ν . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

6.611group materi elasti compressibility index co . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

6.612group materi elasti hardsoil index Eref50 sigmaref50 ν50 m Erefur sigmarefur νur . 232

6.613group materi elasti k0 index K0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

6.614group materi elasti lade index B R λ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

6.615group materi elasti poisson index poisson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

6.616group materi elasti shear factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

6.617group materi elasti stress pressure history factor index factor . . . . . . . . 233

6.618group materi elasti transverse isotropy index E1 E2 ν1 ν2 G2 dir x dir y dir z 233

6.619group materi elasti volumetric poisson index ν . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

6.620group materi elasti volumetric young order index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

6.621group materi elasti volumetric young values index epsilon 0 sigma 0 epsilon 1 sigma1 . . .234

6.622group materi elasti young index E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

6.623group materi elasti young polynomial index E0 E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

6.624group materi elasti young power index p0E0α . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

6.625group materi elasti young power eps index eps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

6.626group materi elasti young user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

6.627group materi expansion linear index α . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

6.628group materi expansion volume index β . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

6.629group materi factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

6.630group materi failure crunching index threshold delete time . . . . . . . . . . . 235

6.631group materi failure damage index threshold delete time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

6.632group materi failure plasti kappa index threshold delete time . . . . . . . . . . 235

6.633group materi failure rupture index threshold delete time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

6.634group materi failure void fraction index threshold delete time . . . . . . . . . 236

6.635group materi history variable user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

28

6.636group materi history variable user parameters index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

6.637group materi hyper besseling index K1K2α . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

6.638group materi hyper blatz ko index Gβ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

6.639group materi hyper mooney rivlin index K1K2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

6.640group materi hyper neohookean index K1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

6.641group materi hyper reduced polynomial index K1 K2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

6.642group materi hyper volumetric linear index K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.643group materi hyper volumetric murnaghan index Kβ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.644group materi hyper volumetric ogden index Kβ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.645group materi hyper volumetric polynomial index K 0 K 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.646group materi hyper volumetric simo taylor index K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.647group materi maxwell chain index E 0 t 0 . . . E n-1 t n-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.648group materi membrane index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

6.649group materi memory index memory type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

6.650group materi plasti bounda index index 0 index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

6.651group materi plasti bounda factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.652group materi plasti camclay index M κ λ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.653group materi plasti cap1 index φ c M λ∗ κ∗ Kref prefm . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.654group materi plasti cap2 index c φ α R epsilonpv pb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.655group materi plasti compression index sigy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.656group materi plasti compression direct index sigy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.657group materi plasti compression direct visco index tm . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

6.658group materi plasti diprisco index γ βf bp cp tp θc θe ξc ξe β0f . . . . . . . . . 241

6.659group materi plasti diprisco density index γl βlf blp clp tlp θlc θle ξlc ξle βlf0

γd βdf bdp cdp tdp θdc θde ξdc ξde βdf0 el ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

6.660group materi plasti druck prag index phi c phiflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

6.661group materi plasti element group index group 0 group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

6.662group materi plasti element group factor index factor 0 factor 1 . . . . . . . . 242

6.663group materi plasti generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils in-dex ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

6.664group materi plasti gurson index sigy q1 q2 q3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

6.665group materi plasti hardsoil index φ c ψ Rf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

29

6.666group materi plasti heat generation factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

6.667group materi plasti hypo cohesion index c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

6.668group materi plasti hypo masin index ϕc λ∗ κ∗ N r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

6.669group materi plasti hypo masin ocr index OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

6.670group materi plasti hypo masin structure index k A sf . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

6.671group materi plasti hypo strain intergranular index R mR mT βx χ γ . . . 243

6.672group materi plasti hypo strain isa index χmax Ca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

6.673group materi plasti hypo wolffersdorff index ϕ hs n ec0 ed0 ei0 alpha beta . 243

6.674group materi plasti hypo niemunis visco index ϕ nu Dr Iv ee0 pe0 lambda βRkappa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

6.675group materi plasti hypo niemunis visco ocr index OCR . . . . . . . . . . . 243

6.676group materi plasti hypo void ratio linear index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

6.677group materi plasti kinematic hardening index a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

6.678group materi plasti laminate0 direction index dir x dir y dir z . . . . . . . . 244

6.679group materi plasti laminate0 mohr coul index phi c phiflow . . . . . . . . . 244

6.680group materi plasti laminate0 tension index sigma t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

6.681group materi plasti mohr coul index phi c phiflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

6.682group materi plasti mohr coul direct index phi c phiflow . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

6.683group materi plasti mohr coul direct visco index tm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

6.684group materi plasti mohr coul hardening softening index phi 0 c 0 phiflow 0phi 1 c 1 phiflow 1 kappashear crit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

6.685group materi plasti mohr coul reduction index phi c phi flow f t . . . . . . . 245

6.686group materi plasti mohr coul reduction method index dir . . . . . . . . . 246

6.687group materi plasti mpc index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

6.688group materi plasti mpc factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

6.689group materi plasti pressure limit index pressure limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

6.690group materi plasti pressure limit method index method . . . . . . . . . . . 246

6.691group materi plasti tension index sigy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

6.692group materi plasti tension direct index sigy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

6.693group materi plasti tension direct automatic index switch . . . . . . . . . . 247

6.694group materi plasti tension direct visco index tm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

6.695group materi plasti user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

30

6.696group materi plasti visco exponential index γ α . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

6.697group materi plasti visco exponential limit index limit . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

6.698group materi plasti visco exponential name index name 0 name 1 . . . . . . . 248

6.699group materi plasti visco exponential values index γ0 α0 γ1 α1 . . . . . . . . 248

6.700group materi plasti visco power index η p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

6.701group materi plasti visco power name index name 0 name 1 . . . . . . . . . . 248

6.702group materi plasti visco power value index η0 p0 η1 p1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

6.703group materi plasti vonmises index sigmay0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

6.704group materi plasti vonmises nadai index C κ0 n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

6.705group materi stokes index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

6.706group materi umat index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

6.707group materi umat parameters index parameter 0 parameter 1 . . . . . . . . . . 249

6.708group materi umat pardiso decompose index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

6.709group materi undrained capacity index C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

6.710group materi viscosity index ν . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.711group materi viscosity bingham index sigmay γ m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.712group materi viscosity exponential index ν0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.713group materi viscosity heatgeneration switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.714group materi viscosity user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.715group plasti apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.716group porosity index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.717group spherical index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

6.718group spring direction index dir x dir y dir z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

6.719group spring memory index memory type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

6.720group spring plasti index Fy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

6.721group spring stiffness index k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

6.722group spring stiffness nonlinear index epsilon0 k0 epsilon1 k1 . . . . . . . . . . 251

6.723group time index birth death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

6.724group time fill index birth empty birth filled death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

6.725group truss area index A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

6.726group truss density index ρ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

31

6.727group truss elasti elongation force diagram index l 0 F 0 l 1 F 1 . . . . . . . 252

6.728group truss elasti young index E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

6.729group truss expansion index alpha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

6.730group truss initial force index initial force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

6.731group truss memory index memory type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

6.732group truss rope index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.733group truss plasti index sigmac sigmat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.734group type index type name 0 type name 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.735group volume factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.736group wave speed of sound index c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.737icontrol icontrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.738incremental driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

6.739inertia apply switch 0 switch 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

6.740input abaqus switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

6.741input abaqus continue switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

6.742input abaqus group switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

6.743input abaqus mesh switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

6.744input abaqus set set 0 set 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

6.745input abaqus name name 0 name 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

6.746input feflow mesh switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

6.747input feflow fem switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

6.748input feflow mesh hydraulic head switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

6.749input gmsh switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

6.750interface gap apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

6.751license wait switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

6.752linear calculation apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

6.753materi damage apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

6.754materi dynamic factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

6.755materi elasti young power apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

6.756materi failure apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

6.757materi plasti hypo substepping index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

32

6.758materi plasti max iter max iter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

6.759materi plasti tension apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

6.760materi plasti visco apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

6.761mesh specifier x specifier y specifier z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

6.762mesh activate gravity element index element range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

6.763mesh activate gravity element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . 263

6.764mesh activate gravity geometry index geometry item name geometry item index 264

6.765mesh activate gravity method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

6.766mesh activate gravity stiffness factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

6.767mesh activate gravity time index time start time end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

6.768mesh activate gravity time initial index time of birth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

6.769mesh activate gravity time strain settlement index switch . . . . . . . . . . 265

6.770mesh boundary switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

6.771mesh correct switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

6.772mesh delete geometry moving index geometry moving index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

6.773mesh element group apply index group 0 group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

6.774mesh interface triangle coordinates index coord x 0 coord y 0 coord z 0 coord x 1coord y 1 coord z 1 coord x 2 coord y 2 coord z 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

6.775mesh interface triangle element group index element group . . . . . . . . . . 266

6.776mpc element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

6.777mpc element group always index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

6.778mpc element group closest index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

6.779mpc element group dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

6.780mpc element group eps iso index eps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

6.781mpc element group geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index 267

6.782mpc geometry index geometry entity item 0 geometry entity index 0 geometry entity item 1geometry entity index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

6.783mpc geometry method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

6.784mpc geometry switch index switch x switch y switch z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

6.785mpc geometry tolerance index tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

6.786mpc geometry dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

6.787mpc linear quadratic switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

33

6.788mpc node factor index factor 10 factor 11 . . . factor 20 factor 21 . . . . . . . . . 269

6.789mpc node number index node 0 dof 0 node 1 dof 10 dof 11 . . . node 2 dof 20 dof 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

6.790node index coord 0 coord 1 coord 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

6.791node boundary index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

6.792node bounded index indicator dof 0 indicator dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

6.793node bounded index index bounda dof index 0 bounda dof index 1 . . . . . . . . . 270

6.794node convection apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

6.795node damping index damping x damping y damping z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

6.796node dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

6.797node dof calcul index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.798node dof start refined index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.799node dynamic pressure index value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.800node force index force x force y force z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.801node geometry present index geometry item name 0 geometry item index 0 ge-ometry item name 1 geometry item index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.802node inertia index inertia dof 0 inertia dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.803node mass index mass x mass y mass z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

6.804node mesh index ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

6.805node rhside index rhside 0 rhside 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

6.806node slide index slide number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

6.807node static pressure index value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

6.808node start refined index coord 0 coord 1 coord 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

6.809node stiffness index stiffness x stiffness y stiffness z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

6.810node support edge normal plasti tension status index status . . . . . . . . . 273

6.811node total pressure index value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

6.812nonlocal nonlocal radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

6.813nonlocal name name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

6.814plasti apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

6.815post apply index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

6.816post calcul dofoperat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

6.817post calcul absolute switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

34

6.818post calcul label doflabel 0 label 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

6.819post calcul limit lower 0 upper 0 lower 1 upper 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

6.820post calcul materi stress force average switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

6.821post calcul materi stress force direction exclude dir x dir y dir z . . . . . . 276

6.822post calcul materi stress force direction exclude epsilon eps . . . . . . . . 276

6.823post calcul materi stress force direction include dir x dir y dir z . . . . . . 276

6.824post calcul materi stress force direction include epsilon eps . . . . . . . . 277

6.825post calcul materi stress force element group element group 0 element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

6.826post calcul materi stress force reference point x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 . . . . . 278

6.827post calcul materi stress force outer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

6.828post calcul materi stress force plot switch switch 0 switch 1 . . . . . . . . . . 279

6.829post calcul materi stress force thickness switch switch element group 0 switch element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

6.830post calcul multiply factor 0 factor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

6.831post calcul safety default eps value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

6.832post calcul safety method method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

6.833post calcul static pressure height coord min,0 coord max,0 height ref,0 coord min,1coord max,1 height ref,1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

6.834post calcul static pressure height element group element group 0 element group 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

6.835post count dataitem name 0 dataitem name 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

6.836post data index dataitem name 0 dataitem index 0 dataitem number 0 dataitem name 1dataitem index 1 dataitem number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

6.837post data factor index factor 0 factor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

6.838post data result index result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

6.839post element force index dir normal x dir normal y dir normal z dir shear0 x dir shear0 ydir shear0 z dir shear1 x dir shear1 y dir shear1 z middle x middle y middle z . . . 281

6.840post element force force index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

6.841post element force geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . 284

6.842post element force group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . . . . 284

6.843post element force inertia index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

6.844post element force multiply factor index multiply factor . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

6.845post element force normal index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

35

6.846post element force number index number 0 number 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

6.847post element force result index normal force shear0 force shear1 force moment0moment1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

6.848post integrate index data item name data item index data item number . . . . . . 284

6.849post global switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

6.850post group volume summed volume group 0 volume group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 286

6.851post integrate result index result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

6.852post line index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

6.853post line operat index operat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

6.854post line dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

6.855post line dof calcul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

6.856post line n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

6.857post node index data item operat geometry entity name geometry entity index . . 287

6.858post node factor index factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

6.859post node result index result 0 result 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

6.860post node rhside fixed value 0 value 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

6.861post node rhside free value 0 value 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

6.862post node rhside ratio ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

6.863post node rhside ratio dof type dof type 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

6.864post node rhside ratio method method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

6.865post point index x y z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

6.866post point dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

6.867post point dof calcul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

6.868post quadrilateral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3 z 3 . . . . . . 289

6.869post point eps iso index eps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

6.870post quadrilateral dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

6.871post quadrilateral dof calcul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

6.872post quadrilateral n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

6.873post strain volume absolute index volume increase absolute . . . . . . . . . . . 289

6.874post strain volume initial index volume initial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

6.875post strain volume relative index volume strain relative . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

6.876print apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

36

6.877print arithmetic switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

6.878print control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

6.879print data name switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

6.880print database calculation switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

6.881print define switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

6.882print element geometry present switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

6.883print failure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

6.884print filter index data item name data item index number 0 number 1 . . . . . . . 291

6.885print gid calculation switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

6.886print frd prepomax switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

6.887print gid contact spring2 number of nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

6.888print gid coord switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

6.889print gid define switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

6.890print gid deformed mesh switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

6.891print gid mesh activate gravity switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.892print gid spring2 number of nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.893print group data dataitem name 0 dataitem name 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.894print gmsh calculation switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.895print gmsh dummy switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.896print mesh dof dof 0 dof 1 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.897print node geometry present switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

6.898print precision number of values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

6.899print tecplot calculation switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

6.900print vtk calculation switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

6.901print where switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

6.902processors nproc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

6.903processors maximum switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

6.904processors partition npartition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

6.905relaxation relax 0 relax 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

6.906repeat save result index result 0 result 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

6.907repeat save calculate result average 0 variance 0 average 1 variance 1 . . . . . . 296

37

6.908safety slip circle grid middle index x first y first x last y last . . . . . . . . . . 296

6.909safety slip circle grid middle n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

6.910safety slip circle grid radius index r first r last . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

6.911safety slip circle grid radius n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

6.912safety slip circle grid result index x y r safety factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

6.913safety slip circle grid segment n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

6.914safety slip circle line middle index x first y first x last y last . . . . . . . . . . . 297

6.915safety slip circle line middle n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

6.916safety slip circle line radius index r first r last . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

6.917safety slip circle line radius n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

6.918safety slip circle line result index x y r safety factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

6.919safety slip circle line segment n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

6.920safety slip combined linear index x first,0 y first,0 x first,1 y first,1 . . . x last,0y last,0 x last,1 y last,1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

6.921safety slip combined linear n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

6.922safety slip combined linear result index x 0 y 0 x 1 y 1 . . . safety factor . . . . 299

6.923safety slip combined linear segment n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

6.924safety slip ellipsoide index middle x first middle y first middle z first base1 x firstbase1 y first base1 z first base2 x first base2 y first base2 z first a first b first c firstmiddle x last middle y last middle z last base1 x last base1 y last base1 z last base2 x lastbase2 y last base2 z last a last b last c last . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

6.925safety slip ellipsoide method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

6.926safety slip ellipsoide n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

6.927safety slip ellipsoide result index middle x middle y middle z base1 x base1 ybase1 z base2 x base2 y base2 z a b c safety factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

6.928safety slip ellipsoide segment n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

6.929safety slip grd index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

6.930safety slip grd method index method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

6.931safety slip grd method direction index dir x dir y dir z . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

6.932safety slip grd segment n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

6.933safety slip multi linear index x first,0 y first,0 x first,1 y first,1 . . . x last,0 y last,0x last,1 y last,1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

6.934safety slip multi linear n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

6.935safety slip multi linear result index x 0 y 0 x 1 y 1 . . . safety factor . . . . . . 302

38

6.936safety slip multi linear segment n index n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

6.937safety slip set index index 0 index 1 index 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

6.938safety slip set result index index safety factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

6.939slide geometry index geometry entity geometry entity index . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

6.940slide plasti friction index phi c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

6.941slide plasti tension index sig t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.942slide user index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.943slide damping index damping n damping t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.944slide stiffness index stiffness n stiffness t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.945solver solver type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.946solver bicg error error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.947solver bicg restart nrestart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.948solver bicg stop switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

6.949solver matrix save switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.950solver matrix symmetric switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.951solver pardiso ordering ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.952solver pardiso out of core switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.953solver pardiso processors nproc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.954solver pardiso processors maximum switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.955strain settlement parameters index time global,start time plus reference creep strain ratereference time power n lateral factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

6.956strain settlement element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . 305

6.957strain volume absolute time index time 0 volume increase absolute 0 time 1 vol-ume increase absolute 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

6.958strain volume element index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

6.959strain volume element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . . . . . 306

6.960strain volume geometry index geometry item name geometry item index . . . . 306

6.961strain volume relative time index time 0 relative volume strain 0 time 1 rela-tive volume strain 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

6.962support edge normal index stiffness normal stiffness tangential . . . . . . . . . 306

6.963support edge normal damping index damping normal damping tangential . . . 307

6.964support edge normal damping automatic index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

39

6.965support edge normal damping automatic apparent index switch . . . . . . 307

6.966support edge normal density index density normal density tangential . . . . . 307

6.967support edge normal element node index element 0 element 1 . . . . . . . . . 308

6.968support edge normal element group index element group . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

6.969support edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side . . . . . 308

6.970support edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

6.971support edge normal force initial index a 0 a 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

6.972support edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index308

6.973support edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

6.974support edge normal plasti compression index normal force minimum tangen-tial force factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

6.975support edge normal plasti friction index cohesion friction coefficient . . . . . 309

6.976support edge normal plasti tension index switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

6.977support edge normal plasti tension double index normal force maximum . . 309

6.978support edge normal plasti residual stiffness index factor . . . . . . . . . . . 309

6.979support edge normal time index time load time load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

6.980target item index data item name data item index number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

6.981target value index value tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

6.982time calculation elapsed time in seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

6.983time current current time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

6.984timestep predict velocity switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

6.985timestep iterations automatic apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6.986tochnog trial switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6.987tochnog version index day month year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6.988truss rope apply switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6.989volume factor a0 a1 . . .an . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6.990volume factor x x0 fac01 x1 fac12 . . .xn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6.991zip switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

6.992end data (last record of data part) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

7 Runtime file 313

8 Interaction analyzes and advanced analyzes 314

40

8.1 Fluid-structure interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

8.2 Consolidation analysis: ground water flow in deforming solid . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

8.3 Heat transport in ground water flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

8.4 Heat transport in materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

8.5 Restart a calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

9 Final topics (input trouble, save memory /CPU time, ...) 317

9.1 Environment symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

9.2 Checking your geometry * records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

9.3 Continuing an analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

9.4 Use -node as geometry entity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

9.5 Use -geometry list as geometry entity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

9.6 List input files with options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

9.7 Geometrically linear material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

9.8 Dynamic calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

9.9 Input file syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

9.10 Check large calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

9.11 Diverging calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

9.12 Saving CPU time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

9.13 Saving computer memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

9.14 Inaccurate results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

9.15 Element sides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

9.16 Badly shaped elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

9.17 Youtube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

9.18 External programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

9.19 Further remarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

10 User supplied subroutines 322

41

1 Basic information

1.1 pdf and HTML manual

This manual comes both as pdf and HTML files. The HTML files are automatically generated;this is not always perfect, and typically the syntax of data records may contain errors. In case oftrouble please always consult the pdf manual.

1.2 How to perform a calculation and how to get started

Create an input file, e.g. problem.dat. The default input file is tochnog.dat, which will be usedif no other input file is specified. Thus the command tochnog tochnog.dat yields output on thescreen while tochnog tochnog.dat > tochnog.out redirects the output to a file.

So to get started do, by example, the following:

• cd test/other

• tochnog condif1.dat

Use the condif1.dat test to get started.

• Copy condif1.dat to tochnog.dat.

• Use your favorite editor to open the file tochnog.dat and study it.

• Change echo to -yes.

• Remove the parentheses (...) surrounding the control print statement and save the file.

• Run by typing tochnog or tochnog tochnog or tochnog tochnog.dat.

• Study the output on the screen.

• Study the tochnog.log file.

• Study the tochnog.dbs file. It contains the database after the calculation, and is an inputfile itself!

Read at least once the start of the data part introduction section.

1.3 Pre- and postprocessing

You can use GID both for preprocessing (mesh generation) and post processing (plotting). GIDis commercially available at the www.gidhome.com Internet page. A free demo version of isavailable for download.

Alternatively to GID you can use Mecway for preprocessing and post processing. Mecway iscommercially available at the mecway.com Internet page. It is very affordable, and also has buildin FE calculations. It is only available on MS Windows however. A free demo version of is availablefor download.

42

You can also use GMSH both for preprocessing and post processing. GMSH is freely availableat www.geuz.org/gmsh.

Postprocessing files are written for the visualization program paraview. The paraview programis freely available at www.paraview.org.

Furthermore. postprocessing files are written for the visualization program tecplot. These tecplotare less well maintained then the files for other postprocessing programs.

With gnuplot you can plot files resulting from control print history and control print data versus data.Also any other x-y plotting program can be used for such files.

1.4 Space discretization, time discretization

The computational domain is divided into finite elements. The elements connect at nodes. Ei-ther one-dimensional (1D), two-dimensional (2D), three-dimensional (3D) or axi-symmetrical (2D)domains can be used.

Only first order in time equations are solved. Time derivatives are approximated with Eulerbackward time discretization.

Tochnog professional can store strains, stresses etc. either in element integration points (jumps be-tween elements possible) or in nodes (continuous fields between elements); see global element dof apply.

1.5 Program capabilities

• Input

Format free input. Words and no ’magic numbers’ in rigidly defined columns are used.

Boundary conditions can be imposed onto at geometrical entities, as well as onto elementsand nodes.

• Output/plotting

Output can be printed over user-specified geometrical objects (points, lines, quadrilaterals,...)as well as at nodes.

The history of each variable, and for functions of variables, can be printed over user-specifiedgeometrical objects as well as at nodes.

Interface files for the GID pre- and post processor.

• Finite elements

1D, 2D and 3D. Tochnog mostly uses isoparametric elements. There are also springs, trusses,beams and contact-springs however.

Linear and quadratic simplex elements (triangles, tetrahedrons). Linear and quadratic prismelements. A full family of first to fourth order bar, quadrilateral and brick elements.

• Mesh generation/refining/etc.

Macro regions are automatically divided into finite elements.

Local h-refinement

Global h-refinement (more elements).

Global p-refinement (polynomial refinement).

43

• Differential equations (materials)

Convection-diffusion equation:

- Temperature calculations.

Fluids:

- Stokes and Navier-Stokes.

Solids:

- Elasticity (isotropy and transverse isotropy).

- Elasto-Plasticity (Von-Mises, Mohr-Coulomb, Gurson, etc.; plasticity surfaces can be arbi-trarily combined).

- Hypo-Plasticity (Von-Wolffersdorff, Masin, cohesion, intergranular strains, pressure depen-dent initial void ratio).

- Damage.

- Thermal stresses.

- Hypoelasticity.

- Viscoelasticity.

- Viscoplasticity.

- Viscosity.

Ground water flow equation:

- Storage equation.

Wave equation.

• Accuracy information

Residues in equations can be printed/plotted.

Error estimates for all data (stresses, forces, temperatures, etc.)

• Interaction analysis

Automatic fluid-solid interaction.

Temperature effects on fluids, solids.

• Contact analysis

Contact with and without friction.

Frictional heat generation.

• Bond slip

Slip between reinforcement bars and concrete

• Frames of description

Lagrangian and Eulerian (Eulerian not for plasticity calculations)

• Types of analysis

Static, quasi-static and dynamic analysis.

• Parallelization

The following functionality is parallelized

- element nodal force calculation.

- contact algorithm.

- mapping of state variables when building a new mesh.

- determination of boundary conditions.

- iterative linear equations solver (diagonal preconditioned biconjugate gradient solver).

44

- external pardiso linear equations solver (direct solver; threads and openmp based paral-lelization).

- etc.

• Special features

Automatic time-stepping (large steps for good iteration behavior, small steps for bad iterationbehavior).

Automatic distribution of tendon trusses over finite elements (automatic embedment).

Inverse modeling (estimation of model parameters).

Restart possibility.

Convection wiggle stabilization (both for low and high order elements).

1.6 Files used by Tochnog

• Input file. For example condif1.dat. The input file consists of an initialization part (whichdof’s should be solved, etc.) and a data part (elements, nodes, etc.).

• Runtime input file. For example condif1.run. Use it to give Tochnog data records on thefly (while it is running).

• Plot files. For example condif1 flavia.msh and condif1 flavia.res.

• Database file. For example, after the calculation with input file condif1.dat the databasefile condif1.dbs will be written. It contains everything (nodes, elements, solutions fields,etc.). On error exit for example condif1 error.dbs will be generated.

• Scratch file tochnog tmp.txt. Don’t use this name yourself.

• Log file tochnog.log. Contains log messages of calculations.

45

2 Equations

2.1 Convection and diffusion of heat

2.1.1 Convection-diffusion equation

ρC(T + βi∂T

∂xi) = ki

∂2T

∂xi2− aT + f

The primary dof is the condif temperature T . Further notation: ρ group condif density; Cgroup condif capacity; x space coordinate; βi group condif flow in i-direction; ki group condif conductivityin i-direction; a group condif absorption; f condif heat volume. Typical applications areheat conduction and heat conduction in a flow.

2.1.2 Convection to environment

qc = αc(T − Tc)

Here qc is the condif convection edge normal heat flux, αc is the convection coefficient and Tcis the environmental temperature for convection.

2.1.3 Radiation to environment

qr = αr(T4 − Tr4)

Here qr is the condif radiation edge normal heat flux, αr is the radiation coefficient and Tr isthe environmental temperature for radiation.

46

2.2 Material deformation and flow

ρvi =∂σij∂xj

+ (1− βT )ρgi − dvi + fi

Notations: ρ group materi density; vi materi velocity in i-direction; σij materi stress ma-trix; x space coordinate; β group materi expansion volume; T (optional) condif temperature;gi force gravity; d is the group materi damping coefficient; fi force volume. The equationis given for space coordinates following the material velocities vi.

TOCHNOG allows you to build your favorite material, by adding separate contributions to thestresses σij . In this way you can build solids or fluids or things in between. The separate contri-butions will be listed below. First two typical examples are given.

Nearly incompressible Navier Stokes:

. . .materi velocitymateri stressend initia. . .mesh -fixed in space -fixed in spacetimestep predict velocity 0 -yes. . .group type 0 -materigroup materi elasti compressibility 0 1.0group materi viscosity 0 1.2. . .

Linear solid:

. . .materi velocitymateri strain totalmateri stressend initia. . .group type 0 -materigroup materi elasti young 0 1.e10group materi elasti poisson 0 0.2group materi memory 0 -updated linear

2.2.1 Memory

The -updated Lagrange formulation

Deformations (i.e. the incremental deformation matrix F ) refers to the previous time point.TOCHNOG decomposes the incremental deformation tensor with a polar decomposition intoF = RU with F the incremental deformation matrix, R the incremental rotation matrix and

47

U the incremental stretch matrix. The incremental stretch matrix U is used to determine the in-cremental strain matrix 0.5(U+UT )−I with I the identity tensor. The stresses at a new timepointare calculated as:

• calculate extra stresses due to incremental strain matrix

• add these extra stresses to the stresses of the previous time point

• rotate these new stresses by the matrix R

The -updated jaumann Lagrange formulation

Deformations (i.e. the incremental deformation matrix F ) refers to the previous time point. Theincremental stretch matrix U is used to determine the incremental strain matrix 0.5(F + FT )− Iwith I the identity tensor. The incremental rotation matrix R is 0.5(F −FT ) + I. The stresses ata new timepoint are calculated as:

• calculate extra stresses due to incremental strain matrix

• add these extra stresses to the stresses of the previous time point

• rotate these new stresses by the matrix R

The -updated linear Lagrange formulation

Deformations (i.e. the incremental deformation matrix F ) refers to the previous time point. Anyrigid body rotation between the two time points are neglected, so TOCHNOG decomposes theincremental deformation tensor with a polar decomposition into F = U with F the incrementaldeformation matrix, and U the incremental stretch matrix. The linear engineering strains in thedeformed configuration are used as incremental strain matrix 0.5(F + FT )− I. The stresses at anew timepoint are calculated as:

• calculate extra stresses due to incremental strain matrix

• add these extra stresses to the stresses of the previous time point

The -total Lagrange formulation

Deformations (i.e. the total deformation matrix F ) refers to the time 0. TOCHNOG decomposesthe total deformation tensor with a polar decomposition into F = RU with F the total deformationmatrix, R the total rotation matrix and U the total stretch matrix. The total stretch matrix U isused to determine the total strain matrix 0.5(U +UT )− I with I the identity tensor. The stressesat a new timepoint are calculated as:

• back-rotate the old stresses at the previous time point to time 0 with the old rotation matrix

• calculate extra stresses due to incremental strain matrix

• add these extra stresses to the back-rotated old stresses of the previous time point

• rotate the added stresses with the new rotation matrix R to the new configuration

The -total linear Lagrange formulation

Deformations (i.e. the total deformation matrix F ) refers to the time 0. TOCHNOG neglects anyrigid body rotations and uses linear engineering strains 0.5(F + FT ) − I. The difference in theselinear engineering strains between two time points are the incremental strains.

The stresses at a new timepoint are calculated as:

48

• calculate extra stresses due to incremental strain matrix

• add these extra stresses to the stresses of the previous time point

See also group materi memory.

2.2.2 Elasticity

The elastic stress rate is

Cijkl ˙εklelas

where Cijkl is the elastic modulus tensor (which is a doubly symmetric tensor: Cijkl = Cjikl,Cijkl = Cijlk and Cijkl = Cjilk), and ˙εkl

elas is the elastic strain rate. See the plasticity section fora definition of the elastic strain rate.

For an isotropic material

C0000 = C1111 = C2222 =E(1− ν)

(1 + ν)(1− 2ν)

C0011 = C0022 = C1122 =Eν

(1 + ν)(1− 2ν

C0101 = C0202 = C1212 =E

1 + ν

with E group materi elasti young modulus and ν group materi elasti poisson ratio (theremaining non-zero moduli follow from the double symmetry conditions).

For a transverse isotropic material the material has one unique direction (think of an materialwith fibers in one direction). Here we take ’2’ as the unique direction; ’1’ and ’3’ are thetransverse directions. The material is fully defined by E1, E2, ν1, ν2, and G2. This set of pa-rameters leads directly to a set of elasticity coefficients Cijkl. The parameters can be given ingroup materi elasti transverse isotropy,

The nonlinear elasticity polynomials is a strain dependent model. In this model, the ’young’sstiffness’ modulus is made dependent of the size of the strains via a series of polynomials

E = E0 + E1ε1 + E2ε

2 + . . . (1)

where

ε =√

(εijεij) (2)

with εij the components of the strain matrix. The parameters E0 etc. need to be specified in thegroup materi elasti young polynomial record.

The power law nonlinear elasticity is a stress dependent model which typically is used to modelthe elastic behavior of granular materials. It can be combined with plastic models, for examplewith the di Prisco plasticity model for soils, and with a poisson ratio.

49

In this model, the ’young’s stiffness’ modulus is made a function of the average stress state:

E = E0(p/p0)α (3)

where p is the pressure. Furthermore, E0 is the reference stiffness at reference pressure p0, and αis a soil dependent power coefficient. The parameters E0, p0, and α need to be specified in thegroup materi elasti young power record.

The stiffness matrix Cijkl for the Borja Tamagnini nonlinear elasticity model is specified in

The model contains G0, α, k and pr as user specified constants which need to be specified in thegroup materi elasti borja tamagnini record.

The Lade nonlinear elasticity is a stress dependent model which typically is used to model theelastic behavior of granular materials. It can be combined with plastic models, for example withthe di Prisco plasticity model for soils.

The stress rates are linked to the strain rates by the equation:

˙εij =∂W 2

∂σij∂σhk˙σhk (4)

where the function W is

W =X1−λ

2B(1− λ)

where

X = p2 +R∗abs(sijsij)

with pressure p = (σ11 + σ22 + σ33)/3 and deviatoric stresses sij = σij − pδij .

The model contains three user specified constants B, R, λ which need to be specified in thegroup materi elasti lade record. B and λ are defined by means of an isotropic unloading test,and R by means of an unloading-standard-triaxial-compression test. For example for a loose sandB = 1028, R = 0.25, λ = 0.28. See [10] for the details.

The model cannot be used in combination with a poisson ratio.

2.2.3 Elasto-Plasticity

Plastic strain

In plastic analysis, the materi strain elasti rate follows by subtracting from the materi strain totalrate the materi strain plasti rate

˙εijelas = ˙εij − ˙εij

plas

where the materi strain total rate is

50

˙εij = 0.5(∂vi∂xj

+∂vj∂xi

)

The materi strain plasti rate follows from the condition that the stress cannot exceed the yieldsurface. This condition is specified by a yield function fyield(σij) = 0. The direction of the

plastic strain rate is specified by the stress gradient of a flow function ∂f flow

∂σij. If the yield function

and flow function are chosen to be the same, the plasticity is called associative, otherwise it isnon-associative.

Von-Mises is typically used for metal plasticity. Mohr-Coulomb and Drucker-Prager are typicallyused for soils and other frictional materials. The plasticity models can freely be combined; thecombination of the plasticity surfaces defines the total plasticity surface.

Typically, if you use Mohr-Coulomb or Drucker-Prager to model shear failure for soils, you shoulduse the tension limiting model to limit tension stresses, preferably group materi plasti tension direct.

First some stress quantities which are used in most of the plasticity models are listed.

Equivalent Von-Mises stress:

σ =

√sijsij

2

Mean stress:

σm =σ11 + σ22 + σ33

3

Deviatoric stress:sij = σij − σmδij

CamClay plasticity model

Here we provide the equations of the Cam Clay model (Roscoe and Burland, 1968, summarizede.g. by Wood, 1990, see [20]). All stresses are effective (geotechnical) stresses, i.e.compression ispositive! Definitions of variables:

p = (σ1 + σ2 + σ3)/3

q = {1

2[(σ1 − σ2)2 + (σ2 − σ3)2 + (σ3 − σ1)2]}1/2

in the principal stress axes. The CamClay yield rule, which is also the flow rule, reads:

f = g = q2 −M2[p(p0 − p)] = 0

M is a soil constant and p0 is a history (hidden) variable which corresponds to the preconsolidationmean pressure. The hardening function, evolution, of p0 reads:

dp0 =p0(1 + e)dεpv

λ− κ

in which

dεpv = dεp11 + dεp22 + dεp33

51

and λ and κ are user specified soil constants. Further e is the void ratio with the evolution equation:

de = −dεv(1 + e)

in which

dεv = dε11 + dε22 + dε33

Notice that this is a geometrical linear approximation for void ratio changes. The poisson ratio νreads:

ν =3K − 2G

2G+ 6K

in which the elastic bulk modulus K is given by:

K = (1 + e)p/κ

and the Young’s modulus E:

E = 2. ∗G ∗ (1 + ν)

in which G is a user specified soil constant, By using this ν and E the classical isotropic stress-strainlaw is used to calculate the stresses.

The soil constants M , κ, λ need to be specified in group materi plasti camclay. The soilconstant G, need to be specified in group materi elasti camclay g. For an alternative seegroup materi elasti camclay poisson. The history variables e, p0 need to be initialized bymateri plasti camclay history record (and given initial values in node dof records).

Remark 1: An additional parameter N can be often found in textbooks on the Cam Clay model.We don’t include it since it is linked to other model parameters via:

1 + e = N − λ ln p0 + κ ln(p0/p)

Remark 2: If you apply a geometrical linear analysis, see section 8.4, then also the calculation ofde void ratio development is linearized, and so will contain some error as compared to the exactvoid ratio change. Hence for very large deformations, say above 10 percent or so, don’t use suchgeometrical linear analysis.

Cap1 plasticity model

This group materi plasti cap1 model is the first cap model that accounts for permanent plasticdeformations under high pressures for granular materials. It is intended to be used in combinationwith shear plasticity models like Drucker-Prager, Mohr-Coulomb, etc.

First the average stress p and the equivalent shear stress q are introduced:

p = −(σ11 + σ22 + σ33)/3

52

q = {1

2[(σ11 − σ22)2 + (σ22 − σ33)2 + (σ33 − σ11)2] + 3(σ2

12 + σ223 + σ2

31)}1/2

These are used to define the cap plastic yield function:

f =q2

M2+ p∗(p∗ − p∗c)

where

p∗ = p+ c cotφ p∗c = pc + c cotφ

The parameter pc is a history variable of this model. The parameter φ is the coulomb frictionangle, and c is the cohesion. The parameter M denotes the tangent of the Critical State Line inthe model, Typically you can use:

M =6 sinφ

3− sinφ

The history parameter pc is assumed to harden with the cap plastic volume strain rate accordingto the rate form:

εpcv =λ∗/κ∗ − 1

Kref

(pref

p∗c

)mpc

Here κ∗ is the swelling index (e.g. 0.03), λ∗ is the compression index (e.g. 0.15), Kref is the bulk

modulus at stress pref (typically 100kPa), which typically can be taken as: Kref = Eref

3(1−2ν) , and

finally m is an exponent (e.g. 0.6).

Initialize materi plasti cap1 history in the initialization part. The state variable pc for thishardening soil model enters the node dof records. You need to give an initial value for it in thenode dof records. See also [2].

Cap2 plasticity model

This is the second cap model that accounts for permanent plastic deformations under high pressuresfor granular materials. It is intended to be used in combination with shear plasticity models likeDrucker-Prager, Mohr-Coulomb, etc.

First a deviatoric stress measure t and hydrostatic stress measure p are defined

t =√

3σ

p = −σm

See above for σ and σm. The yield rule for the group materi plasti cap2 model reads:

f =

√√√√(p− pa)2 +

[Rt

(1 + α− αcosφ

]2

−R(c+ patanφ)

53

Here c is the cohesion and φ is the friction angle which should be taken equal to the values in theshear flow rule which you use. The parameter pa follows from

pa =pb −Rc

1 +R tanφ

where the hydrostatic compression yield stress pb is to be defined with an table of volumetric plasticstrains εpv versus pb with εpv = εp11 + εp22 + εp33. As always, positive strain denote extension whereasnegative strains denote compression.

Associative flow is used, so the flow rule is taken equal to the yield rule.

Summarizing the group materi plasti cap2 model needs as input the cohesion c, the frictionangle φ, the parameter α (typically 1. 10−2 up to 5. 10−2), and a table εpv versus pb.

Compression limiting plasticity model

This group materi plasti compression model uses a special definition for the equivalent stress

σ =√σmin2

where σmin is the largest compressive principal stress. The model now reads

σ − σy = 0

This plasticity surface limits the allowed compressive stresses.

di Prisco plasticity model

The di Prisco model is an non-associative plastic model for soils, which can be typically combinedwith the ’Lade elastic model’. This di Prisco model is a rather advanced soil model, which isexplained in more detail in [3] and [9]. The yield rule reads:

f = 3βf (γ − 3) ln

(r

rc

)− γJ3η∗ +

9

4(γ − 1)J2η∗

and the flow rule yields:

g = 9(γ − 3) ln

(r

rg

)− γJ3η∗ +

9

4(γ − 1)J2η∗

This is an anisotropic model in which the first and second invariant of the stress rate η∗ are definedrelative to the rotation axes χ.

r = σijχij

J3η∗ = η∗ijη∗jkη∗ki

J2η∗ = η∗ijη∗ij

η∗hk =√

3s∗hkr

54

where s∗ follows from

s∗hk = σ∗hk − rχhk

Further rg = 1.

The history variables are χij ( rotation axes, 9 values), β (yield surface form factor), and rc(preconsolidation mean pressure). The evolution laws for these history variables can be foundin the papers listed above. The history variables χij (9 values), β, rc need to be initialized bythe group plasti diprisco history 11 record (and should be given initial values in node dof

records). In a normally consolidated sand with isotropic initial conditions χij =δij√

3, β = 0.0001

and rc equals√

3 times the means pressure.

The total model, yield rule and flow rule and evolution laws for history variables, contains a setof soil specific constants. In group materi plasti diprisco you need to specify these constants.These constants are explained in more detail in the papers mentioned above, but here we givea short explanation. The constants θc, θe, ξc and ξe are linked to the dilatancy and the stressstate during failure (standard triaxial compression and extension test in drained conditions). Theconstants γ, cp, βf and β0

f are defined by means of the experimental curves ( q-εaxial, εvol-εaxial)

obtained by performing a standard compression test in drained conditions. Moreover, βf , β0f and

tp can also be determined by means of the effective-stress path obtained by performing a standardtriaxial compression test in undrained conditions.

Finally bp can determined from an isotropic compression test. For a loose sand θc = 0.253,

θe = 0.0398, ξc = −0.2585, ξe = −0.0394, γ = 3.7, cp = 18., βf = 0.5, β0f = 1.1, tp = 10., and

bp = 0.0049.

di Prisco plasticity model with varying density

This essentially is the same as the normal di Prisco model, but instead of one set of parame-ters you need to specify two sets of parameters, one of loose soil and one for dense soil. Theactual applied parameters will then be interpolated from the loose parameters and dense pa-rameters depending on the actual density of the soil. The parameters need to be specified ingroup materi plasti diprisco density.

The history variables are those of group materi plasti diprisco and finally extra the relativedensity (by example 20 or 40). So there are 12 history variables in total.

Drucker-Prager plasticity model

The group materi plasti druck prag model reads

3ασm + σ −K = 0

α =2 sin(φ)√

3(3− sin(φ))

K =6c cos(φ)√

3(3− sin(φ))

Here c is the cohesion, which needs to be specified both for the yield function and the flow rule;by choosing different values non-associative plasticity is obtained.

You should also include tension cut-off, preferably with group materi plasti tension direct.

55

Generalised Non Associate CamClay for Bonded Soils plasticity model

The group materi plasti generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils is presentlyavailable for selected customers only. It is a modification of the ’Milan’ model of Prof. RobertoNova.

Gurson plasticity model

The group materi plasti gurson model reads

3σ2

σ2y

+ 2q1f∗ cosh(q2

3σm2σy

)− (1 + (q3f∗)2) = 0

Here f∗ is the volume fraction of voids. The rate equation

f∗ = (1− f∗)f∗εplaskk

defines the evolution of f∗ if the start value for f∗ is specified. Furthermore, q1, q2 and q3 aremodel parameters.

Hardening-Soil model

In this section, the principal stresses are ordered such that

σ3 > σ2 > σ1

so that σ1 is the largest compressive stress. Likewise for the principal plastic strains:

εp3 > εp2 > εp1

First the elasticity parameters are defined. The elasticity parameters for the first loading are:

Young′s modulus = E50 = Eref50

(σ3 + c cotφ

σref50 + c cotφ

)mand Poisson′s ratio = ν50

The elasticity parameters for the elastic unloading and reloading are:

Young′s modulus = Eur = Erefur

(σ3 + c cotφ

σrefur + c cotφ

)mand Poisson′s ratio = νur

The yield function reads:

f =1

E50

q

1− q/qa− 2q

Eur− γp

where q is the equivalent shear stress and γp is the equivalent plastic shear strain.

The equivalent asymptotic shear stress reads

qa =qfRf

56

in which qf is the shear failure stress, and Rf is the failure ratio.

Specify all elasticity parameters in group materi elasti hardsoil. Typically you have:

• Eref50 from experiment at stress σref50

• νur from experiment or the typical undrained value 0.495 or the typical drained value 0.3

• m from experiment or the typical value 0.5

• Erefur from experiment at stress σrefur , or the typical value 3Eref50

• νur from experiment or the typical undrained value 0.495 or the typical drained value 0.2

Specify all plasticity parameters in group materi plasti hardsoil.

• φ from experiment (maximum friction angle)

• c from experiment (cohesion)

• ψ from experiment (maximum dilatancy angle)

• Rf from experiment or the typical value 0.9 (failure ratio)

Initialize materi strain plasti hardsoil in the initialization part. This causes that the node dofrecords will be filled with the shear plastic strains. Also initialize materi plasti hardsoil history.

You can add an initial contribution to the γp by setting control materi plasti hardsoil gammap initialto -yes. This tells tochnog to create an extra contribution to γp exactly such that the yield functionis zero-valued. This is convenient to start the calculation with hardsoil with deviatoric stresseswhich would have been outside the yield surface without this extra contribution. The extra addi-tion to γp is saved in the record element intpnt materi plasti hardsoil gammap initial foreach integration point of elements. The creation of this extra initial contribution is done in thefirst timestep of the timesteps of the corresponding control timestep record with the same index.

See also [18] for some details. Especially notice that the model is more suited for monotonic loadingthan for load cycling (since it violates thermodynamics and tends to generate energy).

Matsuoka-Nakai model plasticity model

The Matsuoka-Nakai model [13] is a perfectly plastic model thus the fixed yield surface representsthe failure surface as well. The model is based on experimental results with soils and can beformulated in terms of three stress invariants

f = I3 +cos2 φ

9− sin2 φI1 I2 = 0

where

I1 = tr(σij) = σ11 + σ22 + σ33 = σ1 + σ2 + σ3 = 3σm

I2 =1

2

(tr(σikσkj)− I2

1

)= −σ1σ2 − σ2σ3 − σ3σ1

I3 = det(σij) = σ1σ2σ3

σ1, σ2 and σ3 are the principal stresses (all stresses are effective; compressive stresses are negative).The parameter φ is equal to the angle of internal friction in axisymmetric (triaxial) compression[19].

57

When the cohesion c is considered in the model, the yield condition is formulated for a modifiedstress [14]

σij = σij − σ0δij

with

σ0 = c cotφ .

You should also include tension cut-off, preferably with group materi plasti tension direct.

This law is know to behave erratic in some situations. Usage of this law is discouraged.

Mohr-Coulomb plasticity model

The group materi plasti mohr coul model reads

0.5(σ1 − σ3) + 0.5(σ1 + σ3) sin(φ)− c cos(φ) = 0

Here c is the cohesion, σ1 is the largest principal stress and σ3 is the smallest principal stress. Theangle φ needs to be specified for both the yield condition and the flow rule; by choosing differentvalues, non-associative plasticity is obtained.

As an alternative consider using group materi plasti mohr coul direct, which is more stableand fast.

You should also include tension cut-off, preferably with group materi plasti tension direct.

Mohr-Coulomb hardening-softening plasticity model

The group materi plasti mohr coul hardening softening model is the same as the standardMohr-Coulomb model. Now, however, the parameters c and φ (both for the yield rule and for theflow rule) are softened on the effective plastic strain κshear.

For example, for the cohesion a linear variation is taken between the initial value c0 at κshear = 0,up to c1 at a specified critical value of κshear, and constant c1 for larger values of κshear. The sameis done for φ for the yield rule and for the flow rule.

You should also include tension cut-off, preferably with group materi plasti tension direct.

Multilaminate plasticity model

Plastic yield function.

The multi-laminate model predefines a number of weak planes, which have reduced plasticityparameters as compared to the bulk material. The numerical model will thus have the tendency tostart slipping on the weak planes first, just like physical reality with weak planes. In fact, the yieldfunction for each laminate amounts to a standard mohr-coulomb slip condition with predefinedslip plane. The model reads

fk = (|σpq|+ σqq tan(φ)− c)k

58

where p denotes the in-plane direction of a laminate, q denotes the normal direction of the laminate,φ denotes the friction angle of the laminate, c is the cohesion in the laminate, and finally k is thelaminate number. The direction p is taken such in the plane of the laminate, that σpq is themaximum shear stress in the laminate plane. The stress σqq is normal to the laminate plane. Theuser needs to specify a normal vector nqk to the plane of laminate k, so that the plane of thelaminate is precisely defined.

Plastic flow rule.

To allow for non-associated plastic flow, a dilatancy angle ψ is used:

gk = (|σpq|+ σqq tan(ψ)− c)k

where again k denotes the number of the Multilaminate.

Elasto-plastic versus elasto-viscoplastic.

The multi-laminate plasticity model can be used elasto-plastic, but can also be used with viscoplas-ticity (time-dependent plasticity). In the latter case, you can apply the input datagroup materi plasti visco power name andgroup materi plasti visco power value.

Tension cutoff in laminates

To allow for laminate crack opening, you can specify a tension cutoff limit as yield function:

fk = (σqq − σt)k

where σt is the maximum allowable tension stress, and k is again the laminate number. Specifythis model with the input data group materi plasti laminate0 tension.

Initialisation multi-laminate model

You always need to initialise materi plasti laminate with the number of required laminates.Optionally initialise materi strain plasti laminate mohr coul etc. if you want tosee the mohr-coulomb slip strains in the laminates.Optionally initialise materi strain plasti laminate tension etc. if you want tosee tension cutoff strains in the laminates,

Status of laminates

The status of the mohr-coulomb yield condition in the integration points of elements can be foundafter a calculation in element intpnt plasti laminate0 mohr coul status etc. Likewise, thestatus of the tension yield condition can be found in element intpnt plasti laminate0 tension statusetc.

Tension limiting plasticity model

59

This group materi plasti tension model uses a special definition for the equivalent stress

σ =√σmax2

where σmax is the largest principal tension stress.

σ − σy = 0

This plasticity surface limits the allowable tension stresses.

A simple model for concrete can be obtained as follows. Use group materi plasti tensionto limit the tension strength ft. Use group materi plasti vonmises to limit the compressivestrength fc. The tension strength could be softened to zero over an effective plastic strain κ of,say, 1 percent. The compressive strength could be softened to zero over an effective plastic strainκ of, say, 10 percent.

Von-Mises plasticity model

The group materi plasti vonmises model reads

√3 σ − σy = 0

where without hardening the yield value is fixed σy = σy0.

If however the group materi plasti vonmises nadai hardening law for Von-Mises plasticity isspecified then

σy = σy0 + C(κ 0 + κ)n

where C, κ 0 and n are parameters for the hardening law, and κ is the isotropic hardening param-eter (see later). The parameter σy0 is specified by group materi plasti vonmises.

Isotropic Hardening and softening

The size of the total plastic strains rate is measured by the materi plasti kappa parameter

κ =√

0.5εplasij εplas

ij

The size of the shear plastic strains rate is measured by the materi plasti kappa shear parameter

κshear =√

0.5εshear,plasij εshear,plas

ij

where the plastic shear strains are defined by

εshear,plasij = εplas

ij − δij(εplas11 + εplas

22 + εplas33 )/3

These parameters κ and κshear can be used for isotropic hardening. Use the dependency diagramfor this.

Kinematic Hardening

60

The materi plasti rho matrix ρij , governs the kinematic hardening in the plasticity models. Itis used in the yield rule and flow rule to get a new origin by using the argument σij − ρij :

fyield = fyield(σij − ρij)

fflow = fflow(σij − ρij)

where the rate of the matrix ρij is taken to be

˙ρij = a ˙εijplas

where a is a user specified factor (see group materi plasti kinematic hardening).

Plastic heat generation

The plastic energy loss can be partially turned into heat rate per unit volume q:

q = η σij ˙εijplas

where η is a user specified parameter (between 0 and 1) specifying which part of the plastic energyloss is turned into heat (see group materi plasti heat generation).

2.2.4 Hypo-Plasticity

In hypoplasticity a direct relation is used between strain rates and effective stress rates. Rigidbody rotations (objectivity) are treated elsewhere (see the section on memory). The effectivestress tensor σij follows from the total stress tensor σij minus any pore pressures (see groundflow).The Masin law is tuned to clays. The Wolffersdorff law is tuned to sands but can also be used forclays. The Niemunis visco law describes time dependent soil behaviour. If you need a cyclic law,you should use the Wolffersdorff law with intergranular strains and especially specify the correctgamma. For many cycles the isa-intergranular strain formulation can be used.

Masin law

The law proposed by Masin [11] and [12] is used. This law is formulated in kPa; you need to makethe remainder of the input file consistent with that.

The constitutive equation in rate form reads:

T = L : D + fdN‖D‖ (5)

where D is the Euler’s stretching tensor, T is the Cauchy stress tensor and

L = 3fs

(c1I + c2a

2T⊗ T)

N = L :

(−Y m

‖m‖

)T =

T

tr T(6)

1 is the second–order identity tensor and I is the fourth–order identity tensor, with components:

(I)ijkl =1

2(1ik1jl + 1il1jk) (7)

The functions fs(tr T) (barotropy factor) and fd(tr T, e) (pyknotropy factor) are given by:

fs = −SitrT

λ∗

(3 + a2 − 2αa

√3)−1

fd =

[− 2trT

3sprexp

(ln (1 + e)−N

λ∗

)]α(8)

61

where pr is the reference stress for the parameter N , typically taken as 1 kPa, and the factor Si isa function of sensitivity s:

Si =s− k(s− sf )

s(9)

The scalar function Y and the second–order tensor m are given, respectively, by:

Y =

( √3a

3 + a2− 1

)(I1I2 + 9I3)

(1− sin2 ϕc

)8I3 sin2 ϕc

+

√3a

3 + a2(10)

in which:

I1 = trT I2 =1

2

[T : T− (I1)

2]

I3 = det T

and

m = − a

F

[T + T

∗− T

3

(6 T : T− 1

(F/a)2

+ T : T

)](11)

in which:

T∗

= T− 1

3F =

√1

8tan2 ψ +

2− tan2 ψ

2 +√

2 tanψ cos 3θ− 1

2√

2tanψ (12)

tanψ =√

3‖T∗‖ cos 3θ = −

√6

tr(T∗· T∗· T∗)

(T∗

: T∗)3/2

(13)

Finally, the scalars a, α, c1 and c2 are given as functions of the material parameters ϕc, λ∗, κ∗ and

r by the following relations:

a =

√3 (3− sinϕc)

2√

2 sinϕcα =

1

ln 2ln

[λ∗ − κ∗Siλ∗ + κ∗Si

(3 + a2

a√

3

)](14)

c1 =2(3 + a2 − 2αa

√3)

9rSic2 = 1 + (1− c1)

3

a2(15)

Evolution of the state variables e (void ratio) and s (sensitivity) is governed by

e = (1 + e) tr D (16)

s = − k

λ∗(s− sf )

√(εv)

2+

A

1−A(εs)

2(17)

where εv = tr D and εs =√

2/3‖dev D‖.

The basic hypoplastic model requires five constitutive parameters, namely ϕc, λ∗, κ∗, N and r,

state is characterised by the Cauchy stress T and void ratio e.

An extended model allows us to take into account the effects of meta-stable structure of naturalclays. This extension requires three additional parameters (k, A, sf ), and one additional statevariable s. A basic model without the structure effects is recovered if s = sf = 1 and A 6= 1. Thes should be always greater or equal to 1.

ϕc λ∗ κ∗ N r k A sfLondon clay 22.6◦ 0.11 0.016 1.375 0.4 - - -

Pisa clay 21.9◦ 0.14 0.0075 1.56 0.3 0.4 0.1 1

Table 1: Typical parameters of the hypoplastic model for clays.

62

The basic law parameters should be specified in group materi plasti hypo masin. The ex-tended parameters for the structure should be specified in group materi plasti hypo masin structure.The hypoplastic history variables, e for this basic model, and e and s for the extended model, shouldbe initialised with materi plasti hypo history. As an alternative to specify the e you can spec-ify the OCR at the start of the calculation in group materi plasti hypo masin ocr (which isused to determine the initial e via e = exp(N − λ∗ ln(|OCR|)− λ∗ ln(|p/pr|))− 1.).

Wolffersdorff law

The law proposed by Wolffersdorff [19] is used.

σij = Lijklεij + fdNij√εklεkl = Lijkl(dkl − fdY mkl||d||)

Here the part with Lijkl gives a linear relation between strain rates and stress rates and the partwith Nij gives a nonlinear relation. The constitutive tensors Lijkl and fdNij are functions of theeffective stress tensor σij and void ratio e. In the above d denotes the strain rate tensor ε, Y denotesthe degree of nonlinearity Y = ||L−1 : N || and the flowrule m is defined by m = −(L−1 : N)→

where a → denotes euclidian normalisation.

Lijkl = fbfe1

σmnσmnˆLijkl

Nij = fbfeF a

σklσkl

(σij + σ∗ij

)and σij = σij/(σmnδmn) , σ∗ij = σij − 1

3 δij , Iijkl = δikδjl ,

a =

√3(3− sinϕc)

2√

2 sinϕc

F =

√1

8tan2 ψ +

2− tan2 ψ

2 +√

2 tanψ cos 3θ− 1

2√

2tanψ ,

tanψ =√

3√σ∗ij σ

∗ij , cos 3θ = −

√6

σ∗ij σ∗jkσ∗ki

[σ∗mnσ∗mn]

3/2.

For the ˆLijkl above we have:

Lijkl =(F 2 Iijkl + a2 σij σkl

)For σ∗ij = 0 is F = 1.

The scalar factors fb, fe and fd take into account the influence of mean pressure and density:

fb =hsn

(ei0ec0

)β1 + eiei

(−σijδij

hs

)1−n [3 + a2 − a

√3

(ei0 − ed0

ec0 − ed0

)α]−1

,

fd =

(e− edec − ed

)α.

and fe =(ece

)β.

Three characteristic void ratios – ei (during isotropic compression at the minimum density), ec(critical void ratio) and ed (maximum density) – decrease with mean stress:

eiei0

=ecec0

=eded0

= exp

[−(−σijδij

hs

)n]

63

ϕ [◦] hs [MPa] n ec0 ed0 ei0 α β33 1000 0.25 0.95 0.55 1.05 0.25 1.0

Table 2: Basic hypoplastic parameters of Hochstetten sand.

The range of admissible void ratios is limited by ei and ed. The model parameters can be foundin Tab. 2. They correspond to Hochstetten sand from the vicinity of Karlsruhe, Germany [19].

The basic law parameters should be specified in group materi plasti hypo wolffersdorff. Thehypoplastic history variables should be initialised with materi plasti hypo history.

Visco law

For visco hypoplasticity with intergranular strains the stress rate reads:

σij = Mijklεkl − Lijklεviskl

For visco hypoplasticity the Lijkl reads:

Lijkl = fbLijkl

where

fb =−σkk

(1 + a2/3)κ

where κ is a user specified material constant κ (= Butterfield’s swelling index upon isotropicunloading), and a relates to the user specified residual (=critical) friction angle ϕc as:

a =

√3(3− sinϕc)

2√

2 sinϕc

The pressure normalised stiffness is:

Lijkl = F 2 Iijkl + a2 σij σkl + b2(Iijkl −1

3Iikjl)

where

b2 =(1 + 1

3a2)(1− 2ν)

1 + ν− 1

Notice that the equation for b only holds true for non-negative right-hand-side, so that puts limitson the allowed values for ϕc and ν.

For visco hypoplasticity the Mijkl reads:

Mijkl = [ρχmT + (1− ρχ)mR]Lijkl +

+

{ρχ(1−mT )LijmnSmnSkl for Sij εij > 0

ρχ(mR −mT )LijmnSmnSkl for Sij εij ≤ 0

where S intergranular strains are the same as in the formulation without viscosity.

The viscosity strain rate is assumed to be:

εvisij = Drmij(1

OCR)

1Iv

where the normalised flow rule mij is

mij =mij√mijmij

64

with

mij = −[F 2

a2(σij + σ∗ij) + σklσklσ

∗ij − σij σklσ∗kl

]The over-consolidation ratio OCR appearing in the expression for the viscous creep rate is afunction of the effective stress σij and of the void ratio e

OCR =pepe+

wherein the void ratio is hidden in the equivalent pressure pe and pe+ is a special stress invariant.

The equivalent pressure pe is calculated from

ln

(1 + ee01 + e

)= λ ln

(pepe0

)with a user specified material constant λ (= Butterfield’s first compression index) and also user-specified reference parameters ee0, pe0 which describe any pair of the void ratio and the effectivepressure registered upon an isotropic Dr-isotach, i.e. during an isotropic first (= virgin) compres-sion test with a constant volumetric rate of deformation equal to −

√3Dr

λλ−κ .

The stress invariant pe+ is calculated using

pe+ =

pβR−1

[βR

√1 + η2(βR

2 − 1)− 1

]if η < 1

p(1 + η2) 1+βR

2 otherwise

wherein

η = q/(Mp) and M =6F sinϕc3− sinϕc

where p = −σkk/3 and q =√

32σ∗klσ∗kl are the popular Roscoe’s stress invariants. and βR (=

flattening factor for the Rendulic’s cap) are the user supplied material constants.

You can specify an initial value of the void ration e0 in -hyhis0 with control reset dof. Thenthe OCR can be calculated with the above equations. As an alternative you can specify theOCR at the start of the calculation in group materi plasti hypo niemunis visco ocr; thenthe initial void ratio will be calculated as follows: p+

e will be determined from the equation above,then pe is determined from pe = OCRp+

e and then the initial void ratio e0 is determined from

e0 = (1+ee0)∗ (pe/pe0)−λ−1. (reference: Niemunis communications). Application of the specified

OCR is triggered by control materi plasti hypo niemunis visco ocr apply.

User parameters should be specified in group materi plasti hypo niemunis visco.

Cohesion extension

A simplistic approach to include cohesion is used here. Instead of feeding the real effective stressstate σij into the hypoplastic law, an alternative effective stress state σcij is used. Cohesion ismodeled by subtracting in each of the normal stress components a value c representing cohesion:σc11 = σ11 − c, σc22 = σ22 − c and σc33 = σ33 − c. The shear stresses are not altered: σc12 = σ12, etc.

The cohesion value should be specified in group materi plasti hypo cohesion.

Intergranular strains extension

In order to take into account the recent deformation history, an additional tensorial state variableSij

1 is introduced.

1Sij is denoted δij in the paper [15]. However, in order to avoid confusion with Kronecker delta, another symbolis used here.

65

Denoting the normalized magnitude of Sij

ρ =

√SijSij

R

(R is a material parameter) and the direction of Sij

Sij =Sij√SklSkl

(Sij = 0 for Sij = 0), the evolution equation for the intergranular strain tensor reads:

Sij =

{(Iijkl − ρβx SijSkl)εkl for Sij εij > 0

εij for Sij εij ≤ 0,

where Sij is the objective rate of intergranular strain. Rigid body rotations are treated elsewhere(see the section on memory). From the evolution equation (2.2.4) it follows that ρ must remainbetween 0 and 1.

The general stress-strain relation is now written as

σij = Mijklεkl .

The fourth order tensor Mijkl represents the incremental stiffness and is calculated from the hy-poplastic tensors Lijkl and Nij which may be modified by scalar multipliers mT and mR, depending

on ρ and on the product Sij εij :

Mijkl = [ρχmT + (1− ρχ)mR]Lijkl +

+

{ρχ(1−mT )LijmnSmnSkl + ργfdNijSkl for Sij εij > 0

ρχ(mR −mT )LijmnSmnSkl for Sij εij ≤ 0

χ and γ are additional material parameters.

An example intergranular parameters can be found in Tab. 3.

R mR mT βx χ γ1 · 10−4 5.0 2.0 0.50 6.0 6.0

Table 3: Example of Intergranular hypoplastic parameters.

The intergranular parameters should be specified in group materi plasti hypo strain intergranular.Additionally you need to include materi strain intergranular in the initialisation part.

The additional parameter gamma is very important only for the accumulation of permanent dis-placements or pore pressures in cyclic or dynamic analysis with small strains. For monotonicloading or higher strains gamma is not very important. And thus for such monotonic loading orhigher strains you should take γ = χ.

ISA-Intergranular strains extension

Author: William Fuentes

The ISA plasticity [6] stands from Intergranular Strain Anisotropy and refers to a mathematicalplatform which allows to formulate new constitutive models or to extend existing hypoplastic

66

models for soils. This family of models enables the simulation of small strain effects, such as theincrease of stiffness and the reduction of the plastic accumulation under repetitive loops. Similarto the original intergranular strain concept by Niemunis and Herle (1996), it allows to coupleexisting hypoplastic relations to extend their capabilities for cyclic loading. However, the ISAplasticity contrasts with the previous formulation with the incorporation of an elastic locus relatedto a specific strain amplitude. This new feature makes its formulation elastoplastic, but the yieldsurface is now defined within the intergranular strain space.

The general stress-strain relation is now written according to:

˙σij = Mijklεkl

whereby Mijkl is the stiffness tensor. The yield surface F of the model is defined within the spaceof the intergranular strain Sij and distinguishes elastic conditions F < 0 from plastic conditionsF = 0. The formulation of Mijkl reads:

Mijkl =

{m(Lijkl + ρxfdNij nkl) for F ≥ 0mRLijkl for F = 0

whereby m, ρx, fd and mR are scalar factors, Nij is the non-linear stiffness tensor, Lijkl is thelinear stiffness tensor and nkl is the intergranular strain model flow rule. The ISA model proposesan evolution equation for the intergranular strain Sij with an elastoplastic formulation:

Sij = εij − λH nij

whereby λH is a plastic multiplier (λH = 0 for F < 0). The model may be enhanced to capturethe plastic accumulation for larger number of cycles with an additional state variable εacc. Thisvariable is able to distinguish between consecutive cycles or non-consecutive cycles [7]:

εacc = εacc +CaR

(1− yh − εacc)√

∆εij∆εij

The parameter Ca controls the rate at which the plastic accumulation reduces upon consecutivecycles. The exponent χ is increased to χmax to produce this effect on the constitutive equation.

Typical parameters are χmax = 20 and Ca = 0.017. See also group materi plasti hypo strain isa.

Pressure dependent initial void ratio extension

You can correct the initial void ratio e0, as specified in the initial value for the history variable inthe node dof records, for the initial pressure to obtain a corrected initial void ratio e.

e

e0= exp

[−(−σijδij

hs

)n]

See the basic law description for the parameters hs and n. The σij denotes the effective stresstensor (total stresses minus any groundflow pressure). This pressure dependent initial void ratiocorrection can be activated by control materi plasti hypo pressure dependent void ratio.After the initial void ratio has been established, the development of the void ratio is governed byvolumetric compression or extension of the granular skeleton.

2.2.5 Damage

In the presence of materi damage d, the materi stress follows:

67

σdamagedij = (1− d)σundamaged

ij

For the damage, the group materi damage mazars model is available:

d = dt αβ + dc (1− α)β

where

dt = 1.− (1− at)ε0

εeq− at e−bt(ε

eq−ε0)

and

dc = 1.− (1− ac)ε0

εeq− ac e−bt(ε

eq−ε0)

Here εeq contains the positive principal strains. The parameter α is given by the ratio εeq

ε , whereε contains the total strains (both negative and positive). The parameter ε0 is the strain thresholdfor damage; other material parameters are β , at , bt , ac , bc. Typically for concrete:

1.e−4 < ε0 < 3.e−4 ; β = 1. ; 1 < at < 1.5 ; 500 < bc < 2000 ; 0.7 < ac < 1.2 ; e4 < bt < 5e4

You can combine damage freely with plasticity models or other material behavior.

2.2.6 Average stress (hydrostatic compressibility)

An extra average stress contribution on each of σ11, σ22 and σ33 is

1

co

∂vi∂xi

where co is the group materi elasti compressibility, which should not be 0. This pressure termcan e.g. be used to model nearly incompressible fluids. The compressibility contribution shouldbe combined with a contribution for the deviatoric stresses (e.g. group materi viscosity).

2.2.7 Undrained groundflow analysis

In case you want to perform an undrained groundflow analysis, but do not want to have boththe material velocity and groundflow equations at the same time in system matrix, you can usegroup materi undrained capacity. Then the following equation will be used to determine thetotal groundwater pressure changes in an element:

C ptotal =∂vi∂xi

which actually is the groundflow storage equation without permeability. The above equation canbe solved on an element-by-element level, so that the groundflow hydraulic head and the storageequation do not need to be added to the complete system matrix. The capacity C should bespecified in group materi undrained capacity. Results for the pressure in a element will bewritten to element intpnt materi undrained pressure. Application of this undrained analysiscan be switched off and on with control materi undrained apply.

This option is convenient to prevent the need for large, and ill-conditioned, system matrices incoupled soil - groundwater analysis. Typically the computational strategy may be like this:

68

. . .(include capacity for undrained analysis in relevant groups)group materi undrained capacity .... . .(set the hydraulic heads, and fix them for the remainder of the calculation)control reset dof ...-presbounda dof ...-tpres. . .(solve material displacements in the remainder of the calculation)control timesteps ...control materi undrained apply ... -yes. . .

The advantage of the above computational strategy is that never a system matrix with bothmaterial velocities and groundflow pressures needs to be solved. When solving the remainder ofthe calculation Tochnog uses the fixed total pressure from the hydraulic heads plus the excessiveundrained pressure of the remainder of the calculation as the full total pressure (when determiningtotal stresses from effective stresses plus full total pressure). Alternatively to setting the hydraulichead at the start with the control reset dof, you can also solve the gravity state for hydraulicheads and material displacements (at the expense of a system matrix with both material velocitiesand groundflow hydraulic pressures in this gravity calculation; but in the gravity calculation onlyand the remainder of the calculation).

2.2.8 Thermal stresses

Temperature rates cause fictitious thermal strain rates

−αT δij where δij = 1 if i = j else δij = 0

where α is the group materi expansion linear coefficient and T is the condif temperature.These fictitious thermal strain rates in turn lead to stress rates.

2.2.9 Hyper elasticity

Hyper elasticity is used to model rubbers. It should be combined with a total Lagrange formulationfor the memory of the material (so use -total for group materi memory).

The stresses follow from a strain energy function (with Cij components of the matrix C, and whereF is the deformation tensor and U is the stretch tensor following from the polar decomposition ofthe deformation tensor)

2∂W

∂Cij

C = FTF = UTU

Deviatoric contributions

69

To obtain a purely deviatoric function, the following strain measures are used (with I1, I2 and I3the first, second and third invariant of the elastic strain matrix C respectively)

J1 = I1I3−13 J2 = I2I3

−23

The group materi hyper besseling function reads ( with K1, K2 and α user defined constants)

W = K1(J1 − 3)α +K2(J2 − 3)

The group materi hyper mooney blatz ko function reads (with G and β user defined con-stants)

W = G ∗ 0.5 ∗ (I1 − 3.0 + (2.0/β)(J−β − 1.));

This Blatz-Ko hyperelastic material hardens in compression, and softens slightly in tension; itmodels a foamlike rubber.

The group materi hyper mooney rivlin function reads (with K1 and K2 user defined con-stants)

W = K1(J1 − 3) +K2(J2 − 3)

The group materi hyper neohookean function reads (with K1 a user defined constant)

W = K1(J1 − 3)

The group materi hyper reduced polynomial function reads (with Ki user defined constants)

W = Ki(J1 − 3)i

where a summation over i = 1, 2, . . . is applied.

Volumetric contributions

First we define J =√I3. Then a volumetric part can be added to the strain energy.

The group materi hyper volumetric linear contribution reads:

W =K

2(J − 1)2

The group materi hyper volumetric murnaghan contribution reads:

W =K

β(

1

β − 1J−β + 1)J

The group materi hyper volumetric polynomial contribution reads:

W =Ki

2(J − 1)2i

70

for i = 0, 1, . . ..

The group materi hyper volumetric simo taylor contribution reads:

W =K

2((J − 1)2 + (lnJ)2)

The group materi hyper volumetric ogden contribution reads:

W =K

β(

1

β(J−β − 1) + lnJ)

As an example, you can combine the group materi hyper mooney rivlin energy function withthe group materi hyper volumetric linear so that the total strain energy function becomes:

W = K1(J1 − 3) +K2(J2 − 3) +K

2(J − 1)2

Here the initial shear modulus and bulk modulus are included as:

initial shear modulus = 2(K1 +K2)

and

initial bulk modulus = K

respectively.

2.2.10 Viscoelasticity

Viscoelasticity is modeled with n parallel group materi maxwell chains. Each of the chainscontains a spring with stiffness Em in line with a dash pot with relaxation time tm (m indicatesthe m-th maxwell chain). The viscoelastic stress rate is given by (with Cmijkl is the elastic tensormodulus of the m-th maxwell chain (depending on Em and the poisson ratio))

m=n−1∑m=0

(Cijklm ˙εkl

elas − σijm

tm)

2.2.11 Viscoplasticity

Viscoplasticity is a model for rate-dependent plasticity. Rate dependent plasticity is important for(high-speed) transient plasticity calculations. It should be used in combination with a plasticitylaw. Viscoplasticity influences the stresses via the plastic strains.

The group materi plasti visco exponential model reads

˙εklplas = γ p eαf

∂fflow

∂σkl

71

where γ and α are material fluidity constants and p is the pressure. In case the αf becomeslarger than a limit, it is substituted by the limit to prevent the exponent from becoming excessivelarge. You can set the limit with the group materi plasti visco exponential limit record.This model was first developed for visco-plastic soil behavior.

The group materi plasti visco power model reads

˙εklplas = η(f)p

∂fflow

∂σkl

where η (fluidity constant), and p (power) are user specified parameters.

2.2.12 Viscosity

The viscous contribution to the total stress is

2νDij

where

Dij = 0.5(∂vi∂xj

+∂vj∂xi

)

and divergence is neglected since we only model slightly compressible flows.

Viscous heat generation

The viscous energy loss is turned into heat rate per unit volume q:

q = 2νDijDij

See group materi viscosity heatgeneration.

72

2.3 Bond slip

See group materi plasti mohr coul reduction for how to model slip between trusses andisoparametric elements.

73

2.4 Contact analysis

2.4.1 Penalty formulation

In contact analysis, normal forces Fn follow from the condition that bodies cannot penetrate eachother. Since we use a penalty formulation, the normal force is given by

Fn = λun

where u is the penetration and λ is called the contact penalty velocity because its generatesforces on the velocity dof’s. You can also impose groundflow pressure and condif temperaturecontact conditions by specifying the penalty factors contact penalty pressure and contact penalty temperature.

2.4.2 Friction and frictional heat generation

This normal force leads to a friction force Ff which equals

Ff = ν Fn

where ν is the friction coefficient (see contact plasti friction. The friction force causes heatgeneration rate Q:

Q = η Ff vf

where vf is the slip velocity, and the factor η is a user specified factor which determines which part ofthe frictional energy loss is transformed into heat (η is between 0 and 1; see contact heat generation).

74

2.5 Ground water flow

2.5.1 Storage equation for fully saturated analysis

The hydraulic pressure head h follows from the storage equation:

c h = (kp1∂2h

∂x12

+ kp2∂2h

∂x22

+ kp3∂2h

∂x32

) +∂vi∂xi− αT + f

Primary dof is the hydraulic pressure head groundflow pressure. Further notation: c group groundflow capacity;kpi group groundflow permeability in i-direction (intrinsic permeability); xi space coordinate;vi material velocity (if present); α group groundflow expansion is the expansion coefficient ofthe groundwater for temperature changes. The equation is given for space coordinates followingmaterial velocities vi (if present).

The groundflow capacity as defined in the equation above can be determined as follows. Theeffective bulk modulus for the soil Ks can be determined from experiments or from the youngmodulus and poisson ratio. The soil-water mixture bulk modulus Km can be determined fromexperiments or from [21]. Thus the extra bulk modulus due to the presence of water reads K =Km −Ks. And so the extra capacity c as to to specified in group groundflow capacity can becalculated as c = 1

K . Numerically, the groundwater capacity value is difficult to choose. Too lowvalues leads to numerically un-stable calculations. Too high values leads to overly soft capacity. Atypical value for the group groundflow capacity record when water has some little amount ofdissolved air is 1

100MPa .

Groundflow velocities

The groundflow velocities, after initializing groundflow velocity, follow from:

vig = kpi

∂h

∂xi

Total groundwater pressure

The total groundwater pressure, or pore-pressure, is for example needed to calculate the totalstresses in soils. The total groundwater pressure follows from:

ptotal = h− ρgz

where g is the gravitational acceleration, and ρ is the groundflow density (Please notice that gand z typically are negative numbers).

Tochnog considers pressure a pore pressure of p = 0, or positive, as indication that there is in factno water pressure, so the porous soil skeleton is filled with air. In this case. the total soil stress isonly composed by the effective stress of the soil skeleton.

The total stress in soils follows from: total soil stress = effective soil stress + total groundwaterpressure. This will only be done for isoparametric finite elements which have groundflow dataspecified.

Static groundwater pressure

The static pressure due to gravity is:

pstatic = ρg∆z

75

where the ∆z is the distance to the groundwater level, the phreatic level. The phreatic levelneeds to be specified with the groundflow phreatic level record. Alternatively you can specifypost calcul static pressure height. If both groundflow phreatic level and post calcul static pressure heightare not specified, the static pressure cannot be determined, so it remains zero.

Dynamic groundwater pressure

The dynamic groundwater pressure follows from

pdynamic = ptotal − pstatic

Boundary conditions

If the groundwater velocity is 0 normal to an edge (say at the interface with a rock layer it is zero),then you should prescribe nothing on that edge (Tochnog will then take care of that boundarycondition for you).

At the phreatic level where the groundflow meets free air the hydraulic pressure head should be-come ρgz. You can either set this yourself by using bounda dof combined with bounda timeor else demand that Tochnog automatically does it for you by activating the option ground-flow phreatic bounda.

At edges where you have some other hydraulic head you need to specify that head yourself withbounda dof and bounda time records.

If gravity is not of importance, e.g. in biomechanics where the storage equation is used to modelfluid transport in soft tissues, the hydraulic pressure head h is equal to the total pressure, and thusis zero at edges where the water meets the free air. In this case, set h to zero by using bounda dofcombined with bounda time.

Postprocessing

For all printing, plotting etc. you normally get the hydraulic pressure head h since it is the primarydof solved in the storage equation. The total pressure, static pressure and dynamic pressure areobtained using the post calcul option.

Naming conventions

Following conventional naming, we remind the user that the capacity depends on the porosity nand water compressibility β:

C = n β

and for the (intrinsic) permeability:

kpi =kiρ |g|

where ki is the hydraulic conductivity in i-direction.

2.5.2 Non-saturated analysis

with diagrams

You can perform a non-saturated analysis by making the permeability dependent on the ground-water total pressure (= pore pressure) by a dependency diagram. The diagram accounts for high

76

permeability at saturation and low permeability at non-saturation. For example, do somethinglike:

. . .dependency item 10 -group groundflow permeability 0 -to pres 4dependency diagram 10 -100. 0.0 0.05 100.1.e-2 1.e-2 1.e-8 1.e-81.e-2 1.e-2 1.e-8 1.e-8. . .. . .

The atmospheric air pressure is 0, so that is where the permeability starts changing it’s value inthe table. You can also specify a table for group groundflow capacity to model non-saturatedcapacity.

van Genuchten

As an alternative to specifying diagrams you can use the specific van-Genuchten model for non-saturated ground water flow. The pore-pressure head is defined by

φp = − p

ρg

with p the pore pressure (= total pressure), ρ the ground water density and g is the absolutevalue of the gravity acceleration (typically 9.81). De degree of saturation is a function of thepore-pressure head

S = S(φp)

The total capacity is the sum of the saturated capacity and a non-saturated part:

c = csat + ndS(φp)

dφp

where where csat is the saturated groundflow capacity as specified by group groundflow capacityand n is the porosity specified by group porosity. The total permeabilities ki are written as arelative factor of the saturated permeabilities

ki = krel(S)ksat,i

where ki is the total permeability in direction i, krel(S) is a factor dependent on the saturation Sand ksat,i is the saturated permeability specified by group groundflow permeability.

Now for the van-Genuchten model we have

S(φp) = Sresidu + (Ssat − Sresidu) (1 + (ga|φp|)gn)(1−gn)/gn

which has the following model parameters: Sresidu is the residual saturation, Ssat normally is 1.0but may be less than 1.0 if in case of trapped air, and ga and gn are constants to be determinedexperimentally. The derivative of this law defines the additional non-saturated capacity as definedabove. After definition of the effective saturation Se

Se =S − Sresidu

Ssat − Sresidu

the relative permeability factor is defined as

krel(S) = (Se)gl(

1− (1− Sgn/(gn−1)e )(gn−1)/gn

)2

77

To use the model you need to specify the saturated parameters group groundflow capacityand group groundflow permeability as usual, specify the porosity in group porosity, spec-ify specific van-Genuchten parameters in group groundflow nonsaturated vangenuchten andinitialise groundflow saturation in the initialisation part.

Since the model is strongly linear it might be needed to specify a relaxation of, say, 0.1 withcontrol relaxation to obtain convergence.

2.5.3 Consolidation analysis

Look in the ’Consolidation’ section of the ’Interaction analyzes and advanced analyzes’ chapter inthe end of this manual on how to perform consolidation analyzes (combined groundwater flow withsoil stress analyzes).

In case you have groundflow total pressure limit set to 0 and the total pressure is 0, thenTochnog assumes that there is no water so the consolidation part in the equations will also beskipped. In case you have groundflow total pressure limit set to a high positive value this willnot be done, so the consolidation part will also be used in case the total pressure is 0 (or positive).

78

2.6 Wave equation

∂s

∂t= c2(

∂2s

∂x12

+∂2s

∂x22

+∂2s

∂x32

)

∂s

∂t= s

The primary dof’s are the wave scalar s and its first time derivative wave fscalar s ( asTOCHNOG only solves first order in time equations, the first time derivative of s also becomesprimary dof in order to turn this second order in time equation into a set of first order in timeequations). Further notation: x space coordinate, t time and c speed of sound.

79

2.7 Probabilistic distributions

The section summarises mathematical formulation of the so-called random finite element method,as described, e.g. in [8].

Distribution of a random variable (e.g., C) is controlled by these basic parameters: parametersof the statistical distribution (typically mean value µC and standard deviation σC) and so-calledcorrelation length θC that controls spatial variability of variable C.

Two probabilistic distributions are available in Tochnog: normal distribution and log-normal dis-tribution. Probability function P (C) of normal distribution is defined as:

P (C) =1

σC√

2πexp

[− (C − µC)

2

2σ2C

](18)

where µC is a mean value and σC is standard deviation. Probability function P (C) of log-normaldistribution is defined as:

P (C) =1

CσlnC

√2π

exp

[− (lnC − µlnC)

2

2σ2lnC

](19)

Quantities µlnC and σlnC may be calculated from µC and σC using

σlnC =

√√√√ln

[1 +

(σCµC

)2]

µlnC = lnµC −1

2σ2

lnC (20)

2.7.1 Generation of random field

A number of different techniques to generate random fields is available (see, e.g., [5]). In thisfollowing, the most simple method based on Cholesky decomposition of the correlation matrix.

First, vector X of statistically independent random numbers x1, x2, . . . , xn (where n is number ofelements in the FE mesh) with a standard normal distribution (i.e., with probability function ofEq. (18) with µC = 0 and σC = 1) is generated.

A correlation matrix K, which represents the correlation coefficient between each of the elementused in the finite element analysis, is assembled. The correlation matrix K has the following form:

K =

1 ρ12 . . . ρ1n

ρ21 1 . . . ρ2n

......

. . ....

ρn1 ρn2 . . . 1

(21)

where ρij is the correlation coefficient between elements i and j, calculated using Markov function:

ρij = exp

[−2xijθC

](22)

where xij is absolute distance between elements i and j (distance between centers of gravity ofelements i and j). For anisotropic case Eq. (22) reads

ρij = exp

−2

√(τxijθCx

)2

+

(τyijθCy

)2

+

(τzijθCz

)2 (23)

where θCx is a correlation coefficient in direction of x-axis and τxij is a distance between twoelements i and j in x direction. The same notation applies for y and z directions.

80

The matrix K is positive definite and hence, the standard Cholesky decomposition algorithm canbe used to factor the matrix into upper and lower triangular forms, S and ST , respectively:

STS = K (24)

The vector of correlated random variables G (i.e., G1, G2, . . . , Gn, where Gi specifies the randomcomponent of variable C in element i) is calculated by

G = STX (25)

Vector X is generated as described above.

Finally, value of the variable C is assigned to each element (Ci) by the following transformation:

• for normally distributed variable C:

Ci = µC + σCAGi (26)

where σCA is calculated from σC as described in the following section.

• for log-normally distributed variable C:

Ci = exp (µlnC + σlnCAGi) (27)

where µlnC is calculated by Eq. (20)b using σlnCA instead of σlnC ; σlnCA is calculated fromσlnC as described in the following section.

2.7.2 Local averaging

The input parameters of C that relate to the mean, standard deviation and spatial correlationlength are assumed to be defined at the point level. Due to the finite size of each finite element,point statistical distribution must be averaged over the element. This results in reduced σlnC inthe case of log-normal distribution and reduced σC in the case of normal distribution. µlnC in thefirst case and µC in the second case remain unaffected.

The locally-averaged standard deviations (σlnCA, σCA), which are used in Eqns. (26, 27), arecalculated from their point values using

σ2lnCA = γ σ2

lnC σ2CA = γ σ2

C (28)

where γ is the variance reduction factor calculated by integration of the Markov function (22). In1D for a finite element of side length αθC

γ =2

(αθC)2

∫ αθC

0

exp

(− 2

θC

√x2

)(αθC − x)dx (29)

In 2D for square finite element of side length αθC

γ =4

(αθC)4

∫ αθC

0

∫ αθC

0

exp

(− 2

θC

√x2 + y2

)(αθC − x)(αθC − y)dxdy (30)

In 3D for hexahedral finite element of side length αθC

γ =8

(αθC)6

∫ αθC

0

∫ αθC

0

∫ αθC

0

exp

(− 2

θC

√x2 + y2 + z2

)(αθC − x)(αθC − y)(αθC − z)dxdydz

(31)For the anisotropic case in 2D:

γ =4

l4

∫ l

0

∫ l

0

exp

−2

√(x

θCx

)2

+

(y

θCy

)2 (l − x)(l − y)dxdy (32)

81

and for the anisotropic case in 3D:

γ =8

l6

∫ l

0

∫ l

0

∫ l

0

exp

−2

√(x

θCx

)2

+

(y

θCy

)2

+

(z

θCz

)2 (l − x)(l − y)(l − z)dxdydz (33)

In order to calculate the variance reduction due to local averaging correctly, all elements in themesh should be of the same size and all elements should be regular squares. If irregular elementsare used, exact value of γ is in Tochnog approximated by calculation of γ for an equivalent squareelement using Eq. (31) with area equal to an average area of all elements in the mesh.

The approximate value of γ requires that you use as much as possible elements of the same sizeand shape in the complete calculation domain.

2.7.3 Monte Carlo simulations

The most simple but very powerful technique to solve the probabilistic problem is a Monte Carlotechnique. The same problem is solved many times, each time with different fields of randomvariables generated according to prescribed parameters.

The whole problem is solved in the following steps:

1. Generate random fields according to Sec. 2.7.1 using control distribute command as manytimes as many variables are treated as random. In principle, any variable can be related asrandom. For example material parameters, dof’s (e.g., history variables), etc.

2. Solve the problem using finite element method. Collect required results of each Monte Carlorealisation into an output file. The user can prescribe any result to be collected into anoutput file using control repeat save command (e.g., time current, final displacement ofa selected point, etc.).

3. Repeat items 1. and 2. m-times, where m is a prescribed number of Monte Carlo realisations.m value is specified in Tochnog input file using control repeat command.

4. Evaluate results statistically. More complex statistical evaluation is done by the user, calcula-tion of mean value and standard deviation can be done in Tochnog using control repeat save calculatecommand.

2.7.4 Input data records

A typical piece of input file could be like this:

print group data . . . (print in the gid files distributed group data so that you get aplot of it). . .control distribute 10 . . . (distribute something with correlation in space)control distribute parameters 10 . . .control distribute correlation length 10 . . .control distribute 20 . . . (distribute something else without correlation in space)control distribute parameters 20 . . .. . .control timestep 30 . . . (do timesteps)control timestep iterations automatic 30 . . . (with automatic timestepping)

82

control timestep iterations automatic stop 30 -continue (don’t abort the cal-culation if the minimum step size is reached, e.g. in a stability calculation). . .control print data versus data 40 . . . (save data for repeats in a dvd file). . .control repeat 50 100 10 (jump 100 times back to control index 10)control repeat save 50 . . . (select results to be saved for each repeat)control repeat save calculate 50 -yes (perform statistical analysis on saved results). . .control print gid 100 -yescontrol print 100 -repeat save result -repeat save calculate result. . .

83

3 Input file, general remarks

The input is free format. Comments are enclosed between ( ), e.g. (this is comment only); acomma , is not allowed inside comments. The input should consist of an initialization part and adata part, separated by end initia and ended by end data

initialization. . .initializationend initiadata item index data values. . .data item index data valuesend data

Bold printed data in this manual can be used literally. Italic printed data is only symbolic (itrepresents a number or a word).

84

4 Input file, initialization part

The initialization part contains initialization records and an end initia record

initialization. . .initializationend initia

The example below initializes a solid material

echo -yesnumber of space dimensions 2materi velocitymateri strain totalmateri stressend initia

The echo (always the first record), number of space dimensions (always the second record),and end initia record should be supplied always. Use echo -yes to echo the input and echo-no to not echo the input. Use number of space dimensions 1 for 1D problems, etc.. Therecords materi velocity, materi strain total and materi stress create a velocity, strain andstress field in the entire domain. In the following sections, all possible initialization records arediscussed. Most of these records create an doffield, a physical field like a temperature field or astrain field, over the computational domain.

4.1 echo switch (first record of initialization part)

If switch is -yes the input will be echoed. If switch is -no the input will not be echoed. This needsto be the first record.

4.2 number of space dimensions number of space dimensions(second record of initialization part)

Set number of space dimensions to 1 in 1D, etc.. This needs to be the second record.

4.3 derivatives (third record of initialization part, if specified)

If this record is included, the time derivative and the space derivatives will be stored in thenode dof records. This is only required for a limited number of models. The model descriptionwill specify if this derivatives initialization is needed.

4.4 beam rotation

The beam rotations φ x, φ y and φ z are added to the node dof records.

85

Please notice that always all three rotations are included. Typically for a 2D calculation you maywant to fix the φ x and φ y to 0, by using a bounda dof record.

4.5 condif temperature

The temperature T is added to the node dof records.

4.6 groundflow pressure

The pressure p is added to the node dof records.

4.7 groundflow pressure gradient

The gradient of the hydraulic pressure dhdx

dhdy

dhdz is added to the node dof records.

4.8 groundflow saturation

The groundflow saturation S is added to the node dof records.

4.9 groundflow velocity

The ground water flow velocity vig is added to the node dof records.

4.10 materi damage

The damage d is added to the node dof records. Also materi velocity and materi strain totalshould be initialized.

4.11 materi acceleration

The accelerations ai are added to the node dof records.

4.12 materi displacement

The displacements u, v, w are added to the node dof records. If materi displacement is initial-ized, then equations like the convection and diffusion of heat equation or the ground water flowequation are evaluated over the deformed volume, which is the sum of the nodal coordinates plusits displacements. Also if materi displacement is initialized, the total Lagrange model will beused in stress analysis.

Condition: also materi velocity should be initialized because the displacement follows from in-tegration of the velocity.

86

4.13 materi displacement relative

Displacement relative to a previous point in the calculation. These are the current displacementsminus the displacements before these were changed with timesteps in control timestep or adisplacement reset in control reset dof.

By example, this option comes handy when you want to understand the extra displacements causedby the last timesteps.

4.14 materi history variable number of variables

Generic history variables which can e.g. be used in some user supplied routines or otherwise.

4.15 materi maxwell stress number of chains

Maxwell stress σ11m σ12

m σ13m σ22

m σ23m σ33

m is added to the node dof records. The param-eter number of chains should match data item group materi maxwell chains. The number ofmaxwell stresses is 6 * number of chains.

4.16 materi plasti camclay history

The history variables e0 and p0 for the camclay plasticity models are added to the node dofrecords.

4.17 materi plasti cap1 history

The history variable pc for the cap1 plasticity models is added to the node dof records.

4.18 materi plasti diprisco history number of history variables

The history variable di Prisco plasticity models are added to the node dof records. For thegroup materi plasti diprisco model you need to set number of history variables to 11. For thegroup materi plasti diprisco density model you need to set number of history variables to 12.

4.19 materi plasti f

The plastic yield rule f is added to the node dof records. This should only be used for elasto-plastic calculations, and not for visco-plastic calculations.

4.20 materi plasti f nonlocal

The nonlocal plastic yield rule fn is added to the node dof records. See also: nonlocal.

87

4.21 materi plasti generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils history

The history variables for the Generalised Non Associate Cam Clay for Bonded Soils plasticitymodel are added to the node dof records.

4.22 materi plasti hardsoil history

The history variable abs(p) for the hardsoil plasticity model is added to the node dof records. Itcontains the maximum pressure history.

4.23 materi plasti hypo history number of history variables

The history variables for the hypo-plasticity models are added to the node dof records. You needto set number of hypo history variables to at least to 4, or for the group materi plasti masinmodel i.c.w. group materi plasti masin structure to at least to 5.

The first history variable contains the void ratio, and should be initialized by initially specifyingnode dof records. The second history variable will be filled with the time step size of the hypoplas-tic substepping scheme. The third history variable will be filled with the mobilized friction angle;this is meant for postprocessing only. The fourth history variable will be filled with the a measureof the effective stiffness following from the hypoplasticity law (

√MijklMijkl ); this is meant for

postprocessing only. The fifth history variable, for the masin law, will be filled with the structurevariable s, and should be initialized by initially specifying node dof records. The sixth history vari-able, will be filled with the OCR value, and is only meant for printing and plotting, thus should notbe initialized by initially specifying node dof records (you need to set number of history variablesat least to 6); this is only available for the niemunis visco law. The seventh history variable will befilled with the density index Id = ec−e

ec−ed , and is only meant for printing and plotting, thus should notbe initialized by initially specifying node dof records (you need to set number of history variablesat least to 7, and it is only available i.c.w. group materi plasti hypo wolffersdorff).

4.24 materi plasti kappa

The size of the plastic strain κ is added to the node dof records. See the theory section.

4.25 materi plasti kappa shear

The size of the shear part of the plastic strain κshear is added to the node dof records. See thetheory section.

4.26 materi plasti laminate number of laminates

This initialises the number of laminates for the multilaminate plasticity model. At most 6 isallowed for number of laminates.

88

4.27 materi plasti phimob

The mobilized friction angle φmob is added to the node dof records. It is defined as the angle, inradians, for which the yield function

f = 0.5(σ2 − σ0) + 0.5(σ2 + σ0) ∗ sin(φmob)− ccos(φmob)

becomes zero. This is available for mohr-coulomb plasticity only. Please realise that in regionswith substantial cohesion the mobilized friction angle φmob can exceed the friction angle φ from theplasticity law. In case of zero cohesion, or cohesion small relative to the stresses, yield is reachedif the φmob reaches the friction angle φ. The definition above can give either negative or positivevalues for φmob; negative values simply indicate that the stress state is far away from yielding.

4.28 materi plasti rho

The plastic kinematic hardening vector ρ11 ρ12 ρ13 ρ22 ρ23 ρ33 is added to the node dof records.See also group materi plasti kinematic hardening.

4.29 materi strain energy

The material strain energy 0.5σijεijelas is added to the node dof records. You can print or plot it

to see where energy is stored after loading. Also materi stress and materi strain elasti shouldbe initialised.

4.30 materi strain elasti

The elastic strain εklelas is added to the node dof records. See also: materi strain total.

4.31 materi strain intergranular

The intergranular strain Sij is added to the node dof records. This can be used by hypoplasticitylaws, see the theory section.

4.32 materi strain isa c

The ISA intergranular back-strain Cij is added to the node dof records. This can be used byhypoplasticity laws with ISA-intergranular strains, see the theory section.

4.33 materi strain isa eacc

The ISA intergranular accumulated-strain εacc is added to the node dof records. This can beused by hypoplasticity laws with ISA-intergranular strains, see the theory section.

4.34 materi strain plasti

The plastic strain εklplas is added to the node dof records. See also: materi strain total.

89

4.35 materi strain plasti camclay

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the camclay model is added to the node dof records. See

also: materi strain plasti.

4.36 materi strain plasti cap

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for cap models is added to the node dof records. See also:

materi strain plasti.

4.37 materi strain plasti compression

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the compression model is added to the node dof records.

See also: materi strain plasti.

4.38 materi strain plasti diprisco

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the diprisco model is added to the node dof records. See

also: materi strain plasti.

4.39 materi strain plasti generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils

model is added to the node dof records. See also: materi strain plasti.

4.40 materi strain plasti druckprag

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the drucker-prager model is added to the node dof records.

See also: materi strain plasti.

4.41 materi strain plasti hardsoil

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the hardsoil model is added to the node dof records. See

also: materi strain plasti.

4.42 materi strain plasti laminate mohr coul

This record initialises for the laminates materi strain plasti laminate0 mohr coul ,materi strain plasti laminate1 mohr coul , etc up to materi strain plasti laminate mohr coul.

The materi strain plasti laminate0 mohr coul is the mohr-coulomb plastic strain specificallyfor laminate 0,the materi strain plasti laminate1 mohr coul is the mohr-coulomb plastic strain specificallyfor laminate 1, etc.

90

The materi strain plasti laminate mohr coul is the mohr-coulomb plastic strain for all lam-inates together,See also: materi strain plasti.

4.43 materi strain plasti laminate tension

This record initialises for the laminates materi strain plasti laminate0 tension ,materi strain plasti laminate1 tension , etc up to materi strain plasti laminate tension,

The materi strain plasti laminate0 tension is the tension cutoff plastic strain specifically forlaminate 0,the materi strain plasti laminate1 tension is the tension cutoff plastic strain specifically forlaminate 1, etc.The materi strain plasti laminate tension is the tension cutoff plastic strain for all laminatestogether,See also: materi strain plasti.

4.44 materi strain plasti mohr coul

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the mohr coulomb models is added to the node dof

records. See also: materi strain plasti.

4.45 materi strain plasti tension

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the tension model is added to the node dof records. See

also: materi strain plasti.

4.46 materi strain plasti vonmises

The plastic strain εklplas specifically for the von-mises model is added to the node dof records.

See also: materi strain plasti.

4.47 materi strain total

The total strain εkl is added to the node dof records. All strains are time integrals of the strainrates for a specific material particle which happens to be present in the node.

4.48 materi strain total kappa

The maximum strain size is added to the node dof records.

4.49 materi strain total compression kappa

The maximum principal compression total strain as occurred in history is added to the node dofrecords.

91

4.50 materi strain total shear kappa

The maximum size of the deviatoric part of the total strain as occurred in history is added to thenode dof records.

4.51 materi strain total tension kappa

The maximum principal tensional total strain as occurred in history is added to the node dofrecords.

4.52 materi stress

The stresses σ11 σ12 σ13 σ22 σ23 σ33 are added to the node dof records.

4.53 materi stress pressure history

The maximum of the absolute value of the pressure which occurs over time is added to the node dofrecords. See also group materi elasti stress pressure history factor in the data part.

4.54 materi velocity

The velocities vi are added to the node dof records.

4.55 materi velocity integrated

The integrated velocities vii are added to the node dof records. The integration of nodal veloc-ities in fact results in displacements. But asking for these integrated velocities doesn’t activateautomatically that the calculation is done over the total deformed volume (as is the case when youinitialize materi displacement), and not automatically a total Lagrange model is used in stressanalysis.

4.56 materi void fraction

The material void fraction f∗ is added to the node dof records. This is required for the group materi plasti gursonmodel.

4.57 materi work

The material second order work σij εij is added to the node dof records. You can print or plot itto see where material instabilities are present.

4.58 mrange maximum range length

Sets the maximum length of ranges -ra . . . -ra.

92

4.59 mstring maximum number of strings

Sets the maximum number of strings in a define block.

4.60 wave scalar

Scalar in wave equation is node dof records. Condition: also wave fscalar should be initialized.

4.61 wave fscalar

The first time derivative in the wave equation is added to the node dof records. Condition: alsowave scalar should be initialized.

4.62 end initia (last record of initialization part)

93

5 Input file, data part, introduction

Data items in the data part are used to control the calculation, select required output, give dof’sinitial values, etc.. Note that an end data record is needed.

data item index data values. . .data item index data valuesend data

Consider the following example

element 0 -tria3 0 1 2element 1 -tria3 1 2 3node 0 0. 0.node 1 1. 0.node 2 0. 1.node 3 1. 1.. . .end data

Note that the data items element and node are indexed. In fact most data items need to beindexed. Indexing starts at 0 (all numbering in TOCHNOG starts at 0). Indices need not strictlybe sequential (e.g. only the indices 1,2 and 5 of a data item may be specified).

The following sections first treat some extras that can be used in the data part. After that, allpossible data items are specified.

Arithmetic blocks

You also can use the arithmetic expressions plus, minus, multiply and divide. We show someexamples:

(make A equal to 4.1)start arithmeticA 1.1 plus 3end arithmetic. . .(make B equal to 3.2)start arithmeticB 3.2end arithmetic. . .(make C equal to 7.3)start arithmeticC A plus Bend arithmetic. . .(make D equal to 14.6)start arithmetic

94

D A plus B multiply 2.end arithmetic

Expressions will be evaluated from left to right. Words from define blocks will not be recognizedin arithmetic blocks.

Automatic counting: the counters

The words counter a, counter b, counter c and counter d are reserved words in the data part.If they are found, they will be substituted by their integer value. After its value is substituted, thecounter will be incremented by 1. Initially the value for counters is 0. The example below showsa typical application.

start defineleft edge geometry line counter aend definestart defineright edge geometry line counter aend define. . .left edge 0. 0. 0. 10. 1.e-4right edge 2. 0. 2. 10. 1.e-4. . .bounda dof 1 -left edge -velxbounda time 1 0.bounda dof 2 -right edge -velxbounda time 2 1.3. . .

Notice that we automatically give the geometry lines a unique number in this way; the uniquenumber is not really of interest in the remainder of the input file, so the application of a counteris convenient.

Finally, also the words counter a apply, counter b apply, counter c apply and counter d applyare available. They will be substituted by the current value of the counters, without that the coun-ters are incremented.

Conditional blocks

Parts of the input file can be processed conditionally within start if . . . end if blocks. This isillustrated below with an example:

Example:

start definedo complete calculation trueend define. . .start if do complete calculation. . .

95

end if. . .

The part in the start if . . . end if block is only done if do complete calculation is set to true,like in the example. If do complete calculation is set to false that part will be skipped. Youalso can use start if not . . . end if not blocks, so that actions are NOT taken if the definedvariable is set to true.

Control indices

All possible data items are defined in the following sections. It only makes sense to specify someof the data items before the calculation; the other data items are only meant to be printed afterthe calculation. The example below specifies a 1D temperature calculation.

echo -nonumber of space dimensions 1condif temperatureend initia

node 1 0node 2 1node 3 2

element 1 -bar2 1 2element 2 -bar2 2 3

bounda dof 0 1 -tempbounda time 0 0.0 0. 1. 1. 100. 1.bounda dof 1 3 -tempbounda time 1 0.0 0.0 100.0 0.

group type 0 -condifgroup condif density 0 1.0group condif capacity 0 0.1group condif conductivity 0 0.1group condif flow 0 0.

control timestep 0 0.1 10.0control print 0 -time current -node dofcontrol print database 1 -separate indexcontrol timestep 2 0.2 10.0control print 2 -time current -node dof

end data

Note how the indices of control items like control timestep and control print are used to controlthe sequence of events. First, (index=0) time steps of size 0.1 are taken and for each time stepresults are printed. Then (index=1) the database is printed which can serve as a point of restart.Finally (index=2) time steps of size 0.2 are taken and for each time step results are printed.

Define blocks

96

You can define a word to represent a set of strings. For each word defined, you need to specifya start define . . . end define block. Within the block, you first specify the word, and then youspecify the set of strings. Later in the data part, you can use the defined words as the replacementof the set of strings.

Example:

start definevelocity 1.34end definestart defineleft edge geometry line 1end define. . .left edge 0. 0. 0. 10. 1.e-4. . .bounda dof 1 -left edge -velxbounda time 1 0. 0. 100. velocity. . .

The words plus, minus, multiply and divide as used in arithmetic blocks are prohibited in defineblocks.

Include files

You can use include filename in the data part, to request that the file with name filename isincluded. This is handy to include often used data parts, or include a mesh generated by a pre-processor, etc.

The included file itself is not allowed to have an include in the data part.

The included file should not contain comments ( ... ). The included file needs to be ended withan end data. On some MS windows computers two end data records are needed, so try that incase of trouble. On MS windows 32 bit computers include is not available.

Numbering of values in records

The numbering of values in records in illustrated by node dof records. Look at the following pieceof input file

. . .number of space dimensions 2materi velocitymateri stressend initia. . .node dof 1 0.0 0.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -1.0 0.0 -1.0node dof 2 0.0 0.0 -1.0 0.0 0.0 -1.0 0.0 -1.0. . .end data

97

Here node dof records 1 and 2 are initialized. The initial velocities are 0, and for the initialstresses we use σ xx = −1, σ yy = −1 and σ zz = −1. The total list of dof’s in the node dofrecord is -velx, -vely, -sigxx, -sigxy, -sigxz, -sigyy, -sigyz and -sigzz.

We refer to -velx as the 0’th value in the node dof record, -vely as the 1’th value, etc. So printingthe history of the -sigxx stress of node dof record 1 is obtained by this:

. . .control timestep 10 . . .control print history 10 -node dof 1 2. . .end data

where the number 2 refers to the -sigxx stress. See also the definition of the control print historyrecord for this. As an alternative, sometimes you can use names instead of numbers, for examplehere:

. . .control timestep 10 . . .control print history 10 -node dof 1 -sigxx. . .end data

Ranges

Ranges are general input formats used for indices and data values. Possible ranges are illustratedby the following examples

-all-ra 12 32 44 -ra-ra -from 5 -to 16 -ra-ra -from 5 -to 25 -step 2 -ra

The -all range is not available for indices.

The data values for a data item can be specified as a range if this is allowed for in the descriptionof the data item. All words in the data part (or part of an index) need to be preceeded with a ’tic’(-). In the example the node dof records 1 to 100 are initialized

node dof -ra -from 1 -to 100 -ra 1. 0. 0.

Types of dof’s

Some of the dof’s are principal dof’s: these are materi velocity, condif temperature, ground-flow pressure, wave fscalar. These are the dof’s which are solved by the equilibrium equations(conservation laws).

98

The other dof’s, like materi stress and so, follow from these principal dof’s (strains follow fromdisplacement derivatives, stresses follow from strains by material laws, etc.).

Furthermore, for all the dof’s we have primary values, which are the dof’s themselves, and deriveddof’s, which are the space and time derivatives of the primary dof’s.

99

6 Input file, data part, data records

6.1 area element group index geometry entity item geometry entity index ele-ment group

This record is used to generate element group records. Each element, all of whose nodes arepart of the geometry item, will get an element group record with value element group. Pleaserealise that the geometry entity can be a two-dimensional area, a volume, etc.

This option comes handy whenever a part of the domain gets some specific element data. Forexample, this would be the case if different areas in the structure have different material propertieslike stiffness, etc.

Beware: any directly specified element group records will be overwritten.

Attention: this area element group will be evaluated each time the mesh is changed in someway. Then the area element group information will be used again to generate element grouprecords for the changed mesh.

We show here two ways to get different element data in different regions: Both ways give elementswith young 1.2 from x=0 to x=1, and elements with young 3.3 from x=1 to x=2.

First way:

..node 1 0.node 2 1.node 3 2.element 1 -bar2 1 2element 2 -bar2 2 3element group 1 0element group 2 1..group type 0 -materigroup materi elasti young 0 1.2group type 1 -materigroup materi elasti young 1 3.3..control mesh refine globally 10 -h refinement..

Second way:

..node 1 0.node 2 1.node 3 2.element 1 -bar2 1 2element 2 -bar2 2 3..group type 0 -materigroup materi elasti young 0 1.2

100

group type 1 -materigroup materi elasti young 1 3.3..geometry line 1 0. 1. 1.e-4geometry line 2 1. 2. 1.e-4area element group 1 -geometry line 1 0area element group 2 -geometry line 2 1..

See also area element group method, area element group sequence element group etc.

6.2 area element group element index name

With area element group element you select the name of the elements for which the area element groupwill be used; if this area element group element is not specified then all elements will be used.

6.3 area element group interface index switch

If switch is set to -yes the area element group record with the same index will also be used forinterface elements. If switch is set to -no the area element group record with the same indexwill not be used for interface elements. Presently the switch can be only set to -no.

6.4 area element group method index method

Set method to -all or -any. If method is set to -all, then the corresponding area element groupis applied to elements for which all nodes are inside the specified geometry. If method is set to-any, then the corresponding area element group is applied to elements for which any of thenodes is inside the specified geometry. Default method is -all.

6.5 area element group node index node 0 node 1 . . . element group

Similar to area element group. Now, however, directly the global node numbers are specified.

6.6 area element group sequence index element 0 element 1 . . .

See area element group sequence element group.

6.7 area element group sequence element index name

See area element group sequence element group.

6.8 area element group sequence element group index group 0 group 1 . . .

General description

101

This option works more or less the same as the area element group option. Read that descriptionfirst.

With this option however, you can specify what the element group numbers of an area (geometry),or set of element numbers, will be in time. This allows for an easy modeling of change of materialmodels.

This option works in combination with the area element group sequence * records (with thesame index).

Selection of elements for which the element group changes over time

With area element group sequence geometry you select the area (geometry) for which thetime sequence of group numbers should be used.

With area element group sequence you select the elements for which the time sequence ofgroup numbers should be used.

You can use both area element group sequence geometry and area element group sequenceto select a combination of elements in a geometry and directly specified element numbers. As acompletely separate option do not use any of area element group sequence geometry andarea element group sequence at all. Then at a time point time i the elements which havegroup number group (i-1) will get new group number group i. So the previous group number ofelements is used to set the current group number of elements (and geometries are not used tochange the group numbers).

With area element group sequence element you select the name of the elements for whichthe sequence of time versus group will be used; if this area element group sequence elementis not specified then all elements will be used.

Specification of new element group numbers in time

With area element group sequence time and area element group sequence element groupyou select time points at which groups should become active; for example, group 0 becomes activeat time 0 etc.

Remarks

Remark 1: If you want the stresses, strains, etc. to be reset to 0. when the element group changes,then use a control reset geometry record for that.

Remark 2: It is more convenient and clear to use the start define end define option to definethe geometries.

Examples

Example:

area element group sequence geometry 0 -geometry brick 1area element group sequence element 0 -hex8area element group sequence time 0 0. 2. 3.area element group sequence element group 0 1 5 4

group type 1 . . .. . .group type 5 . . .. . .group type 4 . . .

102

. . .control reset geometry 10 -geometry brick 1. . .

In the selected geometry element group 1 will be used starting from time 0 for elements -hex8.Starting from time 2 element group 5 will be used, etc. Same example, now with defines however:

start definesoil empty wall geometry brick 1end define. . .

area element group sequence geometry 0 -soil empty wallarea element group sequence element 0 -hex8area element group sequence time 0 0. 2. 3.area element group sequence element group 0 1 5 4

group type 1 . . .. . .group type 5 . . .. . .group type 4 . . .. . .control reset geometry 10 -soil empty wall. . .

Now an example of the separate option:

area element group sequence time 0 0. 2. 3.area element group sequence element group 0 1 5 4

element group 77 1element group 78 1

group type 1 . . .. . .group type 5 . . .. . .group type 4 . . .

At time 0. elements 77 and 78 have group number 1. At time 2. the elements with group number1 get group number 5. At time 3. the elements with group number 5 get group number 4.

6.9 area element group sequence geometry index geometry entity item ge-ometry entity index

See area element group sequence element group.

103

6.10 area element group sequence geometry method index method

Set method to -all or -any. If method is set to -all, then the corresponding area element group sequence geometryis applied to elements for which all nodes are inside the specified geometry. If method is set to-any, then the corresponding area element group sequence geometry is applied to elementsfor which any of the nodes is inside the specified geometry. Default method is -all.

6.11 area element group sequence interface index switch

If switch is set to -yes the area element group sequence * will be used for interface elementsalso. If switch is set to -no the area element group sequence * will not be used for interfaceelements. Default switch is set to -no.

6.12 area element group sequence time index time 0 time 1 . . .

See area element group sequence element group.

6.13 area element group dof index group 0 group 1 dof

This option allows you to switch the element group from group 0 to group 1 depending on thevalue of dof, which is one of the items of dof label or post calcul label.

If the value is higher than critical dof value any element group group 0 is switched to group 1.If the group in an element is switched, the element becomes active again only after a time laptime lap; in the time in between the element is empty.

Unknowns can optionally be set to 0 when an element group changes; use for the correspondingswitch in area element group dof reset a -yes. For dof’s that don’t need to be reset you needto use a -no. If you specify the area element group dof reset a switch needs to be specifiedfor each and every dofin dof label. Unknowns are listed in dof label.

As a typical application this option can be used to give an element other group properties ifplasticity strains exceed a critical limit, by example in modeling propagation of cracks in concrete.

6.14 area element group dof parameters index critical dof value time lap

See area element group dof.

6.15 area element group dof reset index switch 0 switch 1 . . .

See area element group dof.

6.16 area node dataitem index geometry entity item geometry entity index data item name

This record is used to generate data item name records on all nodes located on the specified geomet-rical entity. The values for the data item name should be specified in the area node dataitem doublerecord for real precision values, or in the area node dataitem integer record for integer values(or words).

104

6.17 area node dataitem double index value 0 value 1 . . .

See area node dataitem.

6.18 area node dataitem integer index value 0 value 1 . . .

See area node dataitem.

6.19 axisymmetric switch

If switch is set to -yes, the calculation becomes axi-symmetrical. If switch is set to -no, thecalculation becomes not axi-symmetrical. In case a group axisymmetric is specified for somegroup, that overrules this axisymmetric record.

6.20 bounda alternate index bounda index 0 bounda index 1 . . .

This option takes care that between successive iterations only one of the specified bounda dof isnot used. By example if bounda dof records with index 10, 20 and 30 are present in the inputfile, and you use bounda alternate 10 20 30 then in subsequent iterations the following indexis not used: 10, 20, 30, 10, 20, 30, 10, ... etc.

This option comes handy to allow for very large calculations on a computer with limited memory.By putting alternating bounday conditions on velocities, pressures or temperatures the system ofactive equations to be solved in each iterations is only of a limited size. And then using enoughiterations the solutions for all dof’s can slowly converge to the actual coupled solution.

As example consider a large 3d calculation where displacements and hydraulic heads need to besolved:

solver matrix symmetric -yes. . .bounda alternate 10 20 30 40bounda dof 10 -all -velxbounda dof 20 -all -velybounda dof 30 -all -velzbounda dof 40 -all -pres. . .control timestep 100 ..control timestep iterations 100 20

The above bounda dof records are additional to the normally present records, like fixing displace-ments at sides of the domain, boundary conditions on hydraulic pressure, etc. The bounda alternaterecord instructs tochnog to subsequently neglect the record 10, 20, 30, 40, 10, ..., etc. When arecord is neglected the corresponding solution field can be solved. By example in the first iterationthe solution field for the x-displacement can be solved, while the y-displacement and z-displacementand hydraulic head are kept fixed. And thus the total system of equations is much smaller, approx-imately 4 times less dof’s need to be solved by the pardiso solver, which in fact is the bottleneckin computer memory usage for very large calculations. Notice that we asked tochnog to use the

105

symmetric equation solver, since the pressures and displacements are not used simultaneously,so we don’t have the disadvantage of a non-symmetric matrix with displacement and pressurecontributions.

As another example we use a classical staggered solution for displacements and water pressures:

solver matrix symmetric -yes. . .bounda alternate 10 20bounda dof 10 -all -velx -vely -velzbounda dof 20 -all -pres. . .control timestep 100 ..control timestep iterations 100 20

You should not specify bounda time records i.c.w. bounda dof records which are used inbounda alternate. The bounda time records will not be used.

6.21 bounda baseline correction time start time end

If this record is specified baseline correction is performed after one of:

• reading SMC files with uncorrected accelerations in bounda dof i.c.w. bounda time smc.

• direct specification of acceleration in bounda dof i.c.w. bounda time.

Such baseline correction is needed to suppress artificial drift in velocity signals following from theacceleration signal.

The correction actually is done by adding a parabolic acceleration signal to the specified acceler-ations, thus giving a corrected acceleration in time. The parabolic (second order) signal containsthree constant coefficients. These are determined by demanding that the corrected accelerationsignal leads to a minimal sum of squared velocities over the considered time interval.

This correction is done over the time interval from time start up to time end. Typically time starttime end are the start time and the end time of the time interval in which you apply base excitation.You need to specify these times in units that you actually use in your Tochnog calculation (so notin the units of the SMC file).

If this bounda baseline correction is not specified the data will be used directly without acorrection.

See also bounda baseline correction parameters.

6.22 bounda baseline correction parameters index ...

The parameters for the parabolic baseline correction are written in this record. In future cal-culations you can use the parameters yourself by setting this record in the input file; then theparameters will not be determined again by the baseline correction algorithm; the parameters inthe specified record will be used instead.

106

6.23 bounda constant index switch

This record can be used i.s.o. the bounda time record. If switch is set to -yes the prescribeddofis kept constant. This is only available for velocities, pressures and temperatures. This is notavailable for time derivatives ttemp, tpres and ttotal pres.

6.24 bounda dof index node range dof 0 dof 1 . . .

States which dof’s in which nodes get prescribed values by adjustment of the node dof records.The item node range represents a range of node numbers. In stead of a node range also, by example,-geometry line 1 can be used, indicating that the nodes on line 1 get the prescribed boundaryvalues. The items dof 0 etc. are one of the primary dof’s listed at dof label.

For a specific index, only one of bounda force or bounda dof can be specified (thus eitherNeumann conditions or Dirichlet conditions).

Example for discrete node forces in y-direction on the nodes on a line:

bounda dof 0 -geometry line 1 -velybounda time 0 0. 0. 1. 1. 100. 1.

Normally you only should specify boundary conditions on principal dof’s (like velocity, tempera-ture, etc.) and not on strain, stresses, etc.!

Specially for velocity (displacement) dof’s, you can prescribe that nodes should not move in adirection normal to a plane. For this, specify -veln for dof 0 to indicate that the normal velocity toa plane is 0. The normal direction should be given with bounda normal; if however a geometricalentity is used to specify the nodes, you do not necessarily need to specify the bounda normal,thus the normal from the geometrical entity is then used instead. The bounda time record shouldnot be specified (it is irrelevant). Internally in Tochnog a multi-point-constraint will be generatedto accomplish this condition of zero velocity in normal direction.

Specially for velocity (displacement) dof’s, you can prescribe a rotation around either the x-axis,y-axis or z-axis. In 1D you cannot use this record. In 2D you can only specify a rotation aroundthe z-axis. In 3D you can specify each of the three axis. Example of an x-axis rotation of node 12with angular velocity of 0.33 [degrees per unit time]:

bounda dof 0 12 -rotation x axisbounda time 0 0.33

For the rotation 0.33 the rotation vector points in the positive x-axis direction.

Specially for the groundflow phreatic head h, you can prescribe the physical pore pressure -total pressure and Tochnog will automatically calculate the corresponding hydraulic head h.Also specially for the groundflow phreatic head h, you can prescribe the time rate of the physicalpore pressure -ttotal pressure and Tochnog will automatically calculate the corresponding hy-draulic head h. Also specially for the groundflow phreatic head h, you can prescribe the time rateof the hydraulic head -tpres. Specially for the temperature you can prescribe the time rate of thetemperature -ttemp.

107

As a special option you can specify also, by example, -element group 1 in stead of a node range.Then nodes of elements which have element group set to 1 will get the prescribed boundaryvalues.

As a special option you can specify also, by example, -element geometry 1 in stead of a noderange. Then nodes of elements which have element geometry set to 1 will get the prescribedboundary values.

As a special option you can specify also, by example, -geometry set 1 in stead of a node range.Then nodes of elements which have any of the elements belonging to geometry set 1 will get theprescribed boundary values.

Notice: if several bounda dof records act on a node, only the record with the highest index willbe used.

See also: bounda time, bounda sine, bounda constant, bounda dof radial, bounda dof cylindrical,force edge and force volume.

6.25 bounda dof cylindrical index x first y first z first x second y second z second

Specially for velocity (displacement) dof’s, you can prescribe velocities cylindrical to a line specifiedwith the point x first, y first, z first and x second, y second, z second; in 1D only x valuesshould be specified, and in 2D only x, y values should be specified. Example:

bounda dof 10 -ra -ldots -ra -velx -vely -velzbounda dof cylindrical 10 1.23 3.43 5.12 1.23 3.43 15.12bounda time 10 0. 0. 1. 1. 100. 1.

The velocity increases linearly in size away from the specified line (at unit distance away from theline the velocity has size 1; you can scale it by the bounda time record).

6.26 bounda dof radial index x y z

Specially for velocity (displacement) dof’s, you can prescribe velocities radial to a specified pointx, y, z; in 1D only x should be specified, and in 2D only x, y should be specified. Example:

bounda dof 10 -ra -ldots -ra -velx -vely -velzbounda dof radial 10 1.23 3.43 5.12bounda time 10 0. 0. 1. 1. 100. 1.

A radial velocity is prescribed on nodes in a specified range, relative to point 1.23, 3.43, 5.12 andwith the time table given by bounda time. The velocity increases linearly in size away from thespecified point x, y, z (at unit distance away from the specified point x, y, z the velocity has size1; you can scale it by the bounda time record).

108

6.27 bounda factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This data item defines a polynomial in space. This polynomial gives a factor which is used as amultiplication factor for bounda time records (with the same index). In this way, you can obtaincoordinate dependent boundary conditions.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.28 bounda force index node range dof 0 dof 1 . . .

States which ones from the list of dof’s in which nodes get prescribed nodal forces. The itemnode range represents a range of node numbers. In stead of a node range also, for example, -geometry line 1 can be used, indicating that the nodes on line 1 get the prescribed nodal forces.The items dof 0 etc. can be one of the items listed at dof label. However, neither -dis and -scalcan be used.

For a specific index, only one of bounda force and bounda dof can be specified; thus, eitherNeumann conditions or Dirichlet conditions can be applied to a particular node, but nor both.

Attention: with this option you get the same nodal force on all the specified nodes. If you want toapply a distributed force on a edge, however, you should use force edge. That option gives forcesconsistent with the displacement field, so not necessarily the same for all nodes. For example thenodes on the side of linear elements on a edge get only half the force.

As a special option you can specify also, by example, element geometry 1 in stead of a noderange. Then nodes of elements which have element group set to 1 will get the prescribed nodalforces.

Notice: if several bounda force records act on a node, the imposed forces are summed.

See also: bounda time, bounda sine and force edge.

6.29 bounda found index found

This record is meant for printing only. A value of -yes indicates that the corresponding bounda *records are indeed used at some nodes. A value of -no indicates that the corresponding bounda *records are not used at all at some nodes.

6.30 bounda geometry method index node type

If boundary conditions are imposed on a geometry, you can set with this record which node typeshould be used. If node type is set to -node start refined the values of -node start refinedare used to determine if nodes are located on the geometry. If node type is set to -node thevalues of -node are used to determine if nodes are located on the geometry. If node type is set to-plus displacement the values of -node plus nodal displacements are used to determine if nodesare located on the geometry.

109

6.31 bounda normal index normal x normal y normal z

This record specifies the components of a normal vector to a plane on which nodes should slide(the nodes are not allowed to move normal to the plane). In 3D you need to specify all of normal xnormal y normal z. In 2D you need to specify only normal x normal y. In 1D you need to specifyonly normal x.

See also bounda dof.

6.32 bounda print mesh dof dof 0 dof 1 . . .

See print mesh dof.

6.33 bounda print mesh dof geometry geometry item name geometry item index

See print mesh dof.

6.34 bounda print mesh dof values value dof 0 value dof 1 . . .

See print mesh dof.

6.35 bounda sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . .

The bounda dof or bounda force record with the same index is imposed with the sum of thesine functions; the first sine function has frequency freq 0 and amplitude amp 0, the second sinefunction has frequency freq 1 and amplitude amp 1, etc.. More general behavior in time can beimposed by using bounda time records. For a specific index only one of bounda time andbounda sine can be specified.

As a typical application the response due to the excitation with a frequency spectrum can beanalyzed. Just print the relevant response by control print history and extract the frequencyspectrum of that response signal.

The sine loads will be only imposed after start time, and will not be imposed anymore afterend time. The sine functions start at time start time (then they have value 0).

As a special option setting a frequency to 0 enforces tochnog to use a constant static value of thespecified amplitude.

6.36 bounda time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a multi linear time-load diagram for the bounda dof or bounda force recordwith the same index. Between two time points in the diagram, the load is interpolated linearly(ramp function between the two points).

At all times that an dofis not prescribed in such way, it is free and determined with the gov-erning differential equations. For a specific index only one of bounda time, bounda sine andbounda time user can be specified.

110

As a special option, you can specify only one value in the bounda time record if the load isconstant over time (so not time-load sets but directly the constant load value).

As a further special option, you can specify no bounda time and no bounda sine at all; then a0 value is assumed.

6.37 bounda time factor index factor

With this record you can specify an multiplication factor to be used for loads specified by bounda time.This option comes handy when you import a time-load table from some external data source, whichuses some other definition of the load as you do in the tochnog input file. By example, if you spec-ify accelerations in metric units but the external source specifies the accelerations as part of thegravity acceleration, you can convert the load in the time-load table with this factor.

Default, if bounda time factor is not specified, the factor is set to 1.

6.38 bounda time offset index time offset

With this record you can specify an offset to be used for times specified by bounda time. Theactual times will become time offset added to the specified times in bounda time. This optioncomes handy when you import a time-load table from some external data source, but would liketo apply the table at a different moment in time in the calculation. You need to specify time offsetin the units that you actually use in your calculation.

6.39 bounda time increment index time increment

With this record you can specify that the data as specified in bounda time is only the loaddata, so not time points anymore. The time points are automatically calculated from a fixed timeincrements (and optionally an initial offset as specified in bounda time offset). By example:

. . .bounda dof 10 -geometry line -accxbounda time 10 0.2 0.78 1.33 ... (acceleration data only)bounda time offset 10 1. (the accelerations start at time 1)bounda time increment 10 0.05 (the increments in time are 0.05)(thus the acceleration is spcified at times 1.0, 1.05., 1.10, 1.15, etc.). . .

In this example the acceleration is 0.2 at time 1, it is 0.78 at time 1.05, etc.

6.40 bounda time units factor time factor length

The specified times and data in bounda time may have other units then you actually apply inyour calculation. With factor time you correct the time in bounda time to get times consistentwith your calculation. With factor length you can correct the data in bounda time to get dataconsistent with your calculation. By example, if ]bf bounda time contains [sec] and [cm] and ifyour actual calculation uses [hour] and [m] then set factor time to 3600. and set factor length to100. This option is presently only available for prescribed accelerations.

111

6.41 bounda time smc index switch

If switch is set to -yes the SMC file index.smc will be read. Such Strong Motion CD file (SMC file)contains base acceleration time data. This option can be used to read SMC files strictly followingthe definition from http://nsmp.wr.usgs.gov/smcfmt.html. A typical input example for aSMC file looks like:

. . .materi velocitymateri stress. . .end initia. . .bounda baseline correction 1. 1.1 (correct acceleration for time 1 to 1.1. . .bounda dof 10 -geometry line -accxbounda time smc 10 -yesbounda time smc offset 10 1. (the base excitation starts at time 1)bounda time smc units 10 3600. 100. (we use hours and meters). . .control timestep 10 1.e-2 1. (gravity from time 0 to 1). . .control timestep 20 1.e-6 0.1 (base excitation from time 1 to 1.1). . .

In case the SMC file does not strictly follow the definition from http://nsmp.wr.usgs.gov/smcfmt.html,the option bounda time smc cannot be used. In such case you can use the actual data lines ina bounda time record as follows:

. . .materi velocitymateri stress. . .end initia. . .bounda baseline correction 1. 1.1 (correct acceleration for time 1 to 1.1. . .bounda dof 10 -geometry line -accxinclude acceleration.dat (include file containing bounda time 10 ..., the dots ...represent acceleration data)bounda time offset 10 1. (the base excitation starts at time 1)bounda time units 10 3600. 100. (we use hours and meters). . .control timestep 10 1.e-2 1. (gravity from time 0 to 1). . .control timestep 20 1.e-6 0.1 (base excitation from time 1 to 1.1). . .

Be sure that you take sufficient small time increments while performing the base acceleration steps.See also http://nsmp.wr.usgs.gov/.

112

6.42 bounda time smc offset index time offset

The times of the SMC file are incremented with time offset , such that you can use the accelerationdata starting from any time point in a calculation. If this record is not specified then time offsetis set to 0.

6.43 bounda time smc units factor time factor length

The SMC files have units [cm] for length and [sec] for time. You input file may have other unitshowever. With factor time you correct the time read from the SMC file to get times consistent withyour input file. With factor length you can correct the data (acceleration, velocity or displacement)read from the SMC file to get data consistent with your input file. By example, if you use [hour]and [m] in your calculation then set factor time to 3600. and set factor length to 100.

6.44 bounda time user index switch

If switch is set to -yes a user supplied routine for the time-load diagram will be used.

See also the file user.cpp in the distribution.

6.45 bounda water index switch

If switch is set to -yes, and you specify the pore pressure -total pressure as dof, the pore pressureis actually determined from the height of the water column between the node and the phreatic level.In fact the pore pressure is set to density water g ∆z where g is the gravitational acceleration, and∆z is the distance to the phreatic level.

The water density is given by groundflow density. The gravity acceleration is given by thevertical component of force gravity. The water height is relative to the water height is given bygroundflow phreatic level.

In this case the record bounda time does not contain the actual value of the pore pressure, butinstead it only contains a multiplication factor for the static water pressure as calculated above.

This bounda water is convenient when the phreatic level is located above the FE mesh. Thenthis option allows you to impose a pressure boundary condition for the nodes in the FE mesh atthe top boundary of the mesh, automatically using a specified phreatic level record.

6.46 change dataitem index data item name data item index data item number 0data item number 1 . . . operat

With this record you can specify a data item which should be changed over time. The time tableshould be given in the change dataitem time table as time-value sets; at least two sets shouldbe specified.

The operat determines how the time-value sets are used. If operat is set to -use, then the value ofthe time-value sets is directly used. If operat is set to -add, then the value of the time-value sets isinterpreted as a rate of change, so that the value is multiplied with the time step and then addedto the old value.

Notice that you can change multiple numbers at once.

113

As a typical example you can use this to prescribe the displacement of a contact geometry overtime. Below the y-coordinates of a geometry line which is used in the contact algorithm is changedover time:

contact target geometry 0 -geometry line 1. . .

geometry line 1 0. 10. 2. 10.. . .

change dataitem 0 -geometry line 1 1 -usechange dataitem time 0 0. 10. 100. 0.change dataitem 1 -geometry line 1 3 -usechange dataitem time 1 0. 10. 100. 0.. . .

6.47 change dataitem geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index

For element group data group * you can restrict the application for the change dataitem toonly those elements which are part of the geometry specified by geometry entity name geome-try entity index.

6.48 change dataitem time index time value . . .

See change dataitem and change dataitem time user.

6.49 change dataitem time discrete index switch

If switch is set to -yes then the changes applied by the change dataitem and change dataitem timerecords (with the same index), will be applied at the discrete time points given in change dataitem time.Between those time points, no interpolation is used.

More precise, the change of the data item will be applied directly after the time point has passed.

If you don’t specify this change dataitem time discrete record then interpolation is used.

6.50 change dataitem time method index method

With this record you can require that the cosinus, sinus or tangent of a data value will be changed(in stead of the data value directly itself). The method can be set to either -cosinus, -sinus or-tangent. This is typically convenient for geotechnical safety factor calculations where you wantthat for a mohr coulomb law the cohesion and tangent of the friction angle are decreased at thesame ratio in time.

Example:

. . .

114

group materi plasti mohr coul direct 10 . . .. . .(tangent of friction angle reduction)change dataitem time 10 -group materi plasti mohr coul direct 10 0 -usechange dataitem time method 10 -tangentchange dataitem time 10 . . . (specify tangent values here). . .(cohesion reduction)change dataitem time 20 -group materi plasti mohr coul direct 10 1 -usechange dataitem time 20 . . .. . .

As an extra remark on such ’phi - c’ reduction: if you want to calculate the safety factor of theinitial geometry you should not use the mesh -follow material ... option, since with that thesoil would be able to deform to new stable configurations.

6.51 change dataitem time user index switch

If switch is set to -yes a user supplied subroutine is used instead of the change dataitem timetable.

See also the user.cpp routine included in the distribution.

6.52 check data switch

If switch is set to -yes the in-core database is checked at some moments during the calculation.You can try this option in case you experience unexpected behavior.

6.53 check error switch

Tochnog will does some error checking which you can suppress by setting switch to -no.

6.54 check element node index switch

Tochnog will check that elements do not have duplicate nodes. If you want to have duplicate nodeson purpose however, you can set switch to -no so that this checking is suppressed.

6.55 check element shape index factor

Isoparametric elements are mapped from the isoparametric space to the real coordinate space withshape functions. The determinant of the Jacobian of the mapping will have the same value ineach integration point if elements are not distorted by the mapping. Thus the relative differencedetip−detaverage

detaveragein each integration point of an element measures the distortion.

Tochnog determines the average of the relative difference for all the integration points in an element.

If this average is larger then factor a warning message will be printed. Furthermore, if check element shapeis specified the average will be stored in a record element shape in the database dbs file; the

115

average will be plotted in the GID post-processing files so that you can visually inspect where theelements are most distorted.

Perfectly non-distorted isoparametric elements have average 0.

Severely distorted elements have a high average, e.g. larger than 0.25.

6.56 check memory index switch

If switch is set to -yes, Tochnog checks memory usage of the calculation. If switch is set to -no,Tochnog does not check memory usage of the calculation.

When checking memory usage Tochnog checks that the calculation fits in the computer RAMmemory. Furthermore, on 32 bit systems Tochnog checks that array sizes do not exceed 2Gb.

Default, if check memory is not specified, the switch is set to -no.

6.57 check memory usage index switch

If switch is set to -yes Tochnog keeps record of the highest memory used by the calculation. Itwill put that highest usage, expressed in GB, in the record check memory usage result. Thisoption comes convenient to keep an eye on the memory usage of a calculation, in case you arereaching the limit on your computer. You need to prevent that memory usage exceeds the amountof RAM memory, since swapping to disk is extremely slow.

This option is only available on 64 bit linux. Default, if check memory usage is not specified,then switch is set to -yes.

6.58 check memory usage result index memory

See check memory usage.

6.59 check nan switch

If switch is set to -yes some internal result (stresses, etc.) are check for being NAN. NAN representsNot A Number , meaning that the computer cannot represent the result by a number. This meansthat something is wrong: the solution may have diverged, or you may have a programming errorin a user supplied routine, or etc.

6.60 check solver eps

If this record is set the solver checks if diagonal terms are smaller than eps. That normally indicatessome problem in your input file if eps is very small.

6.61 check target switch

If you set switch to -no, any target * records will be neglected. THis allows to run the input filewithout getting error messages in the log file, by example when testing variations of the input file.

116

6.62 check warning switch

Tochnog will does some warning checking which you can suppress by setting switch to -no.

6.63 condif convection edge normal index αc Tr

Convection coefficient and convection environmental temperature. Also the record condif convection edge normal geometryshould be specified.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

6.64 condif convection edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Selects the elements for which the condif convection edge normal record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.65 condif convection edge normal element group index element group 0element group 1 . . .

Selects the element groups for which the condif convection edge normal record with the sameindex should be applied.

6.66 condif convection edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1. . .

Selects the element and local node numbers for which the condif convection edge normalrecord with the same index should be applied.

6.67 condif convection edge normal element side index element 0 element 1. . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the condif convection edge normal recordwith the same index should be applied.

6.68 condif convection edge normal geometry index geometry entity namegeometry entity index

Selects the area for which the condif convection edge normal record with the same indexshould be applied.

Instead of a number of nodes also, for example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicatingthat the nodes on line 1 start to convect. The total edge of an element must be inside the geometryfor the force to become active. For 2D elements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements theborder surfaces are edges. See also: condif convection edge normal.

117

6.69 condif convection edge normal node index node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the condif convection edge normal record with the same indexshould be applied. The node 0 etc. specifies the global node numbers.

6.70 condif heat edge normal index heat

Distributed prescribed heat flux normal normal to the edge of a element. This distributed heat istranslated into equivalent nodal heat on the edges of elements. Also the record condif heat edge normal geometryshould be specified, and optionally the record condif heat edge normal time can be specified.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

Attention: if this option is used INSIDE a FE mesh, then the elements on each side will get thedistributed heat. So the total heat flux will normally become zero since the normals of the elementsat the side of the geometry are opposite.

6.71 condif heat edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Restricts the elements to which the condif heat edge normal record with the same index shouldbe applied.

6.72 condif heat edge normal element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

Restricts the element groups to which the condif heat edge normal record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.73 condif heat edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the element and local node numbers for which the condif heat edge normal record withthe same index should be applied.

6.74 condif heat edge normal element node factor index factor0 factor1. . .

Nodal multiplication factors with which the condif heat edge normal will be applied to theelement of condif heat edge normal element node. You need to specify a factor for each

118

node on the side. Here factor0 is the multiplication factor for the first node on the side, etc.

6.75 condif heat edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the condif heat edge normal record withthe same index should be applied.

6.76 condif heat edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This data item defines a polynomial in space. This polynomial gives a factor which is used as amultiplication factor for condif heat edge normal records (with the same index). In this way,you can obtain coordinate dependent heat fluxes.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.77 condif heat edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geome-try entity index

Selects the area for which the condif heat edge normal record with the same index should beapplied. For example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the nodes on line 1get the distributed heat. The total edge of an element must be inside the geometry for the force tobecome active. For 2D elements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements the border surfacesare edges.

6.78 condif heat edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the condif heat edge normal record with the same index should beapplied. The node 0 etc. specify global node numbers.

6.79 condif heat edge normal sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1amp 1 . . .

Similar to force edge sine, now for heat flux however.

6.80 condif heat edge normal time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a diagram which contains the factors with which the condif heat edge normalrecord with the same index is applied. Linear interpolation is used to extend the time load valuesto the intervals between these pairs. Outside the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, the heat flux is applied at all times with a factor 1.

119

6.81 condif heat volume index heat

Distributed volume heat source. Here heat is the distributed heat source value.

See also condif heat volume factor, condif heat volume geometry, and condif heat volume time.

6.82 condif heat volume element index element 0 element 1 ...

Specifies the elements for which the condif heat volume record with the same index should beapplied.

6.83 condif heat volume element group index element group

Specifies the element group for which the condif heat volume record with the same index shouldbe applied.

6.84 condif heat volume factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This polynomial gives a factor which is used as a multiplication factor for condif heat volumerecords (with the same index). In this way, you can obtain coordinate dependent forces.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.85 condif heat volume geometry index geometry name geometry index

Specifies the geometry for which the condif heat volume record with the same index should beapplied.

6.86 condif heat volume sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1amp 1 . . .

Similar to force edge sine, now for volume heat source however.

6.87 condif heat volume time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a multi-linear diagram which contains the factors with which the con-dif heat volume record with the same index is applied.

If this record is not specified, the heat source is applied at all times with a factor 1.

120

6.88 condif heat volume user index switch

Set switch to -yes if you want to call the user supplied routine for heat.

6.89 condif heat volume user parameters index . . .

Specify the parameters for the user supplied routine for heat.

6.90 condif radiation edge normal index αr Tr

Radiation coefficient and radiation environmental temperature. Also the record condif radiation edge normal geometryshould be specified.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

6.91 condif radiation edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Selects the elements for which the condif radiation normal edge record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.92 condif radiation edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1. . .

Selects the element and local node numbers for which the condif radiation edge normal recordwith the same index should be applied.

6.93 condif radiation edge normal element group index element group 0 el-ement group 1 . . .

Selects the element groups for which the condif radiation normal edge record with the sameindex should be applied.

6.94 condif radiation edge normal element side index element 0 element 1. . . side

Selects the elements and side number for which the condif radiation edge normal record withthe same index should be applied.

6.95 condif radiation edge normal geometry index geometry entity name ge-ometry entity index

Selects the area for which the condif radiation edge normal record with the same index shouldbe applied.

In stead of a number of nodes also, for example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicatingthat the nodes on line 1 radiate heat. The total edge of an element must be inside the geometry

121

for the force to become active. For 2D elements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements theborder surfaces are edges. See also: condif radiation edge normal.

6.96 condif radiation edge normal node index node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the condif radiation edge normal record with the same index shouldbe applied. This is only available for linear elements. The node 0 etc. specifies the global nodenumbers.

6.97 contact apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the contact algorithm is used. If switch is set to -no, the contact algorithmis not used. This is done for all timestep records.

See also control contact apply.

6.98 contact heat generation factor

This factor specifies how much of the frictional energy is transformed into heat (this only makessense if friction in contact plasti friction is not zero, and if condif temperature is initialized).The factor should be between 0 and 1. See also contact target geometry.

6.99 contact penalty pressure pressure penalty

The pressure penalty should be given some high value if the pressure is freely linked at the surfacesof contactor and target. See also contact target geometry.

6.100 contact penalty temperature temperature penalty

The temperature penalty should be given some high value if free heat exchange between contactorand target is possible. See also contact target geometry.

6.101 contact penalty velocity velocity penalty

The velocity penalty essentially puts a spring between the contactor and the target if penetrationoccurs. Iterations (see control timestep iterations) are needed; more iterations are needed ifthe penalty factor is higher. See also contact target geometry.

122

6.102 contact plasti friction friction

See contact target geometry.

6.103 contact target element group element group 0 element group 1 . . .

This records defines the element groups for which the elements function as target in a contactanalysis. It is advised to use different element groups for the contacting and target elements, sothat the contact algorithm can distinguish between both. The target element group should consistof more than 1 layer of elements in contact direction (so only one layer of target elements is notallowed). The contacter should be smaller of size than the target.

See also contact target geometry.

6.104 contact target geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index

Attention: the contact algorith is experimental up to now, and may not work for all calculations.

This record specifies a contact geometry. Contacting nodes are forced to stay at the outwardnormal side of the contact geometry.

The allowed geometries and their material outward normals are listed below

• If a geometry point is used in 1D, the normal is in positive x-direction.

• If a geometry line is used in 2D, the normal is the outer product of 3-direction and the linedirection (from point 0 to point 1).

• If a geometry circle is used in 2D, the normal is the outward direction at the circle.

• If a geometry circle is used in 3D, the normal is the outward direction on the circle surface.

• If a geometry ellipse is used in 2D, the normal is the outward direction at the ellipse.

• If a geometry sphere is used in 3D, the normal is the outward direction at the sphere.

• If a geometry polynomial is used in 2D, the normal is in positive y-direction.

• If a geometry polynomial is used in 3D, the normal is in positive z-direction.

• If a geometry triangle is used in 3D, the normal is in direction of the outer product v01∗ v02 where v01 is the vector from node 0 to node 1 and v02 is the vector from node 0 tonode 2.

• If a geometry quadrilateral is used in 3D, the normal is in direction of the outer productv01 ∗ v02 where v1 is the vector from node 0 to node 1 and v02 is the vector from node 0 tonode 2. Only non-distorted quadrilaterals should be used.

This normal can be switched sign by setting the contact target geometry switch with the sameindex to -yes.

In stead of geometries, also contact with target elements will be checked. Only contact with theelements -bar2, -quad4, and -hex8 can be detected. Specify contact target element groupfor this.

The time steps should be such small, that contacting nodes penetrate the other elements only insmall steps.

123

If a contact target geometry is used, then the contacting node should also be within thetolerance of the geometrical entity to be noticed!

If contact is detected, normal contact forces of size contact penalty velocity ∗ penetration are gen-erated between the contacting node and the other element. Moreover, also a frictional force of sizefriction ∗ normal force is generated (see contact plasti friction).

With contact you need more iterations the normal, say 5 or more. See control timestep iterationshow to define the number of iterations.

6.105 contact target geometry switch index switch

See contact target geometry.

6.106 control bounda relax index switch

With this control bounda relax you can require Tochnog to store the nodal right-hand-sides; byexample external nodal forces for nodes with prescribed velocities. These stored nodal right-hand-sides can later be used to relax prescribed boundary conditions; by example a prescribed velocityis removed and substituted by the stored external right-hand-side (external force) and slowly set tozero by multiplication with a time function as specified with bounda force in combination withbounda time. With the control bounda relax geometry record with the same index you canselect a specific geometry for which the storing will be done.

A typical example can be found in the relax1.dat file in your distribution.

6.107 control bounda relax geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

See control bounda relax.

6.108 control check data index switch

If switch is set to -yes the in-core database is checked at some moments during the calculation, forthe specified control index. You can try this option in case you experience unexpected behavior.

6.109 control contact apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the contact algorithm is used. If switch is set to -no, the contact algorithmis not used. This is done for timestep records with the same index.

Default switch is set to -yes. See also contact apply.

6.110 control convection apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the convection of a material with respect to the mesh is allowed. If switchis set to -no, the convection of a material with respect to the mesh is not allowed. This is donefor timestep records with the same index. See also convection apply.

124

6.111 control data activate index data item name 0 data item name 1 ... switch

With this record you can set data items to become activated if switch is set to -yes or de-activatedif switch is set to -no. The data item name specifies a data record name.

This option is still experimental; results should be checked.

6.112 control data arithmetic index data item name data item index data item numberoperat

This record allows you to change a data item. With data item name data item index data item numberyou select which data item to change. It will be changed with value val as specified in the cor-responding control data arithmetic double record. With operat you select how to change thedata item; possibilities are -plus, -minus, -multiply and -divide.

In stead of a specific index data item index you can also specify a range -ra ... -ra.

In case you specify -all for data item number the specified value will be used for all numbers ofthe record.

6.113 control data arithmetic double index val

See control data arithmetic.

6.114 control data copy index data item from data item to

Copy data item data item from to data item to. The user is responsible to apply only logic copyactions.

Normally the data item from and data item to should have the same length. As a special optionhowever, you can copy node inertia to node force records , while using a control data copy factorof -1. This allows you to substitute material mass inertia by static nodal forces, for the remainderof the calculation. This in fact is the d’alembert principle.

6.115 control data copy factor index factor

Multiplication factor for control data copy.

6.116 control data copy index index data item from index from data item toindex to

Copy data item data item from with index index from to data item to with index to. The user isresponsible to apply only logic copy actions.

6.117 control data copy index factor index factor

Multiplication factor for control data copy index.

125

6.118 control data delete index data item name index range

Delete one or more data items. The index range is a number (e.g. 3) or a range (-ra ... -ra, or-all).

If index data item name is a nodal item (for example node or node dof) then index range canalso be a geometrical entity (for example -geometry line 1 or so), and the item will be deletedfor nodes located on the geometrical entity.

If index data item name is a element item then index range can also be a geometrical entity (forexample -geometry line 1 or so), and the item will be deleted for elements with all nodes locatedon the geometrical entity.

In the example below element 1-10 and nodes 1-100 are deleted after some time in the calculation;this simulates dismantling a part of a structure somewhere in its lifetime. First, time steps withthe total structure are taken; then a part of the structure is dismantled; then time steps with theremaining part of the structure are taken.

. . .control timestep 10 . . .. . .control data delete 20 -element -ra -from 1 -to 10 -racontrol data delete 21 -node -ra -from 1 -to 100 -ra. . .control timestep 30 . . .. . .

If an element or node is deleted, then also the corresponding records will be deleted. See alsocontrol data put.

6.119 control data put index data item name index range number 0 number 1. . .

Puts one or more data items.

The index range is a number (e.g. 3) or a range (-ra ... -ra, or -all). The -all option forindex range is only available for nodal data items (like node or node dof). If data item name isa nodal item then index range can also be a geometrical entity (for example -geometry line 1 orso), and the item will be put for nodes located on the geometrical entity. If data item name is aelement item then index range can also be a geometrical entity (for example -geometry line 1 orso), and the item will be put for elements with all nodes located on the geometrical entity.

With number 0 number 1 etc. you can set which value should be put. For example only using3 for number 0 then you only want to set the fourth value for the data item (remember thatnumbering starts at 0). To specify the numbers for dof’s you can also specify names like -velx,-sigxx, etc. In case you specify -all, then all values should be given in control data put doubleor control data put integer.

The values to be put should be specified in a control data put double record for real data orin a control data put integer record otherwise. You should specify a value for each and everyspecified number.

If the data item already exists it is overwritten; else a new record will be generated.

126

See also control data delete.

6.120 control data put double index . . .

See control data put.

6.121 control data put integer index . . .

See control data put.

6.122 control data save index switch

If switch is set to -yes save the status of strains, stresses, displacements, etc. At a later point in thecalculation you can plot with gid data relative to these saved data with control print gid save difference.

. . .control timestep 10 . . .. . .control data save 20 -yes. . .control timestep 30 . . .. . .control print gid 40 -separate sequentialcontrol print gid save difference 40 -yes. . .

6.123 control dependency apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes, dependencies as specified with dependency diagram and dependency itemare included in the calculation. If switch is set to -no, these dependencies are not included. Thisis done for timestep records with the same index.

Default, if control dependency apply is not specified, then dependency apply will be used.

6.124 control distribute index distribution type data item name data item indexdata item number

Apply a random number, based on a -lognormal or -normal distribution, to the data item namerecords. This is done for the index data item index and the data item number value in those records(0 for the first value, 1 for the second value, etc.). The data item index can optionally be set to-all in stead of a specific index, so that the distribution will be applied to all existing indices.

The distribution type should be set to -lognormal or -normal. Use the control distribute parametersrecord to set the mean value and standard deviation.

The data item name can be one of group * or node *. If you specify a group *, for examplegroup materi elasti young or so, then not the group item record self will be changed, but the

127

item will be changed for the elements which use this record; in this way you can give a randomdistribution to group data like Young modulus, plastic properties, etc.

It is optionally possible to require a distribution that is correlated in space. To obtain such acorrelated distribution , you need to specify the control distribute correlation length record.If the specified correlation length is larger than 1.e12 then Tochnog uses a constant G (all compo-nents have the same value). As a special option, you can specify a different distribution length ineach space direction (in 2D specify 2 values, and in 3D specify 3 values).

With control distribute correlation distance you can set the maximum distance below whichdata will be correlated. Above that distance tochnog will not correlate the data. Default, ifcontrol distribute correlation distance is not specified it will be taken to be 4 times thecorrelation length.

With control distribute minimum maximum you can set the minimum and maximum valuewhich the random numbers are allowed to take. Numbers outside that range will be cutoff to theminimum or maximum value. A typical application would be limiting the void ratio to a rangewhich is needed by a hypoplasticity law.

In the first example, an lognormal distribution with average 100 and standard deviation 1.2 is usedto the nodal temperatures:

. . .materi velocitycondif temperature. . .control distribute 10 -lognormal -node dof -all -tempcontrol distribute parameters 10 100. 1.2. . .

In the second example, a normal distribution with average 1 and standard deviation 1.e-3 is usedto the y coordinate of the nodes:

. . .control distribute 10 -normal -node -all 1control distribute parameters 10 1. 1.e-3. . .

In the third example, a normal distribution with average 10 and standard deviation 1. is used tothe young’s modulus of group 7:

. . .control distribute 10 -normal -group materi elasti young 7 0control distribute parameters 10 10. 1.. . .

This control distribute * is presently only available on linux computers. The control distribute *should be before all control reset dof (thus have a higher index).

128

6.125 control distribute correlation distance index maximum distance

6.126 control distribute correlation length index correlation length . . .

See control distribute.

6.127 control distribute minimum maximum index minimum maximum

See control distribute.

6.128 control distribute parameters index mean value standard deviation

See control distribute.

6.129 control distribute seed index seed

For experts only. With this record you can specify the seed which will be used to start the randomseries of numbers. Use a positive integer value.

As a special option you can set seed to -new then Tochnog will self choose a seed. As a specialoption you can set seed to -old then Tochnog will use the previous seed.

6.130 control element group apply index number

See element group apply.

6.131 control geometry moving index -initialise

Initialise all geometry moving records. That is, determine for all elements at which time theywill be excavated by the geometry moving entities in the remainder of the calculation.

6.132 control groundflow consolidation apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, then the material divergence part in the groundflow equation is skipped.

Attention: If you want consolidation in geotechnics then set the switch to -yes. If you do not wantconsolidation in geotechnics then set the switch to -no.

This is done for timestep records with the same index.

Default, if control groundflow consolidation apply is not specified, then groundflow consolidation applywill be used.

129

6.133 control groundflow nonsaturated apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, then nonsaturated groundflow data (eg van Genuchten) will not be applied;only saturated data will be used.

Default, if control groundflow nonsaturated apply is not specified, then groundflow nonsaturated applywill be used.

6.134 control inertia apply index switch 0 switch 1 . . .

If switch 0 is set to -yes, the corresponding inertia term is included (material mass, heat capacity,..). The same for the other switches. A switch should be specified for each of the principal dof’s.See the ’input file - data part - introduction - types of dof’s’ section for an explanation aboutprincipal dof’s. The sequence of the principal dof’s is in the order as initialised in the initia ...end initia part.

As a special option you can specify only one switch, and then the specified value will automaticallybe used for all principal dof’s.

This control inertia apply record is applied for timestep records with the same index.

Default, if control inertia apply is not specified, then inertia apply will be used.

6.135 control input index switch

If switch is set to -yes Tochnog reads an extra piece of input from the file index.dat. The pieceof input needs to be closed by two end data statements. Comments ( ... ) are not allowed. Alldefines and arithmetics cannot be used.

6.136 control interface gap apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes then any group interface gap will be applied. If switch is set to -no thenany group interface gap will be ignored.

Default, if control interface gap apply is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.137 control materi damage apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any damage data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for timesteprecords with the same index.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with damage data. See also materi damage apply.

6.138 control materi dynamic index factor

Same as materi dynamic but now only for timesteps with the same control index.

130

6.139 control materi elasti k0 index switch

See group materi elasti k0.

6.140 control materi failure apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any damage data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for timesteprecords with the same index.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with failure data. See also materi failure apply.

6.141 control materi plasti hypo masin ocr apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes the OCR will be applied. If switch is set to -no the OCR will not be applied.

Default switch is -no.

6.142 control materi plasti hardsoil gammap initial index switch

See theory section on hardsoil.

6.143 control materi plasti hypo pressure dependent void ratio index switch

If switch is set to -yes the initial void ratio is corrected for pressure dependency; see the theorysection. This is done for the first timestep in the corresponding control timestep record withthe same index. Default switch is set to -no.

6.144 control materi plasti hypo niemunis visco ocr apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes the OCR will be applied. If switch is set to -no the OCR will not be applied.

Default switch is -no.

6.145 control materi plasti hypo substepping index switch

If switch is set to -yes substepping will be applied in hypoplasticity routines. If switch is set to-no substepping will not be applied in hypoplasticity routines.

If this record is not specified the record materi plasti hypo substepping will be used.

6.146 control materi plasti tension apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any tension-plasticity data in the input file will be ignored. This is done fortimestep records with the same index.

See also materi plasti tension apply.

131

6.147 control materi plasti visco apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any visco-plasticity data in the input file will be ignored. This is done fortimestep records with the same index. See also materi plasti visco apply.

6.148 control materi updated apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any -updated material memory will be set to -updated linear. If switch isset to -yes, any non-specified material memory will be set to -updated. This is done for timesteprecords with the same index.

6.149 control materi undrained apply index switch

See group materi undrained capacity. Default, if control materi undrained apply is notspecified, switch is set to -yes.

6.150 control materi visocity apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any viscosity in the input file will be ignored. This is done for timesteprecords with the same index.

6.151 control mesh activate gravity apply index index 0 index 1 . . .

With this record you can specify which of the mesh activate gravity * records should beapplied, by specifying the indices of the records that should be applied. In case this con-trol mesh activate gravity apply is not given, all mesh activate gravity * records will beapplied. As a special option you can use -all indicating that all of the mesh activate gravity *records should be applied (this is the same as not specifying the control mesh activate gravity applyrecord at all). As another special option you can use -none indicating that none of the mesh activate gravity *records should be applied.

See also mesh activate gravity time.

6.152 control mesh adjust geometry index geometry entity item 0geometry entity index 0 geometry entity item 1geometry entity index 1

The nodes of the geometry entity 0 are replaced such that they neatly follow the boundary ofgeometry 1. In this way, it is easy to make a mesh with elements precisely in specific regions, ifthis is required to give separate element group data (e.g. materials) to the geometry and it istoo difficult to make the mesh at once OK for this.

The created mesh may be quite distorted.

6.153 control mesh change element group index element group 0 element group 1

Change the group number element group of elements from element group 0 to element group 1.

132

6.154 control mesh convert index switch

If switch is set to -yes, tochnog will automatically convert elements:

• -bar2 in 2D to -quad4 if the element is an interface

• -bar3 in 2D to -quad6 if the element is an interface

• -tria3 in 3D to -prism6 if the element is an interface

• -tria6 in 3D to -prism12 if the element is an interface

• -quad4 in 3D to -hex8 if the element is an interface

• -quad8 in 2D to -quad6 if the element is an interface

• -quad8 in 3D to -hex18 if the element is an interface

• -quad9 in 2D to -quad6 if the element is an interface

• -quad9 in 3D to -hex18 if the element is an interface

• -hex20 in 3D to -hex18 if the element is an interface

• -hex20 in 3D to -hex27 if the element is not an interface

• -prism15 in 3D to -prism12 if the element is an interface

• -prism15 in 3D to -prism18 if the element is not an interface

For an interface you need to specify interface data in the group interface.... By example the-bar2 is connected to two nodes, whereas the converted -quad4 is connected to four nodes. Ina similar manner all other converted elements also get extra nodes. This options makes it easyto obtain a mesh with interface elements. By example generate with GID in a 2d mesh barelements, insert group data, and use control mesh convert to generate the interface elements.This generation of interfaces only works properly if certain conditions are satisfied:

• Each interface needs to have only isoparametric neighbours which have a total side in commonwith the interface. By example a -hex8 interface should only have -hex8 neighbours.

• Surfaces with interface elements should not intersect with another surface with interfaceelements.

The new generated nodes will be connected to existing neighbouring element at the interfaces. Thecontrol mesh convert tries to do that automatically correct. You can help however by specifyingin the record control mesh convert element group element groups which are located at oneside of the interfaces (by example the groups of a pile in soil when an interface is generated betweenpile and soil).

Example in which a -bar2 interface becomes a -hex8 interface:

. . .number of space dimension 3. . .end initia. . .element 1 -bar2 101 102element group 1 10

133

. . .group interface 10 -yes. . .control mesh extrude 100 . . .. . .control mesh convert 110 -yes. . .

If switch is set to -no, tochnog will not convert elements.

6.155 control mesh convert element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

See control mesh convert.

6.156 control mesh convert quad9 quad6 index dir

Convert quad9 into quad6 is a 2D calculation. With dir you can decide in which isoparametricdirection of the quad9 nodes should be deleted (so that becomes the linear direction in the quad6element). Set dir either to -x or to -y.

6.157 control mesh convert tria6 tria3 index switch

Convert tria6 into tria3 is a 2D calculation. This is done if switch is set to -yes.

6.158 control mesh cut geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

This command cuts away a part of the mesh, as defined by geometry item name geometry item index.The cut away mesh can be substituted by its nodal forces. Actually, with control mesh cut forceyou can set for each direction if the nodal force of the cut away mesh should be applied to theremaining mesh. This will be done if you set the corresponding switch in control mesh cut forceto -yes. In 2D you should set two switches, and in 3D you should set 3 switches.

See mesh cut 1.dat and mesh cut 2.dat in the test directory for examples. See earthquake 2.dathow this control mesh cut geometry command can save you computing time in dynamic cal-culations with many timesteps.

6.159 control mesh cut force index switch 0 switch 1 switch 2

See control mesh cut geometry.

6.160 control mesh delete element index number 0 number 1 . . .

The elements with numbers number 0 number 1 will be deleted. Otherwise the same as con-trol mesh delete geometry.

134

6.161 control mesh delete geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index

All elements which are part of the geometry item are deleted. In this way, it is easy to make a meshwith holes, tunneling systems in ground, etc. Remaining nodes in the geometry, are moved onto theedge of the geometry if the corresponding control mesh delete geometry move node recordwith the same index is set to -yes; (otherwise, the remaining nodes are left inside the geometry).

For a geometry point, elements inside the tolerance distance of the point will be deleted. Fora geometry circle, elements in the total inner area of the circle radius plus its tolerance will bedeleted. Likewise for other geometries.

If you combine this record with a control timestep record, then the element will be slowlydeleted, starting from a complete element at the start of the timestep up to no element at the endof the timestep. This is accomplished by reducing the nodal forces of the elements slowly to zero;at the end of the timestep, the element is deleted completely. This might be useful for a betterconvergence behavior of the iterative process.

If an element is being deleted, element empty is automatically set to -empty, even if the elementis not completely deleted yet. This allows you to look with GID ’behind elements that are beingdeleted’ (see also element empty and control print gid empty).

See also control mesh delete geometry move node, control mesh delete geometry elementand control mesh delete geometry element group.

6.162 control mesh delete geometry element index element name 0 element name 0. . .

Only elements with names element name 0 etc. will be deleted if the control mesh delete geometry(with the same index) is used. For example, element name 0 is -quad4, -beam, etc.

If this record is not specified all elements in the geometry will be deleted.

6.163 control mesh delete geometry element group index element group 0element group 1 . . .

Only elements from group element group 0 etc. will be deleted if the control mesh delete geometry(with the same index) is used.

6.164 control mesh delete geometry factor index factor 0 factor 1 . . .

The elements deleted by control mesh delete geometry (with the same index), will be deletedby a factor factor 0 at the start of the timesteps up to a factor factor 1 at the end of the timesteps.If the control mesh delete geometry is not used in combination with timesteps, then directlyfactor 1 will be applied.

If factor 1 exceeds 1.− 1.e− 10 an element will be completely deleted from the calculation, that isthe element record will be removed and cannot be reactivated in any way later in the calculation.

If this record is not specified then factor 0 = 0 and factor 1 = 1.

135

6.165 control mesh delete geometry method index method

Determines the condition on which an element will be considered part of the geometry to bedeleted. If method is set to -all then all element nodes should be part of the geometry. If methodis set to -any then any of the element nodes should be part of the geometry. If method is set to-average then the average element coordinate should be part of the geometry.

Default this record is -all.

See also control mesh delete geometry.

6.166 control mesh delete geometry move node index switch

Determines if remaining nodes inside a deleted geometry, are moved onto the edge of the geometry(-yes) or not (-no). Moving nodes makes that the element mesh exactly fits the deleted geometry,but may also lead to heavily distorted elements. Default this record is -no.

See also control mesh delete geometry.

6.167 control mesh delete geometry projection type index type

This record allows you to control what geometry will actually be deleted. Set type to -project insideor -project exact. For example if the geometry is a geometry circle then -project insidemeans that everything inside the circle will be deleted, whereas -project exact means that ev-erything within a tolerance from the circle edge will be deleted. Default type is -project inside.

6.168 control mesh delete geometry stop index switch

If switch is set to -yes, any deleting of elements in geometries will be stopped. That is, all remainingdelete factors from control mesh delete geometry factor will be destroyed and all elementswill become fully active again.

In combination with global element dof apply -yes, the elements which become active againwill take their strains, stresses etc. of the moment just before being deleted! If you want to lowerthe stresses or strains or so, then consider using control reset dof.

In combination with global element dof apply -no, the elements which become active againwill take their strains, stresses etc. from the nodes.

6.169 control mesh delete geometry stop geometry index geometry entity namegeometry entity index

Only do the control mesh delete geometry stop for elements part of the geometrical entityspecified in this control mesh delete geometry stop geometry.

6.170 control mesh delete small index eps

At the end of a timestep, an element will be deleted when its volume has become smaller than eps.

136

6.171 control mesh duplicate element group index element group old element group new

Use this command to duplicate elements from group element group old to new elements with groupelement group new. The new elements get the same nodes as the old original elements.

6.172 control mesh element group apply index group 0 group 1 . . .

If you specify this record, only the element groups specified will be evaluated in the timesteps withthe same index. Default, if control mesh element group apply is not specified, all elementsgroups will be used.

6.173 control mesh extrude index z0 z1 z2 . . .

Option to extrude a 2D mesh to 3D. The 2D mesh has x,y,z coordinates, with z=0. The 3D meshwill have x,y,z coordinates. You need to specify in the initialisation part number of space dimensionsto 3.

With z0, z1, z2 etc. you specify the coordinates of the layers to which the 2D coordinates willbe extruded. With n0, n1, n2 you specify the number of elements that will be generated in eachlayer; n0 specifies the number of elements between z0 and z1, n1 specifies the number of elementsbetween z1 and z2, etc.; for the last n-value you always should use a 1 (this is a dummy value,that is not used for any layer at all).

Extrusion must be done before doing mesh refinements, mesh splitting, etc.

6.174 control mesh extrude direction index dir

Default extrusion is done in the global z-direction. Optionally you can set dir to -y and thenextrusion is done in global y-direction.

6.175 control mesh extrude element index name

If you extrude -tria6 elements, you can set name either to -prism12 or -prism18. Then either the12 node or 18 node prismatic elements will be generated. Default, if this control mesh extrude elementis not set, then -prism18 is used for name.

See also control mesh extrude n and optionally control mesh extrude element group.

6.176 control mesh extrude contact spring element group index element group 0element group 1 . . .

See control mesh extrude contact spring element group new.

6.177 control mesh extrude contact spring element group new index el-ement group new 0 element group new 1 . . .

If this record is specified, then a contact spring is generated between each start node and end nodein the extrude direction. This option comes handy, when you want to use these contact springs to

137

enforce that the nodes on the start plane get the same displacements as the nodes on the end plane,which models that the extruded mesh is in fact part of a very long domain with no variations inthe longitudinal direction of the domain.

The contact springs get group number element group new 0 when its node is attached to an elementwith old group element group 0. The contact springs get group number element group new 1 whenits node is attached to an element with old group element group 1. Etc. The old groups are specifiedin the control mesh extrude contact spring element group record. If the contact spring’snode is attached to more than one old group, the first specified old group, and corresponding newgroup, will be used.

As a special option, if you specify in control mesh extrude contact spring element group newonly one new element group number, then all contact springs will be placed on that group.

6.178 control mesh extrude element group index element group 0 element group 1. . . number 0 number 1 . . .

With this option you can limit the extrusion, if different parts of the mesh. More precise,you can set how much of the extrusion as specified by the control mesh extrude and con-trol mesh extrude n records will be done for elements from a specific element group. Thiswill result in a mesh which has different heights in different areas of the mesh.

The element group 0, element group 1 etc. specify the element groups for which you want to limitthe extrusion. The number 0, number 1 etc. specify the the amount values of n0, n1, n2, ..... thatshould be used for this specific element group. For example, if element group 0 is 6 and number 0is 2 then the elements belonging to element group 6 will only be extruded with n0 and n1. Theremaining n2, n3, .... will be put to 0 for these elements.

For element groups which are not restricted with this control mesh extrude element grouprecord, all extrusion will be done (that is, all n0, n1, etc. will be used).

As a special option you you can set the group type of an element group in control mesh extrude element groupto -none; then the mesh extrude will not generate the elements belonging to that group.

6.179 control mesh extrude element group new index element group old 0element group old 1 . . . element group new 00 element group new 01 . . . element group new 10element group new 11 . . .

With this option you set the element group number of the new extruded elements.

With element group old 0, element group old 1 etc. you specify the old element group numbersof the 2D elements (which will be extruded). For these old groups, you specify for each layerin z-direction what the new element group numbers of the extruded 3D elements should be. Forexample, element group new 00 , element group new 01 etc. give for element group old 0 what theelement group numbers of the new extruded elements will be (for each z layer).

Attention: you need to specify element group numbers for each and every z layer. So even ifyou actually limit the amount of z layers generated for a specific old group with the option con-trol mesh extrude element group, you need to specify new group numbers for ALL layers (thenew group numbers for non-generated new layers are in that case only dummy numbers).

Default, if an old element group is not included in this control mesh extrude element group newrecord, all new extruded elements will also get that same old element group number.

See also control mesh extrude.

138

6.180 control mesh extrude n index n0 n1 n2 . . .

See control mesh extrude.

6.181 control mesh generate beam index element group geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

The same as control mesh generate truss, now for beams however.

6.182 control mesh generate contact spring index element group geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

Generate -contact spring2 springs for nodes which have the same position in space. This can beused to connect these nodes with spring elements, so to model a contact area. Only nodes locatedon the specified geometry entity will be used.

The generated springs will get an element group record with value element group. So in thatelement group you can put the properties of the contact springs.

With the control mesh generate contact spring element record you can set between whichelements the contact springs should be generated. For example use -quad4 and -truss beam ifyou want to generate contact springs between those elements.

If control mesh generate contact spring element group (with the same index) is used, con-tact springs will only be generated between elements of the groups element group 0, element group 1etc.

6.183 control mesh generate contact spring element index element 0 ele-ment 1

See control mesh generate contact spring.

6.184 control mesh generate contact spring element group index element group 0element group 1 . . .

See control mesh generate contact spring.

6.185 control mesh generate interface index element group 0 element group 00element group 01 element group 1 element group 10 element group 11 . . .

With this record you can generate interface elements.

The interface elements will be given an element group record element group 0 if the inter-face is between element group 00 and element group 01. The interface elements will be givenan element group record element group 1 if the interface is between element group 10 and ele-ment group 11. The interface elements will be given an element group record element group 2if the interface is between element group 20 and element group 21. Etc, etc.

139

The groups element group 00, element group 10, element group 20, etc. should be on one side.The groups element group 01, element group 11, element group 21, etc. should be on the oppositeside.

Between two linear 2d elements -quad4 interfaces will be generated. Between two quadratic 2delements -quad6 interfaces will be generated. Between two -hex8 elements a -hex8 interface willbe generated. Between two -hex27 elements a -quad18 interface will be generated. Between two-tet4 elements a -prism6 interface will be generated. Between two -tet10 elements a -tria12interface will be generated. Between two -prism6 elements a -prism6 interface will be generatedon sides with 3 nodes. Between two -prism6 elements a -hex8 interface will be generated on sideswith 4 nodes. For other situations no interface element will be generated.

Crossing interfaces are not allowed, eg in 2d you should not have locally two connecting lines withinterfaces and in 3d you should not have locally two connecting surfaces with interfaces.

Interfaces can only be generated between exactly two elements. You cannot generate interfacewhere three elements connect; by example ypu cannot generate an interface at the common sideof two quad4 elements if there is also a truss along that common side.

If you want the interface to connect, you really should do by example:

. . .control mesh generate interface 10 20 30 31 20 40 41. . .

which takes care that the interfaces generated by this command are connected together. If youwould have used the following:

. . .control mesh generate interface 10 20 30 31control mesh generate interface 11 20 40 41. . .

The interfaces generated by the two commands will not connect.

See also control mesh generate interface method.

6.186 control mesh generate interface method index method select method generate

If you set method select to -element geometry the control mesh generate interface will se-lect with element geometry between which elements interfaces will be generated.

If you set method generate to -element geometry the control mesh generate interface willgenerate element geometry records for the interface elements, in stead of element grouprecords.

So by example using -element geometry -element geometry tells that the control mesh generate interfacein fact is index element geometry 0 element geometry 00 element geometry 01 element geometry 1element geometry 10 element geometry 11 . . . .

Default, if control mesh generate interface method is not specified, it is set to -element group-element group.

140

6.187 control mesh generate spring1 index element group geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

Generate -spring1 springs for nodes. Only nodes located on the specified geometry entity will beused.

The generated springs will get an element group record with value element group. So in thatelement group you can put the properties of the springs (see group spring stiffness etc.).

6.188 control mesh generate spring2 index element group geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

Generate -spring2 springs for nodes which have the same position in space. This can be used toconnect these nodes with spring elements. Only nodes located on the specified geometry entitywill be used.

The generated springs will get an element group record with value element group. So in thatelement group you can put the properties of the springs (see group spring stiffness etc.).

Typically you can use this option to connect meshes which were generated with different con-trol mesh macro records or so.

If you need interfaces, then afterwards use a control mesh convert to turn the generated surfaceelements into real interface elements.

6.189 control mesh generate truss index element group geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

Generate trusses for nodes which are neighbor in space (that is, for nodes which are connected byan isoparametric finite element). Only nodes located on the specified geometry entity will be used.

The generated trusses will get an element group record with value element group. So in thatelement group you can put the properties of the trusses (see group truss elasti young etc.).

Typically you can use this option to put easy trusses somewhere in a mesh with isoparametricelements.

6.190 control mesh generate truss beam index element group geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

The same as control mesh generate truss, now for truss beams however.

6.191 control mesh generate truss beam loose index switch

This record works together with the control mesh generate truss, control mesh generate beamand control mesh generate truss beam records.

If switch is set to -yes, the truss or beam of truss beam will not be connected to the existing nodes,but new nodes will be generated for the generated element.

141

Afterwards you can typically connect the truss or beam of truss beam to the existing mesh withconstactsprings, so that the end result is that you can model frictional slip between isoparametricelements and structural elements.

See also control mesh generate contact spring.

6.192 control mesh generate truss beam macro index macro 0 macro 1 . . .

This record works together with the control mesh generate truss, control mesh generate beamand control mesh generate truss beam records.

With macro 0 etc. you can specify the indices of control mesh macro * records. Then thetrusses (or beams or truss beams) will only be generated for nodes coming from the mesh generatedby the macro records with the specified indices.

This is handy in case you generate two neighboring meshes with macro’s, and want to generatethe elements (trusses or beams or truss beams) in between these two meshes. Normally, both themeshes would get the extra truss (or ..) in case you use a geometry line or so to specify that the newelements should be generated between the two meshes (this is so, since the nodes of both meshes arelocated on the geometry line). With the present control mesh generate truss beam macrorecord however you can specify that the new elements should only be generated by looking at thenodes of some of the meshes, and so no double new elements will be generated in between the twomeshes.

6.193 control mesh generate truss beam separate index switch

This record works together with the control mesh generate truss, control mesh generate beamand control mesh generate truss beam records.

If switch is set to -yes, the truss or beam of truss beam will be generated for separate regions, notnecessary connected by isoparametric finite elements.

A typical example is the generation of exactly one truss between two end points (thus no trussesalong all of the isoparametric elements between the end points). For this, put the end points in ageometry set, and also use -yes for this control mesh generate truss beam separate record.

6.194 control mesh interface triangle index switch

See mesh interface triangle coordinates.

6.195 control mesh keep element index element 0 element 1 . . .

With this option you can delete all elements except for the elements with numbers element 0,element 1, etc. This enables you to clearly view some specific elements and nodes in a plot.

6.196 control mesh keep element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

With this option you can delete all elements except for the elements with group numbers ele-ment group 0, element group 1, etc. This enables you to clearly view some specific elements and

142

nodes in a plot.

6.197 control mesh keep geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

With this option you can delete all elements except for the elements present in the specifiedgeometry. This enables you to clearly view some specific elements and nodes in a plot.

6.198 control mesh keep node index node 0 node 1 . . .

With this option you can delete all nodes except for the nodes with numbers node 0, node 1, etc.This enables you to clearly view some specific elements and nodes in a plot.

6.199 control mesh macro index macro item element groupn . . .

With this record and the control mesh macro parameters record you define a macro region.The macro region will automatically be divided into finite elements.

The type of macro region is defined by macro item. You can set macro item to a -sphere(3D), -cylinder (3D), -cylinder hollow (3D), -brick (3D), -rectangle (2D), -circle (2D), -circle hollow (2D) and -bar (1D).

The elements to be generated will get element group element group.

With n . . . you define how much nodes and elements will be generated. For a -cylinder, you needto specify the number of nodes in the length direction, the number of nodes in radial direction andthe number of nodes in circ. direction (there is always only one element in radial direction). For a-cylinder hollow, you need to specify the number of nodes in the length direction, the number ofnodes over the wall thickness and the number of nodes in circ. direction. For a -brick, you need tospecify the number of nodes in x-direction, the number of nodes in y-direction and the number ofnodes in z-direction. For a -circle and -sphere, you need to specify ’fineness’ of the mesh, whichis a number 0, 1, 2, 3, ...; a higher number gives a higher fineness; typically use 3 or so. For a-circle hollow, you need to specify the number of nodes over the wall thickness, the number ofelements in tangential direction. For a -rectangle, you need to specify the number of nodes infirst direction and the number of nodes in second direction. For a -bar, you need to specify thenumber of nodes.

In the following example a sphere is generated, after which the nodes get an initial velocity:

. . .number of space dimension 2. . .end initia. . .control mesh macro 20 -sphere . . .control mesh macro parameters 20 . . .. . .control data put 30 -node dof -allcontrol data put double 30 0. 1. . . .. . .

143

6.200 control mesh macro concentrate index . . .

For the -rectangle macro you can specify with this control mesh macro concentrate recorda mesh fineness concentration factor in the first direction and in the second direction. In eachdirection give a mesh fineness factor at the beginning and at the end (so two factors per direction).A smaller factor means smaller elements. The relative size of the factor determines where elementsare concentrated, at the start or at the end.

6.201 control mesh macro element index element type

With this option you can set the element type which will be generated with control mesh macro(with the same index). This option is only available in 2d and 3d.

For element you can use -tria3, -tria6, -quad4 and -quad9 in 2d. For element you can use-tet4, -tet10, -hex8 and -hex27 in 2d.

If this record is not specified then -bar2 (1d), -quad4 (2d) or -hex8 (3d) will be generated.

Attention: in case you choose a quadratic element the macro geometry may not be exactly followed.In this case, leave the default linear elements, and use a global mesh refinement to quadraticelements afterwards, including the geometry to follow.

6.202 control mesh macro parameters index x y . . .

With this record you can specify the dimensions of the control mesh macro region.

For a -sphere, you need to specify the x, y, z coordinates of the middle of the sphere and theradius of the sphere. For a -cylinder, you need to specify the x, y, z coordinates at the start of thecylinder, the x, y, z coordinates at the end of the cylinder, the radius, the start angle and the endangle in degrees (which allows for an open section). For a -cylinder hollow, you need to specifythe x, y, z coordinates at the start of the cylinder, the x, y, z coordinates at the end of the cylinder,the middle radius, the wall thickness, the start angle and the end angle in degrees (which allowsfor an open section). For a -brick, you need to specify the x, y, z coordinates at the middle, thelength in x-direction, the length in y-direction, and the length in z-direction. For a -circle, youneed to specify the x, y coordinates of the middle and also the radius. For a -circle hollow, youneed to specify the same as for the circle and additionally the wall thickness, the start angle andthe end angle in degrees (which allows for an open section). For a -rectangle, you need to specifythe x, y coordinates of the middle, the width and the height respectively. For a -bar, you need tospecify the x coordinate of the middle and the length respectively.

6.203 control mesh map index switch

A typical piece of input file is

. . .global element dof apply -no. . .. . . (input file with quadratic elements -hex20 or -hex27 or -tet10 or -prism15). . .control mesh map . . . -yes (map to linear elements -hex8 or -prism6 or -tet4). . .

144

control timestep . . . (calculate with linear elements)control solver . . . -matrix pardiso (with pardiso solver). . .control mesh map -yes (map back to quadratic elements). . .control timestep . . . (calculate with quadratic elements)control solver . . . -matrix iterative bicg (with bicg solver). . .

In this way, the last calculation with the quadratic elements gets as first guess for the bicg solverthe solution field of the linear elements with the pardiso solver. This saves much computing timefor bicg, especially in very large calculations. This strategy normally should only be used for largelinear calculations. For this option always set global element dof apply -no.

6.204 control mesh merge index switch

If switch is set to -yes, then nodes with the same coordinates are merged into one node.

6.205 control mesh merge eps coord index epsilon

Distance below which nodes will be merged. Default some small value.

6.206 control mesh merge macro generate index macro 0 . . .

This record works together with the control mesh merge record.

With macro 0 etc. you can specify the indices of control mesh macro * or control mesh generate *records. Then the merging will only be done for nodes coming from the mesh generated by themacro or generate records with the specified indices.

6.207 control mesh merge geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index

The mesh merging from control mesh merge, with the same index, will only be used for nodesin the geometry specified by geometry entity item geometry entity index.

6.208 control mesh merge geometry not index geometry entity item geome-try entity index

The mesh merging from control mesh merge, with the same index, will not be used for nodesin the geometry specified by geometry entity item geometry entity index.

6.209 control mesh multiply index number of multiplications

The mesh is multiplied number of multiplications times. In each multiplication the mesh getsdouble the amount of elements, because for each element a new element is generated with thesame nodes.

145

6.210 control mesh refine globally index refinement type

This record activates global mesh refinement or global mesh coarsening. This is not available for -tria3 and -tet4 elements. Either refinement method is -h refinement (more of the same elements)or refinement method is -p refinement (higher order elements) or refine method is -p coarsen(lower order elements).

As a special option for the -h refinement method, the format refine globally index -h refinementswitch ξ switch η switch ζ can be used. For example in 1D, only refine globally index -h refinementswitch ξ should be specified. For example in the -hex8 element, ξ is the isoparametric coordinaterunning from the first node to the second node, η runs from the first node the third node and ζ runsfrom the first node to the fifth node. A isoparametric direction will be refined if the correspondingswitch is set to -yes. This option allows for refinement in specific directions. It should be usedwith care however, and only gives proper results if the ξ,η and ζ directions of the elements match.

The control mesh refine globally will automatically merge nodes which have the same positionin space.

Rules for old and new:

• A new generated element inherits its data items from the old element it is generated from.

• If a new generated node is placed on an old element edge it inherits those data items of theold nodes on that old edge that have a property in common; then arbitrarily the data itemof one of the old nodes is taken.

• If a new generated node is placed inside an old element it inherits those data items of the oldnodes of that old element that have a property in common; then arbitrarily the data item ofone of the old nodes is taken.

• For all new nodes the node dof records are interpolated from the old element nodes node dofrecords by using the old element interpolation functions.

See also control mesh refine globally geometry.

6.211 control mesh refine globally geometry index geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

This record can be used together with the control mesh refine globally record with the sameindex. If all nodes of an element edge is part of the geometrical entity, the new generated nodes arealso placed on that geometrical entity. This typically is used to follow curved edges of the domain.

The control mesh refine locally will automatically merge nodes which have the same positionin space.

6.212 control mesh refine locally index percentage

An elements will be refined depending on the size of a solution variable. The solution variable canbe chosen via control mesh refine locally dof.

The percentage of elements which will be refined is specified by percentage. Typically percentageis 10 or so.

This local mesh refinement is only available for -bar2, -bar3, -tria3, -tria6, -tet4 and -tet10elements; there should be no other elements in the mesh.

146

See the rules for old and new at control mesh refine globally.

6.213 control mesh refine locally dof index dof

With dof you can set which dofwill be used for deciding if an element should be refined. The sizeof the doffield will be used.

Possibilities for dof are: -materi damage, -materi displacement, -materi plasti kappa, -materi plasti kappa shear, -materi strain elasti, -materi strain plasti, -materi strain total,-materi stress, -materi velocity, -materi void fraction and

As a special option you can set dof to -nothing; then an element is refined always.

For finding localization zones (e.g. shear bands) choosing -materi strain plasti or -materi damageseems to be most robust.

See also control mesh refine locally geometry.

6.214 control mesh refine locally geometry index geometry entity itemgeometry entity index

This record can be used together with the control mesh refine locally record with the sameindex. If all nodes of an element edge is part of the geometrical entity, the new generated nodes arealso placed on that geometrical entity. This typically is used to follow curved edges of the domain.

6.215 control mesh refine locally minimal size index minimal size

Element with minimal size below the specified minimal size will not be refined. The minimalelement size is defined as the largest node distance between nodes of the element. Default theminimal allowed size is 0.

6.216 control mesh refine locally not index geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0

The refinement as specified in the control mesh refine locally record with the same index, willnot be applied on the geometry specified by geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0.

6.217 control mesh refine locally not method index method

Set method to -all or -any. If method is set to -all, then the corresponding control mesh refine locally notis applied to elements for which all nodes are inside the specified geometry. If method is set to-any, then the corresponding control mesh refine locally not is applied to elements for whichany of the nodes is inside the specified geometry. Default method is -all.

6.218 control mesh refine locally only index geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0

The refinement as specified in the control mesh refine locally record with the same index, willonly be applied on the geometry specified by geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0.

147

6.219 control mesh refine locally only method index method

Set method to -all or -any. If method is set to -all, then the corresponding control mesh refine locally onlyis applied to elements for which all nodes are inside the specified geometry. If method is set to-any, then the corresponding control mesh refine locally only is applied to elements for whichany of the nodes is inside the specified geometry. Default method is -all.

6.220 control mesh remove index method element group 0 element group 1 el-ement group 2 . . .

With this option you can remove elements of element group 0 if they are completely located inside aelements of groups element group 1, element group 2 etc. The method you should set to -method1.

6.221 control mesh remove geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

With this record you can restrict to which geometry the control mesh remove will be applied.

6.222 control mesh remove frequency timeinterval index timeinterval

Similar to control print frequency timeinterval but now working on control mesh removerecords however. This option is convenient to save computer time.

6.223 control mesh remove frequency timestep index timestep

Similar to control print frequency timestep but now working on control mesh remove recordshowever. This option is convenient to save computer time.

6.224 control mesh remove keep geometry index geometry item name geom-etry item index

If elements are being removed once with the control mesh remove command, they keep on beingremoved in the future if they are part of the geometry as specified in this control mesh remove keep geometrycommand.

6.225 control mesh remove really index switch

If switch is set to -yes elements removed by the control mesh remove command are reallyremoved. If switch is set to -no elements removed by the control mesh remove command arenot really removed; they are made inactive instead, and will become active again at the momentthat they are no longer being removed by the control mesh remove command.

6.226 control mesh renumber index lowest element lowest node

The element numbers are made strictly sequential starting from lowest element and the nodenumbers are made strictly sequential starting from lowest node. Beware using control renumber

148

in combination with, for example, node numbers in printing of node dof records; use post pointrecords instead.

6.227 control mesh renumber element geometry offset index offset

While renumbering elements the element geometry number will be offset with offset.

6.228 control mesh renumber element group offset index offset

While renumbering elements the element group number will be offset with offset.

6.229 control mesh rotate index n

After rotation n is the number of elements in rotational direction for a rotation over 360 degrees.After rotation the old y direction becomes the new z direction. The following data is transferredin the rotation process: element, element group, node and node dof. A 2D -tria3 elementbecomes a 3D -prism6 element and a 2D -quad4 element becomes a 3D -hex8 element; other2D elements can presently not be rotated. All data that is not valid in 3D, like for example a 2Dline etc, will be deleted in the rotation process.

This control mesh rotate is convenient when the first part of calculation is axisymmetric, forexample loading a pile vertically in a soil, and the second part of the calculation is 3D, for exampleloading the top of the pile in some horizontal direction. Then first an axi-symmetric calculationcan be performed, and the results can be used to start a 3D calculation.

If a -quad4 elements has a side on the y-axis in the 2D mesh, the element is rotated to a -prism6element; the -quad4 element should have the side with local node numbers 0 and 1 on the y-axis,which is the case if you generated the elements with a control mesh macro You should not useother elements with a side on the y-axis when rotating the mesh.

This control mesh rotate deletes all data, except element, element group, node, node dof,element interface strain and element interface stress will be rotated to 3D. Furthermore,control input will available afterwards, so that all 3d data can be set in an extra input file, whichis read after the mesh rotation.

If you use any history variables in the model, these should be scalars (and thus not vectors ormatrices); otherwise rotation will not go ok for the history variables.

6.230 control mesh rotate angle index angle

With angle you can specify an angle in degrees up to which the mesh rotation should be done forthe control mesh rotate with the same index. Typically you could use 90 degrees or 180 degreesfor angle. Default, if this control mesh rotate angle is not specified, angle will be set to 360.

6.231 control mesh split index switch

If switch is set to -yes then each -quad4 element is split into four -tria3 elements and each -hex8element is split into twelve -tet4 elements. Further, each -quad9 element is split into four -tria6elements and each -hex27 element is split into six -tet10 elements. Further, each -tria6 elementis split into four -tria3 elements.

149

See the rules for old and new at control mesh refine globally. See also control mesh split element to,and control mesh split only.

Splitting a 3D mesh will only work correctly on certain regular grids; you need to check the splittedmesh.

6.232 control mesh split element from index name

Split only elements with the specified name.

6.233 control mesh split element to index name

If you are splitting -hex8 elements, then you can set name either to -tet4 or -prism6. Default,if control mesh split element to is not specified, -tet4 is used.

If you are splitting -hex27 elements, then you can set name either to -tet10 or -prism18.Default, if control mesh split element to is not specified, -tet10 is used.

6.234 control mesh split only index geometry entity geometry entity index

If this record is used, the corresponding control mesh split record will only be applied on el-ements which have at least one node on the geometry specified by index geometry entity namegeometry entity index.

6.235 control mesh truss distribute mpc index switch

If switch is set to -yes the nodes of truss elements are fixed with multi point constraints (mpc’s)to the isoparametric elements through which the trusses run. This typically can be used formodeling reinforcement bars in a concrete embedment, where the bars follow the displacements(and temperatures if present) of the concrete.

If control mesh truss distribute mpc exact switch is set to -yes, truss elements are redis-tributed (that is, more small truss elements will be made), in such way that each truss gets anode when it enters an isoparametric element or ends internally in an isoparametric element. Thiscontrol mesh truss distribute mpc exact comes handy when you initially have large trussesrelative to the isoparametric elements.

Truss below a minimum length as specified in control mesh truss distribute mpc exact minimal lengthwill not be generated; default the minimal length tolerance is set to some small value. With con-trol mesh truss distribute mpc exact minimal length connect you can determine if thegenerated trusses jumping a space below the minimal length will be connected or will be not-connected (loose); set the switch to -yes if you want the truss to be connected in such case. Pleaserealise that the connection is ensured only for the trusses generated from 1 old truss; connectionis not ensured for trusses generated from different old truss elements.

This control mesh truss distribute mpc option is done for truss groupsas specified in control mesh truss distribute mpc element group truss orin control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry truss.Only one of control mesh truss distribute mpc element group truss andcontrol mesh truss distribute mpc geometry truss can be specified.If none of control mesh truss distribute mpc element group truss and

150

control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry truss is specified the distribution will be donefor all trusses.

Default Tochnog will look for all isoparametric elements how to distribute the trusses. To savecomputer time you can restrict the geometry or element group of the isoparametric elements whereTochnog will look with control mesh truss distribute mpc element group isoparametricend control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry isoparametric.

Please notice that if you are using geometries in control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry trussorcontrol mesh truss distribute mpc geometry isoparametric these can in fact be a geom-etry set.

In case you specify both of the above * truss and * isoparametric, the number of specified values(groups or geometries) should be the same. Then the first value specified for the truss will be com-bined with the first value specified for the isoparametric elements, the second value specified for thetruss will be combined with the second value specified for the isoparametric elements, etc. By exam-ple, if you specify two groups for control mesh truss distribute mpc element group trussandtwo groups for control mesh truss distribute mpc element group isoparametric the firstspecified truss group will be distributed over the first specified isoparametric group, and the secondspecified truss group will be distributed over the first specified isoparametric group.

If switch in control mesh truss distribute mpc air is set to -yes, trusses will also be generatedin the center of the truss is not inside an isoparametric element. If switch in control mesh truss distribute mpc airis set to -no, trusses will not be generated in the center of the truss is not inside an isoparametricelement. Default switch is -yes.

A typical input file looks like:

control mesh truss distribute mpc 10 -yescontrol mesh truss distribute mpc exact 10 -yescontrol mesh truss distribute mpc geometry 10 -element geometry 123

Only one control mesh truss distribute mpc record is allowed in the input file. As a specialoption you can also generate truss beam elements in stead of truss elements.

6.236 control mesh truss distribute mpc air index switch

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

6.237 control mesh truss distribute mpc dof dof 0 dof 1 . . .

The dof 0 dof 1 . . . specify the dof’s that should be set equal, e.g. -velx, -vely etc.

6.238 control mesh truss distribute mpc element group truss index ele-ment group 0 element group 1 . . .

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

151

6.239 control mesh truss distribute mpc element group isoparametric in-dex element group 0 element group 1 . . .

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

6.240 control mesh truss distribute mpc exact index switch

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

6.241 control mesh truss distribute mpc exact minimal length index tol-erance

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

6.242 control mesh truss distribute mpc exact minimal length connectindex switch

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

6.243 control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry truss index geometry entity name 0geometry entity index 0 geometry entity name 1 geometry entity index 1 . . .

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

6.244 control mesh truss distribute mpc geometry isoparametric index ge-ometry entity name 0 geometry entity index 0 geometry entity name 1 ge-ometry entity index 1 . . .

See control mesh truss distribute mpc.

6.245 control mpc apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes then mpc conditions will be used in timesteps with the same index. If switchis set to -no then mpc conditions will not be used in timesteps with the same index. Default, ifcontrol mpc apply is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.246 control mpc element group index switch

If switch is set to -yes the mpc element group records will be evaluated at all timesteps forthe current control index. If switch is set to -no the mpc element group records will only beevaluated when the mesh has been changed.

Default, if control mpc element group is not specified, the switch is set to -no.

152

6.247 control mpc element group frequency timeinterval index timeinter-val

Similar to control print frequency timeinterval but now working on control mpc element grouprecords however. This option is convenient to save computer time.

6.248 control mpc element group frequency timestep index timestep

Similar to control print frequency timestep but now working on control mpc element grouprecords however. This option is convenient to save computer time.

6.249 control plasti apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any plasticity data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for timesteprecords with the same index.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with plasticity data. See also plasti apply.

6.250 control post apply index switch

Setting switch to -no prevents post processing commands to be evaluated for control commandswith the same index. Postprocessing commands have post in the name (only the post node rhside ratiowill be evaluated always, independent of control post apply).

6.251 control post element force index switch

You can save CPU time in timesteps with the same index by setting switch to -no, which preventspost element force commands to be evaluated in timesteps with the same index.

6.252 control print index data item name 0 data item name 1 . . .

The is the normal printing command. A control print record causes the data items with namedata item name 0, etc. to be printed. Example

control print 1 -node -node dof

See also: print filter.

6.253 control print beam force moment index switch

This option prints the beam forces and moments through a set of beams starting at place xstart,ystart, zstart and ending at xend, yend, zend as specified in control print beam force moment coordinates.In 2D only x and y coordinates need to be specified. The forces and moments are printed in the file

153

beam force moment.index. In fact, if the element contains a truss (either a truss element or a truss-beam element), the truss force will be used for the axial force. The first column in the file is the dis-tance from the start point. The following columns contain in the local beam axes force x first nodeforce y first node force z first node moment x first node moment y first node moment z first nodeforce x second node force y second node force z second node moment x second node moment y second nodemoment z second node . The switch needs to be set to -separate index or -separate sequential.See also control print beam force moment switch.

6.254 control print beam force moment coordinates index xstart ystart zstartxend yend zend

See control print beam force moment.

6.255 control print beam force moment switch index switch

If you set switch to -yes, the definition of the beam forces and moments is changed (multipliedwith a -1). So you can get exactly the definition that you want.

6.256 control print database index switch

If switch is set to -separate index, the complete database is be printed. See the example below

control print database 6 -separate index

This database contains the complete status of the calculation. For example if index is 6, the database is printed in the file input file name6.dbs. As a special option, you can print databases withsequential numbers by setting switch to -separate sequential.

If tochnog exists with an error, for example due to non-convergence, a complete database is printedin input file name error.dbs. Otherwise, a complete database will be printed at the end of thecalculation.

6.257 control print database method index method

If method is set to -all then all database base records will be printed in the database. If methodis set to -size tot then the size of all database base records will be printed in the database. Ifmethod is set to -size tot large then the size of database base records larger then 1 Mb will beprinted in the database.

When using -size tot or -size tot large also the size of the system matrix is printed in thedatabase.

Default, if control print database method is not specified, the method is set to -all.

154

6.258 control print data versus data index data item name 0 index 0 num-ber 0data item name 1 index 1 number 1 . . .

This option prints columns of data for each time step. Print in the first column the number 0value of data item name 0 with index index 0. Similar in the second column for data item name 1index 1 number 1. Etc. (for all values). All results will be printed in the file problemname.dvd.

Typically, the data item names can be -node dof such that dof’s can be printed against eachother in time. If the data item names are -node dof, then number 0 and number 1, etc. can benames of dof label (eg -velx).

Also typically, the data item names can be -node dof calcul such that post calculation resultscan be printed against each other in time. If the data item names are -node dof calcul orpost point dof calcul or so, then number 0 and number 1, etc. can be names of post calcul label(eg -aept).

Otherwise, for example, if number 0 is 3 then the fourth value of data item name 0 is printed.

Example:

control print data versus data 0 -node dof 2 -temp-node dof 2 -sigxx -node dof 2 -sigxx

Another example:

post point 0 0.0 1.0post calcul -materi stress -average -materi stress -size dev

control print data versus data 20-time current 0 0-post point dof calcul 0 0 -post point dof calcul 0 1

In the last example, the -post point dof calcul 0 0 stands for ’the post point dof record withindex 0 and the 0’th number which is the first value so the average of the stresses’.

For data that is not present Tochnog will print a 0.

See also: control print.

6.259 control print dof index switch

Results for the primary dof’s will be printed, including also the coordinates at which the resultshold. Also results for node dof calcul records will be printed. The printed files will contain lineslike x, y, z and dof (where dof is the dof, e.g. temp). In 1D only x will be printed, etc.

If switch is set to -separate index the filenames will be like dof.index.

If switch is set to -separate sequential then the filenames will be sequentially numbered, likedof.0, dof.1, etc.

155

6.260 control print dof line index switch

This control print dof line record together withthe control print dof line coordinates andcontrol print dof line n records print values of the node dof records and node dof calculrecords along a line in space to files.

The start point of the first line segment is given by x 0 y 0 z 0, and the end point of the first linesegment is given by x 1 y 1 z 1, the start point of the second line segment is given by x 1 y 1 z 1,and the end point of the second line segment is given by x 2 y 2 z 2, etc.

In 1D only the x-coordinates of the start point and end point need to be specified, etc. Theparameter n determines how many points will be printed along the line.

The printed files will contain lines like x, y, z and dof (where dof is the dof, e.g. temp). In 1Donly x will be printed, etc.

If switch is set to -separate index the filenames will be like dof.index.

If switch is set to -separate sequential then the filenames will be sequentially numbered, likedof.0, dof.1, etc.

In control print dof line method you can set node type either to -node or -node start refined.Then the coordinates in the printed file will contain either the values of node or the values ofnode start refined. In case you use an updated lagrange formulation where the mesh nodes fol-low the material the values of node and node start refined will differ; in case you do a geomet-rically linear analysis the values will not differ. Default node type is set to -node start refined.

6.261 control print dof line coordinates index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2z 2 . . .

See control print dof line.

6.262 control print dof line method index node type

See control print dof line.

6.263 control print dof line n index n

See control print dof line.

6.264 control print dof line time index switch

If switch is set to -yes the first line of each file will specify the time current at which the file iswritten (in gnuplot comment format).

6.265 control print dof point index switch

This control print dof point record prints values of the node dof records and node dof calculrecords in a point in space to files.

156

The point is given by x y z,

In 1D only the x-coordinates of the start point and end point need to be specified, etc.

The printed files will contain lines like x, y, z and dof (where dof is the dof, e.g. temp). In 1Donly x will be printed, etc.

If switch is set to -separate index the filenames will be like dof.index.

If switch is set to -separate sequential then the filenames will be sequentially numbered, likedof.0, dof.1, etc.

6.266 control print dof point coordinates index x y z

See control print dof line.

6.267 control print dof point time index switch

If switch is set to -yes the first line of each file will specify the time current at which the file iswritten (in gnuplot comment format).

6.268 control print dof rhside index switch

If switch is set to -yes then results for right-hand-side for the primary dof’s will be printed,including also the coordinates at which the results hold.

For example, for the file temp rhside.index will contain lines containing x, y, z and right-hand-sideof -temp (that is, heat flux). In 1D only x will be printed, etc.

6.269 control print element index data item name

With this option you can print values from element data versus coordinates. Select either -element truss force or -element beam force moment for data item name.

The normal truss forces of the -element truss force records will be printed in the file ele-ment truss force n.index. This file will contain lines containing x, y, z and normal truss force.In 1D only x will be printed, etc.

The lateral beam shear forces of the -element beam force moment records will be printed inthe file element beam force moment q.index. This file will contain lines containing x, y, zand lateral beam shear force. In 1D only x will be printed, etc. The shear force will always becalculated as an absolute value.

The beam moments of the -element beam force moment records will be printed in the fileelement beam force moment m.index. This file will contain lines containing x, y, z and beammoment. In 1D only x will be printed, etc.

How the data is printed depends on how method is set in control print element method. Ifmethod is set to -middle then only the average value of the element data and the coordinate ofthe middle of the element is printed for each element. If method is set to -node then the twonodal values and nodal coordinates are printed for each element.

157

6.270 control print element method index method

Set method to -middle or -node. If control print element method is not specified then -middle is used. See also control print element.

6.271 control print filter index print filter index 0 print filter index 1 . . .

See print filter.

6.272 control print frd index switch

Activate printing of results in Calculix output format frd. Only results for 2D and 3D isoparametricelements are printed presently. For structural elements (trusses, beams, ...) nothing is printed.

For example if the input file name is excavation.dat and index is 100 and switch is set to -separate index then results are printed in the file is excavation 100.frd.

For example if the input file name is excavation.dat and switch is set to -separate sequentialthen results are printed in the files is excavation 0.frd, excavation1.frd, etc.

For example if the input file name is excavation.dat and switch is set to -yes sequential thenresults are printed in the files is excavation.frd.

The frd files can be plotted by the prepomax pre- and postprocessor, see http://lace.fs.uni-mb.si/wordpress/borovinsek/?page id=41. Since prepomax presently cannot plot 2d ele-ments, Tochnog extrudes 2d calculations to a fictive thickness of 1 when printing the frd files.

You also can use the CGX postprocessor of calculix itself , see http://www.bconverged.com/download.php.

Since Freecad and Prepomax like specific names of results we write the following names:

• DISP for materi displacement or materi velocity integrated

• STRESS for materi stress

• TOSTRAIN for materi strain total

• NDTEMP for condif temperature

For other results the Tochnog names are used, up to the allowed 8 characters.

See also control print frd prepomax.

6.273 control print frd prepomax index switch

If switch is set to -yes the frd files are written specifically suited for the prepomax program. Thisis done for the control print frd command with the same index. If switch is set to -no the frd filesare not written specifically suited for the prepomax program. See also print frd prepomax.

6.274 control print frequency timeinterval index timeinterval

This control print frequency timeinterval record causes control print gid, control print tecplot,etc. to be done each time after a time interval has passed, and always also at the end of the time

158

increment. This control print frequency timeinterval record should only be used in com-bination with control timestep (with the same index). All control print * printing will beinfluenced except control print, control print history and control print data versus dataprinting.

Example:

control timestep 10 0.04 0.41control print gid 10 -yescontrol print frequency timeinterval 10 0.15

In this example gid data is written at times 0.16, 0.32, 0.41

6.275 control print frequency timestep index timestep

This control print frequency timestep record causes control print gid, control print tecplot,etc. to be done each time after a number of time timesteps has passed, and always also at the endof the time increment. This control print frequency interval record should only be used incombination with control timestep (with the same index). All control print * printing will beinfluenced except control print, control print history and control print data versus dataprinting.

Example:

control timestep 10 0.04 0.41control print gid 10 -yescontrol print frequency timestep 10 5

In this example gid data is written at times 0.20, 0.40, 0.41

6.276 control print gid index switch

Print the mesh and the dof’s in a file which can be plotted with the GID pre-post processor ifswitch is set to -yes. For example, if the input file is called turbine.dat then the mesh is writtenin the turbine flavia.msh file. The results are written in the turbine flavia.res.

The mesh and results for dof’s will always be written at the end of the calculation.

Since GID gets confused when the number of elements changes between several control print gidrecords, Tochnog will only print GID results for the last mesh used.

Coordinates for nodes will be written in the original configuration. If materi velocity is ini-tialized, also a vector materi mesh deform will be written for GID which contains the defor-mation between the original mesh configuration and the deformed mesh configuration. Use thedeform mesh menu in GID, to draw the deformed configuration by applying the vector ma-teri mesh deform with a factor 1.

For 2D interface elements which have strains and stresses, the normal stress interface sign, thetangential shear stress interface sigt, the normal strain interface epsn and the tangential shearstrain interface epst, are written to the GID results file.

159

The following data is written also to the gid file and can serve as a help to check the validity ofyour input file. This data is only available after one or more time steps are taken.

• condif bounda dof, boundary conditions on temperature.

• condif heat edge normal, distributed prescribed heat flow on an edge.

• condif convection edge normal, distributed convection heat flow on an edge.

• condif radiation edge normal, distributed convection heat flow on an edge.

• groundflow bounda dof, boundary conditions on groundflow hydraulic head.

• materi bounda force, discrete forces on nodes.

• materi force edge, distributed forces on nodes.

• materi force edge normal, distributed normal forces on nodes.

• materi force edge projected, distributed projected forces on nodes.

• materi force edge water, distributed water forces on nodes.

• materi force volume, distributed volume forces on nodes.

• materi force gravity, distributed gravity forces on nodes.

• materi bounda dof, boundary conditions on materi velocity on nodes.

• materi support edge normal, distributed support forces on nodes.

• materi rhside free, unbalance forces for materi velocity ( for free displacements) onnodex.

• materi rhside fixed, reaction forces for materi velocity ( for fixed displacements) onnodex.

• element materi force edge, norm of distributed forces on elements.

• element materi force edge normal, norm of distributed normal forces on an edge onelements.

• element materi force edge water, norm of distributed water forces on an edge on ele-ments.

• plasti reduction factor, reduction factor for plasticity parameters from group materi plasti element groupetc.

If you have specified print node geometry present then the gid files will contain geometry ...values which are 1 on nodes present in a geometry.

The materi bounda dof you can view in gid with View results, Display vectors, materibounda dof, All. The other data you can view in GID for example with View results, Displayvectors, force edge normal, | force edge normal | . Above with ’distributed’ we mean thatresults are per unit area.

For isoparametric elements the element group number will be printed.

As a special option, you can set switch to -separate index. Then the mesh and results will beprinted in separate files for GID, numbered with index. The option comes handy when the meshchanges during the calculation; GID cannot plot that if the mesh and results are in the same file.

As a further special option, you can set switch to -separate sequential. Then the mesh andresults will be printed in separate files for GID, number sequentially.

160

6.277 control print gid beam vectors index switch

If switch is set to -yes, force and moment vectors will be plotted for -beam and -truss beamelements. The force and moment vectors will be plotted perpendicular to the length direction anda user specified plane-normal vector, see control print gid beam vectors normal. The lengthof the plotted vectors measures the size of the forces and moment.

The vectors will be plotted as element result, so not as nodally averaged result.

Attention: this control print gid beam vectors is a special plotting option, to get each beamforce and moment result as vector plot, with the possibility to influence the direction of the vectorswith control print gid beam vectors normal. Default Tochnog plots the beam result alreadyas scalar values for each beam element.

6.278 control print gid beam vectors normal index normal x normal y nor-mal z

This record gives you the possibility to influence the plane in which the moment vectors generatedby the control print gid beam vectors will be plotted. In fact this control print gid beam vectors normalspecifies the normal to the plotting plane. If this control print gid beam vectors normal isnot specified then 0 0 1 is taken as normal.

6.279 control print gid contact spring2 index number of nodes

Set number of nodes to 2 if you want to draw contact spring2 with two nodes, and to 1 if youwant to draw contact spring2 with one node. Default, if control print gid contact spring2is not specified, then 1 node is used.

6.280 control print gid coord index switch

If switch is set to -yes the coordinates of nodes is plotted in gid. If switch is set to -no thecoordinates of nodes is not plotted in gid. Default switch is set to -yes.

6.281 control print gid deformed mesh index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the deformed mesh coordinates are written to the gid file, as opposed tothe initial coordinates. Default switch is set to -no.

6.282 control print gid dof index initialisation name 0 initialisation name 1. . .

When you specify this record only the solution fields initialisation name 0, initialisation name 1etc will be printed to the gid files. So the files become smaller in size. This is especially convenientfor very large calculations. The names initialisation name 0, initialisation name 1 are names fromthe initialisation part like -condif temperature, -materi velocity, -materi stress etc. In caseyou do not want any field to be printed in the gid file use control print dof index -none.

See also control print gid other.

161

6.283 control print gid dof calcul index calcul 0 calcul 1 . . .

When you specify this record only the post fields calcul 0, calcul 1 etc will be printed to the gidfiles. So the files become smaller in size. This is especially convenient for very large calculations.See post calcul label for the allowed names of calcul 0, calcul 1 etc. In case you do not want anypost field to be printed in the gid file use control print dof calcul index -none.

See also control print gid other.

6.284 control print gid element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

Select specific element groups for the gid files. If this record is not specified all element groups willbe used.

6.285 control print gid empty index switch

If switch is set to -yes, empty elements will be show in GID plots. If switch is set to -no, emptyelements will not be shown. Default switch is set to -no.

See also element empty.

6.286 control print gid mesh activate gravity index switch

See also mesh activate gravity time.

6.287 control print gid method index method

If method is set to -node, results will be written for global nodes to the gid files. Gid will interpolatebetween the nodes, to fill contour plots, etc. Hence, you get continuous plots fields.

If method is set to -element, results will be written element-by-element to the gid files, so that anydiscontinuity in fields can be seen. The results will be written using the integration point values.

If method is set to -element average, results will be written element-by-element to the gid files,so that any discontinuity in fields can be seen. The results will be written using the average of theintegration point values.

If method is set to -node elemen, results will be written with continuous fields to the gid files,but at group jumps discontinuous fields are allowed.

For -element and -node elemen gid cannot plot some results like ’contour fill’ for all elementsif there are several type of elements (quad4, tria3, ...) in the mesh. You can only select on specificelement type for the plot.

If this control print gid method record is not specified then method is set to -node.

162

6.288 control print gid other index switch

If switch is set to -yes also other things like boundary conditions, mesh deformation etc. areprinted in the gid files. If switch is set to -no these other things are not printed in the gid files.Default switch is set to -yes.

6.289 control print gid save difference index switch

If switch is set to -yes then data differences relative to a saved status will be plotted. See con-trol data save.

6.290 control print gid safety slip critical index switch

If switch is set to -yes, then for a safety analysis with control safety slip only the critical slipsurface will be plotted. Default, if switch is not set, all evaluated slip surfaces will be plotted. Thecritical surface is either determined over all safety surfaces, or otherwise in case sets are specifieda critical surface is determined for each set.

Furthermore, always the normal stresses and shear stresses on the slip surfaces will be plotted.

6.291 control print gid spring2 index number of nodes

Set number of nodes to 2 if you want to draw spring2 with two nodes, and to 1 if you wantto draw spring2 with one node. Default, if control print gid spring2 is not specified, thenprint gid spring2 is used.

6.292 control print gid truss vector index switch

Same as control print gid beam vector, however now for the normal force in -truss and -truss beam elements.

Attention: this control print gid truss vector is a special plotting option, to get the trussforce result as vector plot, with the possibility to influence the direction of the vectors with con-trol print gid truss vector normal. Default Tochnog plots the truss force result already asscalar values for each truss element.

6.293 control print gid truss vector normal index normal x normal y nor-mal z

Same as control print gid beam vectors normal, however now for the normal force in -trussand -truss beam elements.

6.294 control print gmsh index switch

We discuss as an example the printed file naming convention if the input file name is excava-tion.dat

163

If switch is set to -yes the results are printed into the excavation.msh file. In case the mesh(elements and nodes) have not been printed before in this file, the file will be emptied, and themesh will be printed. This will also be done if the mesh is changed.

If index is 100 and switch is set to -separate index then the mesh and results are printed in thefile is excavation 100.msh.

If switch is set to -separate sequential then the mesh and results are printed in the files ex-cavation 0.msh, excavation 1.msh, etc. So each time that a control print gmsh with -separate sequential is evaluated a new file is generated with number increased by one.

A dummy point element is put in each node in the gmsh file. Gmsh needs that for plotting vectorfields in the nodes. The dummy element group 1234 is used for these dummy point elements. Youcan suppress these dummy point elements by setting control print gmsh dummy to -no.

All element data starts with element in the plots. All node data starts with node in the plots.

Scalar data with more then one value is given the extension 0, 1 etc. for each of the values.By example the record node (which contains coordinates in each space direction) is plotted asscalar node 0, node 1 and node 2 which contain the x-coordinate, y-coordinate and z-coordinaterespectively. By example the record group groundflow permeability (which contains perme-ability in each space direction) is plotted as scalar group groundflow 0, group groundflow 1and group groundflow 2 which contain the x-permeability, y-permeability and z-permeabilityrespectively.

For nodes the presence in geometries is plotted as node geometry *. For elements the presencein geometries is plotted as element geometry *.

You can plot this file with the program gmsh ; see http://www.geuz.org/gmsh .

See also input gmsh.

6.295 control print gmsh deformed mesh index switch

If switch is set to -yes the deformed mesh in printed in the gmsh file. If switch is set to -no theinitial mesh in printed in the gmsh file. Default switch is set to -no.

6.296 control print gmsh dummy index switch

See control print gmsh.

Default, if this record is not set and print gmsh dummy is not specified, switch is set -yes.

6.297 control print gmsh element data index switch

If you set switch to -yes data for elements (like element strains, stresses, etc.) is written averagedover the element; this corresponds to ElementData in the gmsh format.

If you set switch to -no this data is written for all element nodes; this corresponds to ElementN-odeData in the gmsh format.

Default, if this record is not set, switch is set -yes.

164

6.298 control print history index data item name 0 data item index 0 num-ber 0 . . .

Print the time history for each of the sets data item name 0 data item index 0 number 0 . . . .

For example, if -node dof is used, number 0 is one of the names of dof label (eg -velx).

For example, if -node dof calcul is used, number 0 is one of the names of post calcul label (eg-aept).

Otherwise, number 0 should be an integer specifying the number of the value in the record (forinstance number 2 means the third value).

The following history is printed in the file node dof 112 temp.his

control print history 0 -node dof 112 -temp

6.299 control print history relative time index tr

If you specify this record, the time printed in the history files will not be the actual time, butinstead the actual time minus the relative time tr. This is especially convenent when somethinghappens suddenly after a long time, in which case the time-axis in the history plot would be notclear. Using this relative time the time-axis in the plots will become clear (since the long initialtime is not part of the time axis).

6.300 control print interface stress index switch

2D analysis

This option prints in 2D the interface stresses through a set of interfaces starting at place xstart,ystart and ending at xend, yend as specified in control print interface stress coordinates. Theswitch needs to be set to -separate index or -separate sequential. The stresses are printed inthe file interface stress.index. The first column in the file is the distance from the start point. Thefollowing columns contain interface sign and interface sigt. A line is written for each node of eachinterface element. Crossing interfaces are not allowed. From the start point up to the end pointthe interfaces needs to be connected without gaps.

3D analysis

This option prints in 3D the average interface stresses in the middle of interface elements. Theswitch needs to be set to -separate index or -separate sequential. The interface element mid-dles and average stresses are printed in the file interface stress.index. The first three columns in thefile are the coordinates of the middle of the interface element. The following columns contain inter-face sign and interface sigt1 and interface sigt2. A line is written for each interface element. If youspecify control print interface stress 3d geometry then only interfaces elements located onthe geometry will be printed. If you don’t specify control print interface stress 3d geometrythen all interfaces elements will be printed. You can specify the order of printing of the interfacesin the file with method in control print interface stress 3d order. If you set order to -x theinterfaces will be ordered according to x-coordinate. If you set order to -y the interfaces will beordered according to y-coordinate. If you set order to -z the interfaces will be ordered accordingto z-coordinate. If you don’t use control print interface stress 3d order the interfaces will beordered according to element number.

165

6.301 control print interface stress 2d coordinates index xstart ystart xendyend

For 2D only. See control print interface stress.

6.302 control print interface stress 3d geometry index geometry item namegeometry item index

For 3D only. See control print interface stress.

6.303 control print interface stress 3d order index order

For 3D only. See control print interface stress.

6.304 control print materi stress force index method

This option prints forces and moments as calculated by post calcul materi stress force. Itprints in special purpose ascii files, convenient for further external postprocessing. By example,the name of the file will be materi stress force.100 if the index is 100. The files themselves willcontain comments explaining the detailed structure of the files.

The method can be set either to -all if all results should printed in the file (so including the averagedresults) or to -primary if only the primarily calculated results should be printed in the file (so notincluding the averaged results).

6.305 control print mesh dof index switch

See print mesh dof.

6.306 control print node index data item name number 0 number 1 . . .

With this record you can print nodal data like node dof, node dof calcul etc. to files. As anexample in 2D you can use control print node index -node dof -velx -velx to get the filesvelx.index and vely.index; these files contain in columns for all nodes x y velx and x y vely.

For data item name you can apply any nodal data record for which the name starts with node.For number 0 number 1 you can specify which parts of the data record should be printed; you caneither specify numbers 0, 1, etc. or for node dof you can specify the names of dof label like-vely, -vely etc., or for node dof calcul you can specify the names of post calcul label like-to pres, -dy pres etc.

6.307 control print node angular index switch x switch y switch z

With this record you can specify that an angle will be included in the files (in stead of coordi-nates). With switch x switch y switch z set to -yes -yes -no the angle will measure the numberof degrees from the positive global x-coordinate directed to the positive global y-direction. Withswitch x switch y switch z set to -no -yes -yes the angle will measure the number of degrees

166

from the positive global y-coordinate directed to the positive global z-direction. With switch xswitch y switch z set to -yes -no -yes the angle will measure the number of degrees from thepositive global x-coordinate directed to the positive global z-direction. In 1D you cannot use thiscontrol print node angular record. In 2D you should not specify switch z and you can only use-yes -yes.

The middle point of the axes in which the angle is determined should be specified with con-trol print node angular middle. By example in 2D the angle follows from tan(angle) =y−y middlex−x middle . In 1D you cannot use this control print node angular middle record. In 2Dyou should not specify z middle and you should only specify x middle y middle.

See also control print node.

6.308 control print node angular middle index x middle y middle z middle

See control print node angular.

6.309 control print node geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

With control print node geometry you can restrict the printing to be done only on nodeslocated on the specified geometry. See also control print node.

6.310 control print node sort index sort method

With control print node sort you can set if the printed results should be sorted. In case you use-angular for control print node method, you can set the sort method to -angle. Otherwiseyou can set the sort method to -x, -y or -z (-y is only allowed for 2D or 3D, and -z is only allowedfor 3D). The results will be sorted starting from small values (of the -angle, -x, -y or -z) up tohigh values.

6.311 control print node zero index switch

With control print node zero you can can suppress or activate printing of results with valuezero. If you set switch to -yes then zero valued results will also be printed. If you set switch to -nothen zero valued results will not be printed. Default switch is -yes. See also control print node.

6.312 control print number iterations index switch

If switch is set to —bf -yes , Tochnog will print the iteration number while doing equilibriumiterations in a time step. This comes convenient in very large calculations, where you want tomonitor the evolution of the calculation.

6.313 control print partialname index data item name 0 data item name 1 . . .

This printing command is similar to the normal control print command. With this record,however, all records starting with data item name 0, data item name 1, etc. will be printed. Thus,by example, control print partialname 10 -element will print all records stating with element(as opposed to control print 10 -element will only print the element record).

167

6.314 control print tecplot index switch

If switch is set to -yes a tecplot plot file is printed, and each time results are added to the samefile. You can also set switch to -separate index; then a new file using the index number will beprinted. And also you can set switch to -seperate sequential; then sequential tecplot files willbe printed.

These files contain:

• the primary doffields from node dof

• post calculated results from node dof calcul

Tecplot uses zones to collect data. Zones with nodal results are given names nodal .... Zoneswith element averaged results are given names element averaged .... Tecplot uses a strandidinteger to select which data is visualised. Tochnog generates in the tecplot file this strandid asfollows:

• for nodal results the strandid is the group number and extra 1 is placed at the end

• for element averaged results the strandid is the group number and extra 2 is placed at theend

By example for group 100, the strandid is 1001 for nodal results, and the strandid is 1002 forelement averaged results.

Tecplot files are less complete as GID files and GMSH files. Tecplot files can be plotted with thetecplot program, a trademark of Amtec Eng., Inc.

6.315 control print vtk index switch

Activate printing of results in the Visual Toolkit unstructured grid format, which can be plottedby the paraview plotting program. See www.paraview.org.

For example, if the input file name is excavation.dat and index is 100 and switch is set to-separate index then results are printed in the file is excavation100.vtk.

For example, if the input file name is excavation.dat and switch is set to -separate sequentialthen results are printed in the files is excavation0.vtk, excavation1.vtk, etc.

In paraview elements are called ’cells’ and nodes are called ’points’.

How to get a nice contour plot for the yy-stress:

• File open ..... choose file and hit apply button

• Coloring ..... choose node materi stress and set 4 in stead of magnitude

• Edit hit the Choose preset button and select something nice.

• Edit set number of table values to e.g. 80

• Color Legend change legend text etc.

• File Save Screenshot save picture

168

How to get a vector plots for velocities:

• File open ..... choose file and hit apply button

• Glyph add glyphs for vectors

• Glyph type choose arrow

• Scale mode choose vectors

• Set scale factor choose factor to get nice vector lengths

• Coloring choose node materi velocity and choose magnitude

How to find the number of elements depicted in the plot:

• Split the screen at the top right of the layout window, and select spreadsheet view on thesecond screen

• View and then Selection display inspector

• In the inspector select ID for Cell labels and Point labels

• Activate the small select cells on button in the layout

• With the left mouse button click and drag to select the cells

How to see only elements of a certain groups:

• In Filters select Common and then select Threshold

• In Scalars select element group

• In Minimum set the mininum group number that you want to see

• In Maximum set the maximum group number that you want to see

• In Coloring select the data that you want to see

6.316 control print vtk empty index switch

If switch is set to -yes, empty elements are included in the vtk file. If switch is set to -no, emptyelements are not included in the vtk file. Default, if control print vtk empty is not specified,switch is set to -yes.

6.317 control print vtk node method index node type

You can set node type to the name of the node record that should be used for the vtk file. Use-node start refined to get the current values of the node start refined record. Use -node toget the current values of the node record. Use -plus displacement to get the current values ofthe node record and added displacement.

If this record is not specified -node start refined is used.

169

6.318 control relaxation index relax 0 relax 1 . . .

Relaxation parameters for adjusting dof’s in iterations. This can stabilize the calculation. Forexample, a relaxation parameter of 0.1 means that the corresponding dof is not completely updatedwith the iterative change, but only 10 percent of the change is actually applied in a iteration.

If enough iterations are used, the relaxation parameters with not influence the final solution.

You should specify a relaxation parameter term for each principal dof which is present in thecalculation (see the start of the data part description for a list of principal dof’s; these are velocities,temperature, etc.).

This relaxation done for timestep records with the same index. See also relaxation.

6.319 control repeat index number of repeats control index

If number of repeats is larger than 0 the calculation repeats from the control index. The value ofnumber of repeats is decreased by 1.

A first application is to do many time steps, but print only once in a while:

control timestep 10 1. 100. . . .control print 20 -node dof . . .control repeat 30 80 10

In the latter example, first 100 timesteps are taken, then results for node dof are printed; this isrepeated 80 times.

Also, this control repeat can typically be used to perform a number of refinements combinedwith time stepping to a new, refined, solution. This is done a fixed number of times.

In case the repeat jumps back to a control timestep record for which the index equals con-trol index, then that the previous timestep will be used (instead of the timestep specified by thecontrol timestep record).

See also control repeat until item.

6.320 control repeat save index data item name 0 data item index 0 data item number 0data item name 1 data item index 1 data item number 1 . . .

This record specifies data that should be saved while repeats are performed with control repeat.The saved results are stored in the records repeat save result (subsequent repeats write in sub-sequent indices of repeat save result).

6.321 control repeat save calculate index switch

Perform a statistical analysis on data of repeat save result. The statistical results are placed inrepeat calculate result. The average value and variance will be calculated.

170

6.322 control reset dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

The dof’s as specified in this record are set to a some new value. For example, dof 0 is -sigxx,etc. As a special option you can use -all to reset all dof’s.

With control reset value constant you can specify the new value to which the dof’s should beset. Additionally you can specify values depending on space coordinates with control reset value linearetc. The records control reset value constant, control reset value linear etc. can be arbi-trarily combined so that complex dependency of the value of space coordinates is possible. If noneof these records is specified then a new value 0 is used.

As a typical example, you can set displacements and strains to zero in a geotechnical calculation,with an -updated material description, after the gravity load has been applied. In this way thestrains for further deformations can de distinguished more clearly.

The dof’s will be reset on all nodes of elements which are completely inside the geometry spec-ified in control reset geometry, or of elements which have all their nodes specified in con-trol reset node.

As a special option for groundflow calculations, you can set an dof to -total pressure to reset thephysical groundflow pore pressure (total pressure) .

Attention: this control reset dof should not be used to reset displacements (or velocity inte-grated) if also support edge normal is present. This is because those support edge normalsupports calculate forces directly from total displacements, and so you would in fact set the sup-port forces also to zero. Also in the presence of interface elements the displacements (or velocityintegrated) should not be reset. Normal isoparametric elements use an incremental formulationfor stresses however (new stress = old stress + incremental stress from stiffness), so that resettingdisplacements to zero does not influence the stresses.

Attention: with this control reset dof option you cannot reset the strains, stresses, forces, etc.in structural elements (springs, interfaces, trusses, ...) This option only works for isoparametricelements.

6.323 control reset element group index element group number 0 element group number 1. . .

Specifies the specific element groups on which the control reset dof record with the same indexshould be applied. If this record is not specified, the control reset dof record will be done for allelement groups (in the specified geometry).

6.324 control reset geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

Specifies the geometry on which the control reset dof record with the same index should beapplied.

6.325 control reset interface index geometry item name geometry item index

Reset all interface data like strains, stresses, etc. to 0 for interface elements located in the geometrywith name geometry item name and index geometry item index.

171

6.326 control reset interface strain index geometry item name geometry item index

Reset all interface strains to 0 for interface elements located in the geometry with name geome-try item name and index geometry item index. The interface stresses at this moment of resettingwill be remembered by Tochnog. In the next time steps the new interface strains start with 0, andchange when the interfaces deform further. And in the next time steps the new interface stressesare calculated from the interface stresses at this moment of resetting plus stress due to additionaldeformation (from the specified stiffness properties).

6.327 control reset node index node 0 node 1 . . .

Specifies nodes on which the control reset dof record with the same index should be applied.

6.328 control reset value constant index value

Specifies the value to which dof’s of the control reset dof record are reset. A constant value willbe used.

6.329 control reset value exponent index axbxcxdxexaybycydyeyazbzczdzez

Specifies the exponential space distribution to which dof’s of the control reset dof record are

reset. The dependency axebx+cxxdx+exx + aye

by+cyy

dy+eyy + azebz+czzdz+ezz will be used. In 1D only axbxcxdxex

should be specified. In 2D only axbxcxdxexaybycydyey should be specified.

6.330 control reset value linear index axayaz

Specifies the linear space distribution to which the dof’s of the control reset dof record are reset.The dependency axx+ ayy+ azz will be used. In 1D only ax should be specified. In 2D only axayshould be specified.

6.331 control reset value logarithmic first index axbxcxdxexaybycydyeyazbzczdzez

Specifies the logarithmic space distribution to which dof’s of the control reset dof record arereset. The dependency axln( bx+cxx

dx+exx) + ayln(

by+cyydy+eyy

) + azln( bz+czzdz+ezz

) will be used. In 1D only

axbxcxdxex should be specified. In 2D only axbxcxdxexaybycydyey should be specified.

6.332 control reset value logarithmic second index axbxcxdxexfxgxaybycydyeyfygyazbzczdzezfzgz

Specifies the logarithmic space distribution to which dof’s of the control reset dof record arereset. The dependency (ax + bx)(ecxln(dx(x+ex)/fx)) + gx + (ay + by)(ecy ln(dy(y+ey)/fy)) + gy + (az +bz)(e

cz ln(dz(z+ez)/fz))+gz will be used. In 1D only axbxcxdxexfxgx should be specified. In 2D onlyaxbxcxdxexfxgxaybycydyeyfygy should be specified.

172

6.333 control reset value multi linear index z0value0z1value1 . . .

Specifies the multi-linear space distribution in vertical direction to which the dof’s of the con-trol reset dof record are reset. A multilinear table of value versus z coordinate should be given;at z0 the value is value0 etc. The z0, z1 etc. should have increasing values from low to high;the values should cover all coordinates in the FE mesh for with the reset is done. In 1D not a zcoordinate but x coordinate is used instead. In 2D not a z coordinate but y coordinate is usedinstead.

6.334 control reset value power index axbxaybyazbz

Specifies the power space distribution to which the dof’s of the control reset dof record are reset.The dependency axx

bx + ayyby + azz

bz will be used. In 1D only axbx should be specified. In 2Donly axbxayby should be specified.

6.335 control reset value square root index axbxcxaybycyazbzcz

Specifies the power space distribution to which the to which dof’s of the control reset dof recordare reset. The dependency ax

√bx + cxx + ay

√by + cyy + az

√bz + czz will be used. In 1D only

axbx should be specified. In 2D only axbxayby should be specified.

6.336 control reset value relative index switch

If switch is set to -yes the values as specified by control reset value etc. are used as relative factorby which the dof’s are changed. So for example if 0.1 is given in control reset value constant,then the dof’s will be multiplied with 0.1.

Default, if control reset value relative is not specified, then switch is set to -no so the valueswill be used absolute and not relative.

6.337 control restart index switch

If switch is set to -yes then the calculation continues with the undeformed mesh. The dof’s (inthe node dof records) are reset to the initial values. And time current is set to the initial time.

This allows you to calculate some path dependent behavior completely from the start with a refinedmesh.

6.338 control safety slip index switch

If switch is set to -yes a slip safety factor calculation will be performed with the method asdescribed in [4]. The calculated safety factor Fs is:

Fs =

∫τmcdA∫τdA

where τmc is the maximum possible shear stress according to the mohr-coulomb condition usingthe actual normal stress, τ is the actual shear stress and dA is the surface area in the integral. Theadvantage of this safety factor definition is that it can be evaluated at any stress state, by example

173

the gravity stress state, without any further timesteps with friction angle and cohesion reduction.The definition simply compares the actual current shear stress relative to the maximum possibleshear stress following from mohr-coulomb and the current normal stresses.

The user needs to specify over which surface the integration of the safety factor needs to beperformed. See safety slip circle grid *, etc.

A critical slip surface will be calculated for each set of safety slip circle grid *, etc. (thusfor each separate index of these a critical surface will be calculated). You can specify alsosafety slip set however, which defines the indices of safety slip circle grid *, etc. belong-ing to a specific set. The overall minimal safety factor will be determined for all safety geometriesbelonging to the set.

This control safety slip is available for group materi plasti mohr coul,group materi plasti mohr coul direct, group materi plasti druck pragand group materi plasti hypo wolffersdorff.

As a special option you can set the switch not to -yes but to a number 1, 2, 3, .. instead. Thenthis number 1, 2, 3, ... is used by tochnog as the number of automatic safety calculations of thecritical slip surface. By example if you use slip circles (specified by middle points and radii) afterthe first safety calculations a specific middle point and radius will have the lowest safety factor.Then in the next safety calculation tochnog will reduce the area of middle points and the set ofradii to a smaller zone around that critical middle point and radius. With this smaller zone a newsafety analysis will lead to a new critical middle point and radius somewhere in the reduced zone.Then again a smaller zone will be used, leading to again a new critical middle point and radius,etc. etc. This repetition of reducing the zone of middle points and radii with will done such manytimes as set in the number, so 1, 2, 3, ... Typically the number 2 could be used.

Slip surfaces will be drawn in GID plots (see control print gid for GID plotting). For each slipsurfaces the safety factor can be plot. Moreover, also a local safety factor can be plot, which is thelocal ratio of shear stress and maximum possible shear stress.

Slip surfaces crossing a boundary with prescribed displacements (or velocities) non valid since theslip velocities are in general not compatible with the prescribed velocities on such boundary.

6.339 control slide damping apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes then any slide damping records will be applied. If switch is set to -nothen any slide damping records will be not applied. Default if control slide damping applyis not specified then switch is -yes.

6.340 control slide stiffness apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes then any slide stiffness records will be applied. If switch is set to -no thenany slide stiffness records will be not applied. Default if control slide stiffness apply is notspecified then switch is -yes.

6.341 control solver index solver type

If solver type is set to -diagonal then only the main diagonal of the system matrix will be usedfor the solution of all dof’s. This gives the program an explicit like structure. In fact, if con-trol timestep iterations is set to 1, then a classical explicit finite element program is obtained.

174

If solver type is set to -matrix iterative bicg then the complete system matrix will be used forsolution of the principal dof’s (see the initialization section for an explanation on principal dof’s).A diagonal Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient method is applied.

If solver type is set to -matrix pardiso then the pardiso solver will be used for solution of theprincipal dof’s.

If solver type is set to -none then only the matrices and right-hand sides are setup, but theequations are not really solved.

6.342 control solver bicg error index error

With error you set the termination error ratio between the initial and final error in the bicgiterations. Default error is set to 1.e-13.

See also solver bicg error. This control solver bicg error record overrules solver bicg errorif both are specified.

6.343 control solver bicg restart index nrestart

With nrestart you set the number of restarts in the bicg iterations. Default nrestart is set to 0.

See also solver bicg restart. This control solver bicg restart record overrules solver bicg restartif both are specified.

6.344 control solver bicg stop index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the calculation is stopped if the bicg solver does not converge. If switch isset to -no, the calculation is not stopped if the bicg solver does not converge. Default switch is setto -yes.

See also solver bicg stop. This control solver bicg stop record overrules solver bicg stop ifboth are specified.

6.345 control solver matrix save index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the solver saves and applies the decomposed matrix, but not in caseTochnog thinks for some reason that the matrix needs to be decomposed at each timestep. Thiscan save CPU time, since further decompositions of the matrix are not required anymore (onlybacksubstitution to find the solution vector).

If switch is set to -no, the solver does not save the decomposed matrix.

If switch is set to -always, the solver saves and applies the decomposed matrix, even in caseTochnog thinks for some reason that the matrix needs to be decomposed at each timestep.

This option is only available in combination with the pardiso solver.

Side remark: Tochnog mostly uses a linear matrix in iterations (no plasticity effect in the matrix).Only in special cases like hypoplasticity, user supplied routines, etc. the current stiffness matrix isused.

175

6.346 control solver pardiso out of core index switch

If switch is set to -yes the pardiso solver is called with a ’out of core’ option. See for further thepardiso solver in the the intel mkl library. Default switch is -no.

6.347 control solver pardiso ordering index ordering

Set the number ordering to one of the following:

• 0 The minimum degree algorithm.

• 2 The nested dissection algorithm from the METIS package.

• 3 The parallel (OpenMP) version of the nested dissection algorithm.

Default ordering is 3. For more information see pardiso info at intel.

6.348 control support edge normal damping apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes then all support edge normal damping records will be applied. If switchis set to -no then all support edge normal damping records will not be applied. Default, ifcontrol support edge normal damping apply is not specified, then switch is set to -yes.

6.349 control support edge normal stiffness freeze index switch

If switch is set to -yes, tochnog freezes the stiffness forces generated by support edge normal.The stiffness forces remain at their present value and will not change anymore. A typical applicationis earthquake or vibration analysis where you first impose gravity including stiffness at supports,then freeze the forces at the supports, and then in the earthquake or vibration analysis use onlydamping at the supports to model absorbing boundaries which absorb further force changes at theboundaries.

( support properties )support edge normal 10 ...support edge normal damping 10 .... . .( calculate gravity stresses )control timestep 10 ...control support edge normal damping apply 10 -no. . .( freeze stiffness forces at boundary )control support edge normal stiffness freeze 20 -yes. . .( calculate earthquake or vibrations )control timestep 30 ...control support edge normal damping apply 30 -yescontrol inertia apply 30 -yes

176

6.350 control system call index integer value

Specifying this record tochnog calls a system command. You need to program that commandyourself. On linux provide a tochnog system call.sh file which is executable. On MS Windowsprovide a tochnog system call.bat file.

In the command you can place commands that you want to be executed. By example, if you put inthe linux file the command date >> system call.out you get the output of the date commandappended to system call.out. Another example is sending you an automatic email indicatingthat the calculation reached a certain point or is almost finished.

The command is called with integer value as first argument. You can use this integer value in yourcommand (eg by using $1 in the linux shell script command).

6.351 control timestep index step size time increment step size time increment. . .

These records define sets of time steps of size step size which are to be taken till the time isincreased by time increment. In the example below time steps of 0.1 are taken from time 0.0 upto time 1.0. Then time steps of 0.2 are taken up to time 2.0

control timestep 0 0.1 1. 0.2 1.

6.352 control timestep adjust minimum iterations index switch

If switch is set to -yes Tochnog will increase the minimum number of iterations in a timestep if itthinks that is helpful for the specific input file that you are running; this is done in combination withcontrol timestep iterations automatic or control timestep reduce automatic. If switchis set to -no Tochnog will not do so, and keep 2 as the minimum number of iterations. Default, ifcontrol timestep adjust minimum iterations is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.353 control timestep iterations index number of iterations

This sets a fixed number of equilibrium iterations in each time step (for time steps of the con-trol timestep record with the same index). For many iterations, the time stepping is Eulerimplicit. For few iterations the time stepping becomes explicit. Default number of iterations is 2.

In dynamic analysis, with the default number of 2 iterations you gain numerical stability, at theexpense of numerical damping however. To prevent this numerical damping use 1 iteration instead.

As an alternative, you can use control timestep iterations automatic or control timestep reduce automatic.

6.354 control timestep iterations automatic index ratio criterium minimal timestepmaximum timestep

After specification of this record, iterations will be performed until ratio in post node rhside ratiois less than ratio criterium. Typically, set ratio criterium to 0.01 or 0.001.

177

The time step size is increased if the number of iterations is substantially lower then the wished(preferred) number of iterations. The time step size is decreased if the number of iterations issubstantially larger then the wished (preferred) number of iterations.

The time step specified in control timestep is used as initial step. The time step is not allowedto become higher then maximum timestep. The time step is not allowed to become lower thenmaximum timestep.

The initial step as specified in control timestep, should be sufficient small so that this automaticalgorithm can fulfill the ratio criterium in that initial step.

After the iterations in a step are finished, Tochnog performs one extra iterations to update strains,stresses, etc with the last velocity fields. In this extra iteration also the post node rhside ratiowill be recalculated, and thus may become different from the previous value that was used todetermine if the iterations should be stopped.

See also control timestep iterations automatic stop, and control timestep iterations automatic minimum maximum wished.

6.355 control timestep iterations automatic minimum maximum wishedindex minimum iterations maximum iterations wished iterations

This sets the minimum number of allowed iterations, the maximum number of allowed iterations,and the wished (preferred) number of iterations for the automatic time stepping mechanism asspecified by control timestep iterations automatic with the same index. The default for thisrecord is 2 8 4. The maximum number of allowed iteration should be 2 or larger.

6.356 control timestep iterations automatic redo index switch

If switch is set to -no, Tochnog is not allowed to redo steps in case the number of iterations becomestoo high. In this case Tochnog is only allowed to proceed with the next step (however, it will besmaller then the current step).

6.357 control timestep iterations automatic stop index switch

If you set switch in control timestep iterations automatic stop to -yes then the calculationdoes stop if the minimal timestep size is reached. If you set switch in control timestep iterations automatic stopto -no then the calculation does not stop if the minimal timestep size is reached, and the presenttimestepping will be finished.. If you set switch in control timestep iterations automatic stopto -continue then the calculation does not stop if the minimal timestep size is reached, and thepresent timestepping will not be finished.. Default, if control timestep iterations automatic stopis not specified, then switch is set to -yes.

6.358 control timestep multiplier index multiplier

If this record is specified, each new time step size is multiplier * old time step size. The step sizeas specified in control timestep will only be used as the initial time step.

This option is handy to study physical processes which develop more slowly when time proceeds.A typical example is consolidation analysis in geotechnics.

178

6.359 control timestep reduce automatic index n subdivisions n subdivisions levelsmaximum iterations

If the error ratio in a timestep exceeds the maximum error ratio after maximum iterations thetimestep size will be subdivided into n subdivisions. The maximum error ratio is specified incontrol timestep reduce automatic ratio criterium. This maximum number of subdivisionslevels, including the initial undivided level, is n subdivisions levels. The initial step size and timeincrement should be set in control timestep.

With this algorithm you can ensure that time-points will always arrive exactly at times of interestat which actions are taken in time tables or so; the control timestep iterations automaticmight leap over such times of interest.

After the iterations in a step are finished, Tochnog performs one extra iterations to update strains,stresses, etc with the last velocity fields. In this extra iteration also the post node rhside ratiowill be recalculated, and thus may become different from the previous value that was used todetermine if the iterations should be stopped.

A typical example:

control timestep reduce automatic 0 4 4 8

6.360 control timestep reduce automatic ratio criterium index ratio criterium

See control timestep reduce automatic. Default, if control timestep reduce automatic ratio criteriumis not specified, ratio criterium is set to 0.001.

6.361 control timestep reduce automatic stop index switch

See control timestep reduce automatic.

If you set switch in control timestep reduce automatic stop to -yes then the calculationdoes stop if the error ratio is exceeded on the maximum amount of subdivisions levels. If youset switch in control timestep reduce automatic stop to -no then the calculation does notstop if the error ratio is exceeded on the maximum amount of subdivisions levels, and the presenttimestepping will be finished. If you set switch in control timestep reduce automatic stopto -continue then the calculation does not stop if the error ratio is exceeded on the maximumamount of subdivisions levels, and the present timestepping will not be finished. Default, if con-trol timestep reduce automatic stop is not specified, then switch is set to -yes.

6.362 control timestep reduce displacement index maximum component

This option allows you to control the maximum allowed displacement per step in a calculation.In fact, the maximum displacement component in either x-direction, y-direction or z-directionanywhere in the structure is checked. If is exceeds the maximum component , then the timestepsize is lowered.

This option cannot be used i.c.w. other control timestep iterations automatic* and con-trol timestep reduce automatic* options.

179

6.363 control timestep until data index data item name 0 data item index 0data item number 0 data item name 1 data item index 1 data item number 1. . .

With this record you can specify conditions for which the timesteps with the same index should bestopped. For each specified data item name, index and number you can specify a mnimum value incontrol timestep until minimum and a maximum value in control timestep until maximum.A typical example:

control timestep 10 ...control timestep until data 10 -post point dof 3 -velxcontrol timestep until minimum 10 -120.control timestep until maximum 10 +120.

6.364 control timestep until maximum index maximum 0 maximum 1 . . .

6.365 control timestep until mimimum index mimimum 0 mimimum 1 . . .

6.366 control truss rope apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, any truss rope data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for timesteprecords with the same index.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with truss rope data. See also truss rope apply.

6.367 control zip index switch

If switch is set to -yes all *flavia*, *msh, vtk, *.plt and *dbs files are zipped with the gzipprogram. The gzip program should be installed on your computer.

This comes convenient in large calculation with lots of output, where you want to use results laterand save disk space during the calculation.

6.368 convection apply switch

If switch is set to -yes, the convection of a material with respect to the mesh is allowed. If switch isset to -no, the convection of a material with respect to the mesh is not allowed. This is done for alltimesteps. The convection of material with respect to the mesh is not allowed in combination withgroup materi plasti ... and group materi umat records (switch will be set to -no). Defaultswitch is set to -no.

See also control convection apply.

180

6.369 convection stabilization switch

Because of finite discretisation sometimes unrealistic results may be obtained (wiggles, etc.). Ifswitch is set to -yes results are stabilized with a minimal amount of artificial diffusion. If switchis set to -maximal results are stabilized with a maximal amount of artificial diffusion. If switchis set to -no results are not stabilized.

6.370 data activate index data item name 0 data item name 1 ... switch

With this record you can set data items to become activated if switch is set to -yes or de-activatedif switch is set to -no. The data item name specifies a data record name.

6.371 data activate time index time

Time point at which the record data activate with the same index is evaluated. If this record isnot specified, the data activate is evaluated at the start of the calculation.

6.372 data delete index data item name index range

Similar to control data delete, but now not as control record however.

6.373 data delete time index time

Time point at which the record data delete with the same index is evaluated. If this record isnot specified, the data delete is evaluated at the start of the calculation.

6.374 dependency apply switch

If switch is set to -yes, dependencies like specified in dependency diagram and dependency itemare included included in the calculation. If switch is set to -no, these dependencies are not included.This is done for all timestep records.

Default switch is set to -yes. See also control dependency apply.

6.375 dependency diagram index dof value 0 . . . data item value 0 . . .

See dependency item.

6.376 dependency method index method

See dependency item.

6.377 dependency geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

See dependency item.

181

6.378 dependency item index data item element group dofn

This record allows you to make an element data item group * dependent on one of the dof’s, seedof label for dofnames, or on one of the post calculation results, see post calcul label for postcalculation names. This is done for n values of the dof(n should be at least 2). The dependencyshould be specified in the dependency diagram record (same index) with a multi linear diagram.In the diagram first a set of dof’s values should be specified. Second the set of data item valuesfor those dof values should be specified. Some examples are given below.

Temperature dependent Young’s modulus of element group 1 (E = 1.e10 at temperature 1, etc.):

dependency item 1 -group materi elasti young 1 -temp 4dependency diagram 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.e10 1.e9 1.e8 3.e5

Temperature dependent Young’s moduli in two maxwell chains of element group 1 ( for the firstchain the moduli 1.e10, 1.e9, . . . for the second chain the moduli 1.e12, 1.e11, . . . all relaxation timesare 1. 10−2. ):

dependency item 1 -group materi maxwell chain 1 -temp 4dependency diagram 11. 2. 3. 4.1.e10 1.e9 1.e8 3.e51.e-2 1.e-2 1.e-2 1.e-21.e12 1.e11 1.e10 3.e71.e-2 1.e-2 1.e-2 1.e-2

As a special option, dof can be set to -time current. This allows for time-dependent properties(aging). The example below shows time dependent Young’s modulus of element group 1 (E = 1.e10at time 0, etc.):

dependency item 1 -group materi elasti young 1 -time current 4dependency diagram 1 0. 1. 2. 3. 1.e10 1.e9 1.e8 3.e5

As a special option, element group can be set to -all, so that the dependency diagram will be usedfor all groups.

As another special option, dof can be set to -x, -y or -z. This allows for dependency on one of thespace coordinates. The example below shows a von-mises stress dependent on the z-coordinate forelement group 1:

dependency item 1 -group materi plasti vonmises 1 -z 4dependency diagram 1 -300. -200. -100. 0. 1.e5 1.e4 1.e3 1.e2

In 1D only -x can be used, in 2D only -x and -y can be used, and in 3D all of -x, -y and -z canbe used.

The dependencies are available only for real precision data (and thus not for integer data). Thedependency diagram values should be specified from low to high values for the dof.

182

The dependency method can be set to either -use or -multiply; with -use you specify that thevalues of dependency diagram will overwrite specified values for the data item; with -multiplyyou specify that the values of dependency diagram will multiply specified values for the dataitem; default, if dependency method is not specified, -use will be used.

With the dependency type record you can require that the cosinus, sinus or tangent of a datavalue is used in the dependency (in stead of the data value directly itself). The type can be setto either -cosinus, -sinus or -tangent. This is typically convenient for geotechnical safety factorcalculations where you want that for a mohr coulomb law the cohesion and tangent of the frictionangle are decreased at the same ratio in time. If you don’t specify dependency type the valueitself will be changed. To be clear we give the following four examples. If dependency method isset to -use and dependency type is not specified, then the value specified in the dependency dia-gram will be used for the data. If dependency method is set to -use and dependency type isset to -tangent, then the arc-tangent of the value specified in the dependency diagram will be usedfor the data. If dependency method is set to -multiply and dependency type is not speci-fied, then the value specified in the dependency diagram will be multiplied with the original valuefor the data, and the result will be used as new value for for the data. If dependency methodis set to -multiply and dependency type is set to -tangent, then the value specified in thedependency diagram will be multiplied with the tangent of the original value for the data, thearc-tangent of the result will be taken, and the final result will be used as new value for for thedata.

With the dependency number record you can require that you only want to make one specificnumber of the data (0 for the first value, 1 for the second value, etc.) dependent; in this case,you should specify only that specific value in dependency diagram. If you don’t specify de-pendency number, then all values of the record are made dependent, and thus all values shouldbe specified in dependency diagram. The dependency number can only be used for datarecords which have a fixed number of values (eg mohr coulomb plasticity data always has the fixednumber of three values, the friction angle, cohesion, and flow angle).

The dependency geometry can be set to select a geometry for which the dependency is valid;outside the geometry the dependency will not be used; default, if dependency geometry is notspecified, no geometry selection will be used.

The following gives as example lowering the tangent of the mohr coulomb friction angle with afactor in time, for the elements of all groups within a radius distance from a point:

geometry point 10 . . .. . .dependency item 1 -group materi plasti mohr coul -all -time current 2dependency number 1 0 (only for the friction angle)dependency method 1 -multiply (use specified diagram as multiplication factor)dependency type 1 -tangent (for the tangent, so not for the value itself)dependency diagram 1 10. 11. 1. 0. (lower the tangent of friction angle betweentime 10 to time 11 from original value to 0)dependency geometry 1 -geometry point 10 (do that only within a certain radiusof a point)

You can use print group data to get the result for the calculated values using the dependencydiagram. In fact, most group * records can be used in the dependency diagram, but not all. Thuschecking if things go like you want with the print group data is stringly adviced.

183

6.379 dependency number index number

See dependency item.

6.380 dependency type index type

See dependency item.

6.381 dof element dof dof per element 0 dof per element 1 . . .

This record is for printing only. It is not meant as user input record. After the calculation thedof per element 0 , dof per element 1 etc. contain a -yes or -no. In case a dof is default calculatedper element, so the field is non-continuous, a -yes is set. In case a dof is default calculated as con-tinuous field a -no is set. This default calculation can be overruled by global element dof apply.

6.382 dof label dof 0 dof 1 . . .

This record will be filled with labels of the dof’s in the correct order. This information is requiredfor understanding records like node dof etc. The sequential order for the primary dof’s will matchthe order in which they are specified in the initialization part.

The total list of possible doflabels is:

-accx acceleration in x-direction, -accy, -accz,

-cchis0, -cchis1 cam clay history variables,

-dam damage,

-dens density,

-dipriscohisv, -dipriscohis1, ..., di prisco plasticity history variables,

-disx displacement in x-direction, -disy, -disz,

-rdisx relative displacement in x-direction, -rdisy, -rdisz,

-ener material strain energy,

-epexx xx-strain elastic, -epexy, -epexz, -epeyy, -epeyz, -epezz,

-epixx xx-strain intergranular, -epixy, -epixz, -epiyy, -epiyz, -epizz,

-episa cxx xx-strain isa intergranular, -episa cxy, -episa cxz, -episa cyy, -episa cyz, -episa czz,

-episa eacc isa intergranular accumulated strain,

-eppxx xx-strain plastic, -eppxy, -eppxz, -eppyy, -eppyz, -eppzz,

-eppcaxx xx-strain plastic cap model, -eppcaxy, -eppcaxz, -eppcayy, -eppcayz, -eppcazz,

184

-eppcoxx xx-strain plastic compression model, -eppcoxy, -eppcoxz, -eppcoyy, -eppcoyz, -eppcozz,

-eppdixx xx-strain plastic diprisco model, -eppdixy, -eppdixz, -eppdiyy, -eppdiyz, -eppdizz,

-eppdrxx xx-strain plastic druckprag model, -eppdrxy, -eppdrxz, -eppdryy, -eppdryz, -eppdrzz,

-eppgencamxx xx-strain plastic generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soils model, -eppgencamxy, -eppgencamxz, -eppgencamyy, -eppgencamyz, -eppgencamzz,

-epphaxx xx-strain plastic hardsoil model, -epphaxy, -epphaxz, -epphayy, -epphayz, -epphazz,

-eppmoxx xx-strain plastic mohr-coulomb model, -eppmoxy, -eppmoxz, -eppmoyy, -eppmoyz,-eppmozz,

-epptexx xx-strain plastic tension model, -epptexy, -epptexz, -eppteyy, -eppteyz, -epptezz,

-eppvoxx xx-strain plastic von-mises model, -eppvoxy, -eppvoxz, -eppvoyy, -eppvoyz, -eppvozz,

-eppmolxx xx-strain mohr-coulomb model for all laminates , -eppmolxy, -eppmolxz, -eppmolyy,-eppmolyz, -eppmolzz,

-eppmolkxx xx-strain mohr-coulomb model laminate k=0,...,5 , -eppmolkxy, -eppmolkxz,-eppmolkyy, -eppmolkyz, -eppmolkzz,

-epptekxx xx-strain tension model for all laminates , -epptelxy, -epptelxz, -epptelyy, -epptelyz, -epptelzz,

-epptelkxx xx-strain tension model laminate k=0,...,5, -epptelkxy, -epptelkxz, -epptelkyy,-epptelkyz, -epptelkzz,

-eptxx xx-strain total, -eptxy, -eptxz, -eptyy, -eptyz, -eptzz,

-f plasticity yield rule,

-fn nonlocal plasticity yield rule,

-fscal time derivative of scalar,

-gvelx ground water velocity in x-direction, -gvely, -gvelz.

-hisv0, -hisv1, ..., material history variables,

-kap plastic hardening parameter kappa,

-kapsh shear plastic hardening parameter kappa,

-phimob mobilized friction angle plasticity,

-pres hydraulic pressure head,

-pres gradx gradient hydraulic pressure head in x direction, -pres grady, -pres gradz

-rhoxx xx plastic kinematic hardening, -rhoxy, -rhoxz, -rhoyy, -rhoyz, -rhozz,

185

-rotx rotation around x-direction, -roty, -rotz,

-scal scalar,

-sigxx xx-stress, -sigxy, -sigxz, -sigyy, -sigyz, -sigzz,

-sigmkxx xx-stress in the k-th maxwell chain, -sigmkxy, -sigmkxz, -sigmkyy, -sigmkyz, -sigmkzz,

-strtokap total strain hardening parameter,

-strtocokap compression part of total strain hardening parameter,

-strtoshkap shear part of total strain hardening parameter,

-strtotekap tension part of total strain hardening parameter,

-temp temperature,

-velx velocity in x-direction, -vely, -velz,

-velix integrated velocity in x-direction, -veliy, -veliz,

-void material void fraction.

-work material second order work.

Furthermore, -xvelx denotes the spatial x-derivative of -velx in x-direction, etc.. Finally, -tvelxdenotes the first time derivative of -velx, etc.. The time derivative and the space derivatives areonly calculated if derivatives is included in the initialization part.

For example, the following might be seen after a print of the database

echo -yesnumber of space dimensions 2derivativescondif temperatureend initia. . .dof label -temp -xtemp -ytemp -ttemp. . .

Or, for example, the following might be seen after a print of the database

echo -yesnumber of space dimensions 2condif temperatureend initia. . .dof label -temp. . .

186

6.383 dof limit lower dof 0 upper dof 0 lower dof 1 upper dof 1 . . .

With this record you can specify the lower and upper allowed values for all primary dof’s. Withlower dof 0 you specify the lower allowed value for the first dof. With upper dof 0 you specify theupper allowed value for the first dof. Etc.

6.384 dtime dt

This record contains after the calculation the last timestep used in the calculation. This record ismeant for printing only.

6.385 element index element name node 0 node 1 node 2 . . .

Nodal connective of element index. In 1D, element name is -bar2 (2 noded bar), -bar3, -bar4.In 2D, element name is -tria3 (3 noded triangle), -tria6 (6 noded triangle), -quad4 (4 nodedquadrilateral), -quad6 (6 noded quadrilateral, 2 sides of 3 nodes), -quad8, -quad9, -quad16.In 3D, element name is -tet4 (4 noded tetrahedral), -prism6 (6 noded prismatic), -prism12(12 noded prismatic), -prism15 (15 noded prismatic), -prism18 (18 noded prismatic), -tet10(10 noded tetrahedral), -hex8 (8 noded hexahedral), -hex18 (18 noded hexahedral, 2 sides of 9nodes), -hex20 (20 noded hexahedral, not formally available yet, still being tested, use with care),-hex27.

Further possibilities for element name are: -spring2 (2 noded spring), -contact spring1 (1 nodedcontact element), -contact spring2 (2 noded contact element), the two nodes may have the sameposition in space. -truss (truss element), -beam (beam element), -truss beam (combined truss-beam element).

Some of the elements are drawn below.

r rr r r r

r rr

bar2

bar3

bar4

t t

t

�������������

�������������

JJJJJJJJJJJJJ

JJJJJJJJJJJJJ

1

tria3

2

3

187

t t

t

t

t t

�������������

�������������

JJJJJJJJJJJJJ

JJJJJJJJJJJJJ

21 3

tria6

4 5

6 t t

t t1 2

3 4

quad4

t t

t t

t

t21 3

quad6

4 5 6 t t

t t

t t

t

t1

quad8

3

5

7

8 4

2

6

t t

t t

t t

t

t

t

21 3

4

quad9

56

7 8 9

tt

dt

tt

tt

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

�����

�����

XXXXXXXXXXXXX�����

1

3

5

6

7

4

2

8

hex8

188

tt t

tt

t

tt

t

t t

td

t

dt

dd

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

�����

�����

XXXXXXXXXXXXX�����

1

2

4

5

6

3

9

7

8

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

hex18

tt

dt

tt

tt

ttt

d

td t

t tt

td

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

�����

�����

XXXXXXXXXXXXX�����

1

3

5

6

7

4

2

8

9

11

1210

15

17

1416

13

19

20

18

hex20

tt t

tt

t

ttt

tt

t tt

tdt

t

td

d

t

d ddd

d

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

�����

�����

XXXXXXXXXXXXX�����

1

2

4

5

6

15

1719

20

21

23

24

27

3

9

18

26

25

22

10

11

12

13

7

8

14

16

hex27

tt

t

t

@@@@@@

@@@@@@""

""""""""

""""""""""

%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%

��������������

��������������

eeeeeeeeee

eeeeeeeeee

1

2

3

4

tet4

tt

t

t

td

t tt

t@@@@@@

@@@@@@""

""""""""

""""""""""

%%%%%%%%%

%%%%%%%%%

��������������

��������������

eeeeeeeeee

eeeeeeeeee

1

2

3

7

8

10

46

5

9

tet10

189

t

tt

t

t

t

�����

�����

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

13

4

5

2

6

prism6

t

tt

t

t

tt

tt

tt

d

�����

�����

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

1

11

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1210

prism12

t

tt

t t

tt

tt

tt

t

tt

d

�����

�����

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

13

4

57

8

9

10

2

11

12

13 14

156

prism15

t

tt

t t

tt

tt

tt

t

tt

dt td

�����

�����

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

HHHHHHHHHHHH

1

7

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

prism18

See also: group type and group integration points.

6.386 element beam direction index dir x,x dir x,y dir x,z dir y,x dir y,y dir y,zdir z,x dir z,y dir z,z

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the direction of a beam in space. The firstthree values give the direction of the local beam x direction, that is the beam torsion axis. Thesecond three values give the direction of the local beam y direction, that is the beam y bendingaxis. The third three values give the direction of the local beam z direction, that is the beam zbending axis.

The index specifies the beam element number.

6.387 element beam direction z index dir z,x dir z,y dir z,z

The index specifies the beam element number.

Sate as group beam direction z, but now per element however.

190

6.388 element beam force moment index force x first node force y first nodeforce z first node moment x first node moment y first node moment z first nodeforce x second node force y second node force z second node moment x second nodemoment y second node moment z second node . . .

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the forces and moments of a beam in the localbeam axes x, y, z.

The index specifies the beam element number.

Attention: the values at the first node have a minus in their definition as compared with the valuesin the second node. By example in a beam number 20 with constant z moment of 10 you will find:

element beam force moment 20 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. -10. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 10.

6.389 element boundary index switch

The switch will be set to -yes if the element with index index is located on the boundary of themesh.

This record will only become available if mesh boundary is set to -yes. This record is meant forprinting only, it should not be set by the user.

6.390 element contact spring direction index dirNx dirNy dirNz dirT1x dirT1ydirT1z dirT2x dirT2y dirT2z

In the input file, you can specify with this record the directions of a contact spring. If not specified,after the calculation this record will be filled with the used directions. The index specifies the springelement number.

6.391 element contact spring strain index strain N strain T1 strain T2

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the normal and tangential elongation in acontact spring element. The index specifies the spring element number. The tangential strainstrain T2 only is present in 3D.

6.392 element contact spring force index force N force T1 force T2

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the normal and tangential forces in a con-tact spring element. The index specifies the spring element number. The tangential force force T2only is present in 3D.

6.393 element dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

Unknowns as saved per element in the element nodes. First dof’s in the first node. Then dof’s inthe second node. Etc.

This is done optionally by tochnog, only when needed for the calculation. The index specifies theelement number.

191

6.394 element dof initial index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

When an element comes the first time to live, it assumes that it had in the past the dof’s specifiedin this element dof initial record. You can either specify one value for each dofor you can specifyvalues for the dof’s for all nodes (specify first all dof’s for the first node, then specify the dof’s forthe second node, etc.). The index specifies the element number.

This record will influence inertia terms (like mass acceleration, temperature capacity, etc). As anexample you can set so the initial temperature of a part that is connected to the mesh at sometime.

6.395 element dof initial specific number index number

With this record you can an initial value for one specific dof. The number specifies the dof num-ber, for example -velx or -sigxx, etc. The initial value for the dof needs to be specified withelement dof initial specific value. The index specifies the element number.

6.396 element dof initial specific value index value 0 value grad x value grad yvalue grad z

This specifies for the element dof initial specific number record the initial value. Here value 0is the value at coordinate x = y = z = 0, value grad x is the x-gradient, value grad y is the y-gradient and value grad z is the z-gradient. In 1D you only need to specify for the gradients thevalue grad x and in 2D you only need to specify for the gradients the value grad x and value grad y.As special option you can specify no gradients at all, and then a constant value in space of sizevalue 0 will be used.

6.397 element empty index switch

If Tochnog believes an element is empty, then it will set automatically switch to -empty forelement empty.

6.398 element geometry index geometry set

This data item specifies for element index a geometrical set number geometry set. Elements with thesame geometrical set number together form a geometry, which can be referenced by functionalityselecting elements by a geometry. The syntax for referring is -element geometry geometry set.

A typical application would be changing material data (groups) in time for different sets of elements.In the example below element 1 belongs to geometrical set 10. The elements of geometrical set 10get in time respectively groups 100, 101, 102 and 103.

element 1 -bar2 1 2element 2 -bar2 2 3element geometry 1 10element geometry 2 20. . .area element group sequence time 11 0. 1. 2. 3.area element group sequence geometry 11 -element geometry 10

192

area element group sequence element group 11 100 101 102 103. . .area element group sequence time 12 0. 1. 2. 3.area element group sequence geometry 12 -element geometry 20area element group sequence element group 12 200 201 202 203. . .

The element geometry cannot be used in a geometry set.

6.399 element geometry present index geometry item name 0 geometry item index 0geometry item name 1 geometry item index 1 . . .

This record lists for element index the geometries in which it is present. So it is a print recordonly, for checking if the geometries include exactly the elements that you want. You can switch onor off filling of these records by setting print element geometry present to -yes or -no.

6.400 element group index element group

This data item is specified which element data items should be taken for the element index. Ex-ample: elements 0 and 1 get density 1024 while element 2 gets density 1236

element 0 0 1 2element 1 1 2 3element 2 2 3 4. . .element group 0 1element group 1 1element group 2 2. . .density 1 1024.density 2 1236.

If no element group records are specified, all element data should use index is 0.

See also area element group and element geometry.

6.401 element group apply index element group 0 element group 1 . . .

This is yet another option to change the group of elements. It works in combination with con-trol element group apply. We explain it by means of an example:

element 43 . . .element 44 . . .. . .element group apply 43 1 7 4element group apply 44 21 22 8. . .

193

control element group apply 10 0 (element 43 gets group 1, element 44 gets group21). . .control element group apply 20 2 (element 43 gets group 4, element 44 gets group8). . .control element group apply 30 1 (element 43 gets group 7, element 44 gets group22). . .

6.402 element interface intpnt direction index normal x 0 normal y 0 nor-mal z 0 first tangential x 0 first tangential y 0 first tangential z 0 second tangential x 0second tangential y 0 second tangential z 0 . . .

After the calculation this record will be filled with the direction vectors in interface element. Herenormal x 0 is the x-component of the normal direction in the first integration point, etc.

6.403 element interface intpnt gap status index status

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the gap status in an interface element. Thestatus is either -opened of -closed. The index specifies the interface element number.

6.404 element interface intpnt materi tension status index status

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the materi tension status in an interface element.The status is either -opened of -closed. The index specifies the interface element number.

6.405 element interface intpnt strain index strain,normal,0 strain,shear,first,0strain,shear,second,0 strain,normal,1 strain,shear,first,1 strain,shear,second,1. . .

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the normal strain, the first shear strain andsecond shear strain in the integration points of an an interface element. The values with subscript0 are for the first integration point; The values with subscript 1 are for the second integrationpoint; etc. For a 2D interface element the second shear strain will not be set.

In fact, the normal strain is the normal displacement difference, and the shear strains are half ofthe shear displacement differences.

This element interface intpnt strain record will only be filled if materi strain total is ini-tialised. The index specifies the interface element number.

6.406 element interface intpnt strain average index strain,normal,0 strain,shear,first,0strain,shear,second,0

Average of element interface intpnt strain.

194

6.407 element interface intpnt stress index stress,normal,0 stress,shear,first,0stress,shear,second,0 stress,normal,1 stress,shear,first,1 stress,shear,second,1. . .

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the normal stress, the first shear stress and thesecond shear stress in the integration points of an an interface element. The values with subscript0 are for the first integration point; The values with subscript 1 are for the second integrationpoint; etc. For a 2D interface element the second shear stress will not be set.

The index specifies the interface element number.

See control reset interface on how to reset strains and stresses somewhere in a calculation.

6.408 element interface intpnt stress average index stress,normal,0 stress,shear,first,0stress,shear,second,0

Average of element interface intpnt stress.

6.409 element intpnt dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

Unknowns as saved per element in the element integration points. The index specifies the elementnumber.

6.410 element intpnt h index . . .

This record is meant for printing only. It contains for each node of the element the value of theinterpolation polynomial in the integration points.

6.411 element intpnt iso coord index . . .

This record is meant for printing only. It contains for each node of the element the value of theisoparametric coordinates in the integration points.

6.412 element intpnt materi plasti hardsoil gammap initial index gammap initial integration point 0gammap initial integration point 1 . . .

See theory section on hardsoil.

6.413 element intpnt materi undrained pressure index undrained total pressure

Total pressure from undrained analysis. See group materi undrained capacity.

6.414 element intpnt method index method

This record is meant for printing only. It shows the space integration method that is actually usedfor element index. See also group integration method.

195

6.415 element intpnt npoint index npoint

This record is meant for printing only. It shows the number of space integration method pointsthat are actually used for element index. See also group integration points.

6.416 element intpnt plasti laminate0 mohr coul status index status

This record is meant for printing only. It gives for all integration points of an element the statusof the mohr-coulomb yield rule of laminate 0. The status can be either -elastic or -plastic Forother laminates the records are element intpnt plasti laminate1 mohr coul status etc.

The index is the element number.

6.417 element intpnt plasti laminate0 tension status index status

This record is meant for printing only. It gives for all integration points of an element the status ofthe tension cutoff yield rule of laminate 0. The status can be either -elastic or -plastic For otherlaminates the records are element intpnt plasti laminate1 status status etc.

The index is the element number.

6.418 element materi plasti laminate0 apply index switch

If switch is set to -yes, laminate 0 of the multilaminate model will be applied for the elementwith number index (if the laminate is specified in the element group data). If switch is set to -no,laminate 0 of the multilaminate model will not be applied for the element with number index.Default, if element materi plasti laminate0 apply is not specified for an element then theswitch is set to -yes.

For other laminates, element materi plasti laminate1 apply should be specified.

6.419 element materi plasti laminate0 direction index dir x dir y dir z

If this record is specified, laminate 0 of the multilaminate model of the element with number indexgets dir x dir y dir z as normal for the multilaminate plane. This element materi plasti laminate0 directionoverrules the presence, if any, of the group materi plasti laminate0 direction record for theelement group.

6.420 element middle index middle x middle y middle z

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the middle coordinates of an element. Theindex specifies the element number.

6.421 element print group data values index . . .

Values as required by print group data. The first value as required by print group data isplaced in the first value of element print group data values. The second value as requiredby print group data is placed in the second value of element print group data values. Etc.

196

Please realise that some group data requires more than one value, so that more than one value isfilled in the element print group data values record.

6.422 element spring force index force

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the force in a spring element. The index specifiesthe spring element number.

6.423 element spring strain index strain

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the strain in a spring element. In fact thestrain in a spring element is the elongation of the spring. The index specifies the spring elementnumber.

In case you perform a geotechnical analysis and want to set all strains in the model to 0 after gravityhas been imposed, then do a control data delete on all element spring strain records. Insuch way the element spring strain records will contain in the remaining part of the calculationstrains relative to the gravity status.

6.424 element truss direction index dir x dir y dir z

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the direction of a truss in space. The indexspecifies the truss element number.

6.425 element truss force index force

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the normal force in a truss element. The indexspecifies the truss element number.

6.426 element truss strain index strain

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the strain in a truss element (length increasedivided by length). The index specifies the truss element number.

6.427 element truss strain temperature index strain

After the calculation, this record will be filled with the normal thermal strain in a truss element(thermal length increase divided by length). The index specifies the truss element number.

6.428 element volume index volume

This record contains the volume of the isoparametric element number index after the calculation.In fact for 1D elements it contains the element length, for 2D elements it contains the elementarea, and for 3D elements it contains the element volume.

197

6.429 force edge index force 0 force 1 . . .

Distributed edge forces. These distributed forces are translated into equivalent nodal force termson the edges of elements. You should specify a force term for each direction. Also the recordforce edge geometry should be specified, and optionally the records force edge factor andforce edge time can be specified.

Attention: if this force edge option is used INSIDE a FE mesh, then the elements on each side ofthe geometry will get the force. So you may need to specify only half of the physical force value.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

6.430 force edge element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Selects the element for which the force edge record with the same index should be applied.

6.431 force edge element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . .

Selects the element group for which the force edge record with the same index should be applied.

6.432 force edge element node index element node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the element and local node numbers for which the force edge record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.433 force edge element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the force edge record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.434 force edge factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This data item defines a polynomial in space. This polynomial gives a factor which is used as amultiplication factor for force edge records (with the same index). In this way, you can obtaincoordinate dependent forces.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

198

6.435 force edge geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index

Selects the area for which the force edge record with the same index should be applied. Forexample, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the nodes on line 1 get the dis-tributed force. The total edge of an element must be inside the geometry for the force to becomeactive. For 2D elements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements the border surfaces are edges.

6.436 force edge node index node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the force edge record with the same index should be applied. Thenode 0 etc. specify global node numbers.

6.437 force edge node factor index factor0 factor1 . . .

Nodal multiplication factors with which the force of force edge will be applied to the nodes offorce edge node. You need to specify a factor for each node. Here factor0 is the multiplicationfactor for the first node, etc.

6.438 force edge sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . .

The force edge record with the same index is imposed with the sum of the sine functions; the firstsine function has frequency freq 0 and amplitude amp 0, the second sine function has frequencyfreq 1 and amplitude amp 1, etc.. The sine functions start at time 0. More general behaviorin time can be imposed by using force edge time records. For a specific index only one offorce edge sine and force edge time can be specified.

The sine loads will be only imposed after start time, and only up to end time.

More general time behavior can be specified with force edge time.

6.439 force edge time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a diagram which contains the factors with which the force edge record withthe same index is applied. Linear interpolation is used to extend the time load values to theintervals between these pairs. Outside the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, and the force edge sine record is not specified, the force is appliedat all times with a factor 1.

If no external forces like force edge time are specified, the internal element forces become zeroat free edges to satisfy equilibrium. This causes, for example, temperature gradients to becomezero at free edges in heat problems.

6.440 force edge normal index force

Distributed normal force in the direction of the outward normal at the edge of a element. Thisdistributed term is translated into equivalent nodal force terms on the edges of elements. Also therecord force edge normal geometry should be specified, and optionally the record force edge normal timecan be specified.

199

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

Attention: if this force edge normal option is used INSIDE a FE mesh, then the elements oneach side will get the force. So the total force will normally become zero since the normals of theelements at the side of the geometry are opposite.

6.441 force edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Restricts the element to which the force edge normal record with the same index should beapplied.

6.442 force edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1

Selects the element and local node numbers for which the force edge normal record with thesame index should be applied.

6.443 force edge normal element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

Restricts the element group to which the force edge normal record with the same index shouldbe applied.

6.444 force edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the force edge normal record with thesame index should be applied.

6.445 force edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an−1

This data item defines a polynomial in space. This polynomial gives a factor which is used as amultiplication factor for force edge normal records (with the same index). In this way, you canobtain coordinate dependent forces.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.446 force edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index

Selects the area for which the force edge normal record with the same index should be applied.For example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the nodes on line 1 get thedistributed force. The total edge of an element must be inside the geometry for the force to becomeactive. For 2D elements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements the border surfaces are edges.

200

6.447 force edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the force edge normal record with the same index should be applied.The node 0 etc. specify global node numbers.

6.448 force edge normal node factor index factor0 factor1 . . .

Nodal multiplication factors with which the force of force edge normal will be applied to thenodes of force edge normal node. You need to specify a factor for each node. Here factor0 isthe multiplication factor for the first node on the side, etc.

6.449 force edge normal sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1amp 1 . . .

Same as force edge sine, now for normal edge loads however.

6.450 force edge normal time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a diagram which contains the factors with which the force edge normalrecord with the same index is applied. Linear interpolation is used to extend the time load valuesto the intervals between these pairs. Outside the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, the force is applied at all times with a factor 1.

6.451 force edge projected index force ph(0,0,0) ph grad x ph grad y ph grad zpv(0,0,0) pv grad x pv grad y pv grad z factor normal factor tangentialvertical dir downward x vertical dir downward y vertical dir downward ztunnel dir x tunnel dir y tunnel z

Distributed projected force on the edge of a element. This distributed term is translated intoequivalent nodal force terms on the edges of elements.

This record typically can be used to model soil normal and tangential loading on tunnels. Withph(0,0,0) you specify the horizontal ground stress at x=0,y=0,z=0. With ph grad x, ph grad yand ph grad z you specify the gradients of the horizontal stress (such that a linear horizontal stressfield can be modeled). With pv(0,0,0) you specify the vertical ground stress at x=0,y=0,z=0. Withpv grad x, pv grad y and pv grad z you specify the gradients of the vertical stress (such that alinear vertical stress field can be modeled).

The vertical and horizontal stresses are projected on the edge of the element so that the radialstress sig radial and the tangential stress sig tangential of the edge of the element are obtained.You can decide to apply the radial stress sig radial only with a factor factor normal (between 0and 1). Likewise, you can decide to apply the tangential shear stress sig tangential only with afactor factor tangential (between 0 and 1).

As extra information for Tochnog to determine the correct radial stress and tangential shearstress on the edge of an element you need to specify the downward vertical direction with ver-tical dir downward x, vertical dir downward y and vertical dir downward z.

201

Only in 3D, you also need to specify the length direction of the tunnel axis with tunnel dir x,tunnel dir y and tunnel z.

In 2D you should not specify the 3D information ph grad z, pv grad z, vertical dir downward z ,tunnel dir x, tunnel dir y and tunnel z.

Also the record force edge projected geometry should be used to specify where the force shouldbe applied, and optionally the record force edge projected time can be specified.

Attention: notice that horizontal soil stress in length direction of the tunnel is not included.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

Attention: if this force edge projected option is used INSIDE a FE mesh, then the elements oneach side will get the force. So the total force will protectedly become zero since the projected ofthe elements at the side of the geometry are opposite.

6.452 force edge projected element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Restricts the element to which the force edge projected record with the same index should beapplied.

6.453 force edge projected element node index element node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the element and local nodes for which the force edge projected record with the sameindex should be applied.

6.454 force edge projected element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

Restricts the element group to which the force edge projected record with the same index shouldbe applied.

6.455 force edge projected element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the force edge projected record with thesame index should be applied.

6.456 force edge projected factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This data item defines a polynomial in space. This polynomial gives a factor which is used as amultiplication factor for force edge projected records (with the same index). In this way, youcan obtain coordinate dependent forces.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

202

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.457 force edge projected geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index

Selects the area for which the force edge projected record with the same index should be applied.For example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the nodes on line 1 get thedistributed force. The total edge of an element must be inside the geometry for the force to becomeactive. For 2D elements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements the border surfaces are edges.

6.458 force edge projected node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the force edge projected record with the same index should beapplied. The node 0 etc. specify global node numbers.

6.459 force edge projected node factor index factor0 factor1 . . .

Nodal multiplication factors with which the force of force edge projected will be applied to thenodes of force edge projected node. You need to specify a factor for each node. Here factor0

is the multiplication factor for the first node, etc.

6.460 force edge projected sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1amp 1 . . .

Similar to force edge sine, now for projected edge loads however.

6.461 force edge projected time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a diagram which contains the factors with which the force edge projectedrecord with the same index is applied. Linear interpolation is used to extend the time load valuesto the intervals between these pairs. Outside the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, the force is applied at all times with a factor 1.

6.462 force edge water index switch

If switch is set to -yes, distributed water pressure force is added to the model. This distributedterm is translated into equivalent nodal force terms on the edges of elements. The distributed forceis automatically calculated as density water g ∆z where g is the gravitational acceleration, and∆z is the distance to the phreatic level. The water pressure force acts normal to the element edge,in inward direction. You need to specify also force edge water geometry.

The water density is given by groundflow density. The gravity acceleration is given by thevertical component of force gravity. The water height is relative to the water height is given bygroundflow phreatic level.

203

Attention: if this force edge water option should be used with care INSIDE a FE mesh.

The total edge of an element must be inside the geometry for the force to become active. For 2Delements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements the border surfaces are edges.

6.463 force edge water element index element 0 . . .

Selects the element for which the force edge water record with the same index should be applied.

6.464 force edge water element group index element group 0 . . .

Selects the element groups for which the force edge water record with the same index should beapplied.

6.465 force edge water element node index element node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the element and local nodes for which the force edge water record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.466 force edge water element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the force edge water record with the sameindex should be applied.

6.467 force edge water factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This data item defines a polynomial in space. This polynomial gives a factor which is used as amultiplication factor for force edge water records (with the same index). In this way, you canobtain coordinate dependent forces.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.468 force edge water geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

Selects the area for which the force edge water record with the same index should be applied.For example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the nodes on line 1 get thedistributed water pressure force.

204

6.469 force edge water node index node 0 node 1 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the force edge water record with the same index should be applied.The node 0 etc. specify global node numbers.

6.470 force edge water time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a diagram which contains the factors with which the force edge waterrecord with the same index is applied. Linear interpolation is used to extend the time load valuesto the intervals between these pairs. Outside the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, the force is applied at all times with a factor 1.

6.471 force gravity g x g y g z

Gravitational acceleration.

In 1D, only the gravity in x-direction needs to be specified. In 2D, the gravity in x-direction andy-direction needs to be specified. In 3D, the gravity in x-direction, y-direction and z-directionneeds to be specified.

See also force gravity time.

6.472 force gravity geometry geometry item name geometry item index

With this record you can specify a geometrical entity on which the gravity force should be used.Only elements inside the geometry get the gravity force.

If this record is not specified all elements can get the gravity force.

See also force gravity time.

6.473 force gravity time time load time load . . .

This record specifies a multi-linear diagram which contains the factors with which the force gravityrecord is applied. This allows you to impose the gravity on a structure slowly, which might beneeded for path dependent problems. Outside the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, the gravity is applied at all times with a factor 1.

6.474 force volume index force 0 force 1 . . .

Distributed volume forces for each direction. Here force 0 is the distributed force in the x-direction,etc. Consider the example with distributed volume force in x-direction for a 2D material:

force volume 0 1.0.

205

The force volume record can be used in dependency diagram records (just like element groupdata)/

See also force volume factor, force volume geometry, and force volume time.

6.475 force volume element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Specifies the elements for which the force volume record with the same index should be applied.

6.476 force volume element group 0 element group 1 . . . index element group

Specifies the element group for which the force volume record with the same index should beapplied.

6.477 force volume factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This polynomial gives a factor which is used as a multiplication factor for force volume records(with the same index). In this way, you can obtain coordinate dependent forces.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.478 force volume geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

Specifies the area for which the force volume record with the same index should be applied.For example, -geometry quadrilateral 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the elements onquadrilateral 1 get the distributed force.

If both the force volume element and force volume geometry are not specified, then a ge-ometry which encloses the whole model will be applied.

6.479 force volume sine index start time freq 0 amp 0 freq 1 amp 1 . . .

Same as force volume sine, now for volume loads however.

6.480 force volume time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a multi-linear diagram which contains the factors with which the force volumerecord with the same index is applied.

If this record is not specified, the force is applied at all times with a factor 1.

206

6.481 geometry factor index factor 0 . . .

This sets for some geometries extra factors which are used for the bounda dof, bounda forceand force edge * records. For a geometry line either 2 or 3 factors should be specified; 2 factorsdefine a linear variation where the factors hold at the start and end of the line respectively; 3 factorsdefine a parabolic variation where the factors hold at the start, at the middle and at the end of theline respectively. For a geometry triangle 3 factors should be specified (a linear variation withfactors for the first, second and third corner point respectively). For a geometry quadrilateral4 factors should be specified (a linear variation with factors for the first, second, third and fourthcorner point respectively). For a geometry point 1 factor should be specified; a multiplicationwith a half sine wave will be used, with the specified factor in the middle (exactly at the point)creasing to factor 0 at a distance tolerance from the point,

In the example below, node 2 will get temperature 20∗1.6 and node 3 will get temperature 20∗2.2.

. . .number of space dimensions 2condif temperature. . .end initianode 2 0.2 0node 3 0.4 0.. . .geometry line 1 0. 0. 1. 0. 0.01geometry factor 1 1. 4.bounda dof 0 -geometry line 1 -tempbounda time 0 0. 20. 1.e6 20.. . .end data

6.482 geometry boundary index switch

With this record you can restrict a geometry to the boundary of the mesh, or to the inside of themesh. If switch is set to -yes only nodes which are at the boundary of the mesh are actually usedfor the geometry with the same index. If switch is set to -no only nodes which are not at theboundary of the mesh are actually used for the geometry with the same index.

Attention: for this option to work correctly, the mesh should not contain badly shaped elements.See the section at the end of this manual for more information on bad element shapes.

6.483 geometry bounda sine x index a b

This sets, for the geometrical entity with the same index an extra factor which is used for thebounda dof and the bounda force records. The factor gives a sinus variation in x-direction.The size of the factor is sin(a+ b ∗ x).

6.484 geometry bounda sine y index a b

This sets, for the geometrical entity with the same index an extra factor which is used for thebounda dof and the bounda force records. The factor gives a sinus variation in y-direction.

207

The size of the factor is sin(a+ b ∗ y).

6.485 geometry bounda sine z index a b

This sets, for the geometrical entity with the same index an extra factor which is used for thebounda dof and the bounda force records. The factor gives a sinus variation in z-direction.The size of the factor is sin(a+ b ∗ z).

6.486 geometry brick index x c y c z c l x l y l z tolerance

This data item defines a brick in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located on thisgeometry. The coordinate of the center is x c y c z c. The length in respectively x, y and zdirection are l x l y l z. All node within a distance tolerance are considered to be part of the brick.

6.487 geometry circle index x c y c . . . radius tolerance

This data item defines a circle in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located onthis geometry. The coordinate of the center is x c y c. In 2D you need to specify x c y c radiustolerance. In 2D all node within a distance tolerance of the radius are considered to be part of thecircle. In 3D you need to specify x c y c z c normal x normal y normal z radius tolerance, wherenormal x normal y normal z specifies the direction normal to the surface. In 3D all node withina distance tolerance of the circle surface are considered to be part of the circle.

6.488 geometry circle part index x c y c angle start angle end radius tolerance

This data item defines a circle in 2D space. Other data items can check if nodes are located onthis geometry. The coordinate of the center is x c y c. All node within a distance tolerance of theradius are considered to be part of the circle. The circle part starts at angle angle start, measuredin radians from the positive x-axis. The circle part ends at angle angle end, measured in radiansfrom the positive x-axis.

6.489 geometry circle segment index x c y c radius side x side y tolerance

This data item defines a circle segment in space. Other data items can check if nodes are locatedon this geometry. The coordinate of the center is x c y c. If side x is set to a positive value, say+1., then only x-values larger then x c are considered to be part of the geometry. If side x is setto a negative value, say -1., then only x-values smaller then x c are considered to be part of thegeometry. If side x is set to 0 , then all x-values are considered to be part of the geometry. Likewiseremarks hold for y-values. All node within a distance tolerance of the radius are considered to bepart of the circle segment.

6.490 geometry cylinder index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius tolerance

This data item defines a cylinder segment in space. Other data items can check if nodes are locatedon this geometry. The coordinate of the center point at the bottom is x 0 y 0 z 0. The coordinateof the center point at the top is x 1 y 1 z 1. The cylinder can only be used in 3D. All node withina distance tolerance of the radius are considered to be part of the cylinder.

208

6.491 geometry cylinder part index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius angle start 0angle end 0 angle start 1 angle end 1 . . . tolerance

This data item defines parts of a cylinder in space. Other data items can check if nodes are locatedon this geometry.

The index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius are the same as in geometry cylinder.

The angle start 0 angle end 0 defines the first valid part of the cylinder, where angle start 0 isthe start angle of the part and angle end 0 is the end angle. The angles are measured in the x-yplane, starting from the positive x-axis towards the positive y-axis. Likewise, the angle start 1angle end 1 defines a second valid part of the cylinder. You should define at least one valid part,and optionally you can specify several valid parts.

Start angles and end angles should be non-negative. End angles should be larger than start angles.

Angles will be measured relative to the vector as specified in geometry cylinder part start vector,if that vector is specified. This geometry cylinder part start vector should be specified per-pendicular to the cylinder axes. This geometry cylinder part start vector should be exactly inthe middle of the angle range that you want to select. With geometry cylinder part start vectoronly one angle range is allowed, and the start angle should be 0. All nodes with an angle smalleror equal to the end angle are accepted as valid (thus, you get a total angle range of twice the endangle size as valid range).

If geometry cylinder part start vector is not specified, the geometry cylinder part shouldbe either along the x-direction, y-direction or z-direction; then the angle is measured relative tothe axes (by example for a cylinder along the z-direction the angle starts at the x-axes).

All node within a distance tolerance of the radius and inside a valid part are considered to be partof the cylinder part.

6.492 geometry cylinder part start vector index v x v y v z

See geometry cylinder part.

6.493 geometry cylinder segment index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius side xside y side z tolerance

This data item defines a cylindrical segment in space. Other data items can check if nodes arelocated on this geometry. The coordinate of the center point at the bottom is x 0 y 0 z 0. Thecoordinate of the center point at the top is x 1 y 1 z 1. If side x is set to a positive value, say+1., then only x-values larger then x c are considered to be part of the geometry. If side y is setto a negative value, say -1., then only x-values smaller then x c are considered to be part of thegeometry. If side x is set to 0 , then all x-values are considered to be part of the geometry. Likewiseremarks hold for y- and z-values. The cylinder segment can only be used in 3D. All node withina distance tolerance of the radius are considered to be part of the cylinder.

6.494 geometry exclude index geometry item name 0 geometry item index 0 ge-ometry item name 1 geometry item index 1 . . .

With this record you can exclude geometries from the geometry with the same index. The next2D example excludes a circular area with radius 0.3 inside a quadrilateral:

209

. . .geometry quadrilateral 10 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 1. 1. 1.geometry exclude 10 -geometry point 20

geometry point 20 0.5 0.5 0.3. . .

You are not allowed to let a geometry * use a geometry exclude which contains itself.

6.495 geometry element geometry index element geometry 0 element geometry 1. . .

Similar to geometry element group , but now using element geometry i.s.o. element grouphowever.

6.496 geometry element geometry method index method

Similar to geometry element group method.

6.497 geometry element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . .

With this record you can restrict the geometry as specified in the geometry record with the sameindex. For example for the geometry as specified by

. . .geometry quadrilateral 10 . . .geometry element group 10 . . .. . .

nodes which are located on the geometry quadrilateral 10, but at the same time are also a nodeof elements of one of the specified element groups element group 0 element group 1 etc., belong tothe geometry. Nodes which are not a node of elements of one of the groups do not belong to thegeometry, even if such nodes are located on the geometry quadrilateral 10.

See also geometry element group method.

6.498 geometry element group method index method

With this record you can set the method that the geometry element group record uses. Ifmethod is set to -all then a node should be attached to all the specified element groups, to be partof the geometry. If method is set to -any then a node should be attached to any of the specifiedelement groups, to be part of the geometry. If method is set to -only then a node should beattached to only the specified element groups, to be part of the geometry. Default, if method isnot specified then -any is assumed.

210

6.499 geometry ellipse index x c y c a b tolerance

The coordinate of the center is x c y c. The equation for the ellipse is:

(x− x c

a

)2

+

(y − y c

b

)2

= 1

Other data items can check if nodes are located on this geometry. The ellipse can only be used in2D. All node within a distance tolerance of the ellipse are considered to be part of the ellipse.

6.500 geometry hexahedral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3z 3x 4 y 4 z 4 x 5 y 5 z 5 x 6 y 6 z 6 x 7 y 7 z 7

This data item defines a hexahedral in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located onthis geometry (everything inside the hexahedral belongs to the geometry). The coordinates of thecorner points are x 0 y 0 z 0 etc.. The points of the hexahedral should be specified in the correctorder; the order is clarified in the example below.

Example

. . .number of space dimensions 3. . .geometry hexahedral 0 0. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0. 1. 0. 1. 1. 0. 0. 0. 1. 1. 0. 1.0. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1.. . .

Notice the order in which the points are to be specified.

6.501 geometry line index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 radius

This data item defines a line in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located on thisgeometry. Coordinates of the end points are denoted by x 0, etc.. In 1D, only the x-coordinatesshould be specified, etc.. All node within a distance radius are considered to be part of the line.

In the example, a line in 2D space is defined and is used by a convection geometry record (nodeslocated on the line will convect heat)

. . .geometry line 2 1. 0. 1. 1. 0.01. . .group condif convection edge normal geometry 0 -geometry line 2. . .

211

6.502 geometry line eps iso index iso tolerance

With this parameter you can ask Tochnog to accept points just outside the line in direction of theline. Typically try 1.e− 3 for iso tolerance .

6.503 geometry list index number 0 number 1 . . .

This is a list of numbers which can be used in geometry selection options.

By example

. . .geometry list 10 1 45 43 26 27. . .bounda dof 200 -geometry list 10 . . . (set the boundary condition on the nodes ofthe list). . .

6.504 geometry method index method

For selecting elements with a geometry enity you can set the method either to -all, -any or -average. With -all all nodes of an element should be inside the geometry entity for the element tobe selected (completely inside). With -any any node of an element should be inside the geometryentity for the element to be selected (at least partially inside). With -average the middle coordi-nate of an element should be inside the geometry entity for the element to be selected. Default ifthis record is not specified the method is set to -all.

6.505 geometry moving index geometry entity

This option comes handy when you want to model moving excavations in complex FE meshes.For complex geological regions it is not possible to make the FE mesh a priori in such way thatthe excavation zones can be easily defined in terms of element groups or otherwise. In such casethis option allows geometrical entities to move through the complex FE mesh. The geometricalentity will determine automatically which elements become part of the entity at which times, andthen will automatically excavate those elements. Elements which are at a moment in time onlypartly inside the geometrical entity, will be only partly excavated to the same amount as whichthey are inside the geometrical entity. Elements which are at a moment in time completely insidethe geometrical entity, will be fully excavated.

We first explain the usage of this option by means of an example:

. . .geometry moving 10 -geometry point (geometical point that will move in spaceand excavate the mesh)geometry moving parameter 10 -1. -1. 2.e-1 (start x-coordinate of point, starty-coordinate of point, radius of point)geometry moving operat 10 -translate (translate the point in space)geometry moving operat parameter 10 1. 1. (velocity of point in x-direction,

212

velocity of point in y-direction)geometry moving operat time 10 0. 3. (start time of point moving, end time ofpoint moving)geometry moving n 10 200 200 (number of time discretision, number of space dis-tretisation). . .mesh delete geometry moving 10 10 (tell Tochnog to use the geometry movingrecords with index 10 to excavate the mesh). . .control geometry moving 25 -initialise (prepare the point for moving through themesh). . .control timestep 30 .... . .

The geometrical entity can be one of -geometry point, -geometry triangle, -geometry quadrilateral,-geometry hexahedral and -geometry tethrahedral.

6.506 geometry moving parameter index parameters of entity

For each vertex of the geometry you need to specify the initial x-coordinate, y-coordinate (onlyfor 2D and 3D) and z-coordinate. A point has one vertex, a triangle three, a quadrilateral four, ahexahedral eight and a tethrahedral six. The sequence of the vertices is the same as the sequenceof nodes for the similar finite elements (see element). For a -geometry point you need to specifyadditionally the radius.

See also geometry moving.

6.507 geometry moving operat index operator

This operator specifies how the geometry changes between time start and time end. If operator isset to -translate the geometry moves in space with a constant velocity vector.

See also geometry moving.

6.508 geometry moving operat parameter index parameters of operator

For a -translate you need to specify the x-velocity, y-velocity (only for 2D and 3D) and z-cvelocity.

See also geometry moving.

6.509 geometry moving operat time index start time end time

The start time specifies when the geometry comes into existance and starts to move. The end timespecifies when the geometry stops moving but remains in existance.

See also geometry moving.

213

6.510 geometry moving n index ntime nspace

The geometry moving command needs to find out for each element at each time point whichpart of the element is part of the geometrical entity. In order to found this out, it is checked formany points inside each element if the point is inside the geometrical entity. In fact, for a 1Delement nspace points will be used, for a 2D element nspace * nspace points will be used and fornspace * nspace * nspace points will be used.

This checking which part of each element is inside the geometrical entity will be done at ntimetime moments between time start and time end.

Default, if geometry moving is not specified, we use ntime is 100 and nspace is 5.

See also geometry moving.

6.511 geometry point index x y z radius

This data item defines a point in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located on thisgeometry. The coordinate of the point is x y z. In 1D, only x should be specified, etc.. All nodewithin a distance radius are considered to be part of the point.

6.512 geometry polynomial index a0 a1 . . .an x 0 x 1 y 0 y 1 tolerance

This data item defines a polynomial in space if 2D or 3D. Other data items can check if nodes arelocated on this geometry. In 2D it is the curve y = a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + . . .. In 3D it is the surfacez = a0 + a1x + a2y + a3x

2 + a4xy + a5y2 + a6x

3 + a7x2y + a8xy

2 + a9y3 + . . .. In 2D x0 − x1

defines the domain of x. In 3D x0 − x1 defines the domain of x and y0 − y1 defines the domain ofy. All node with a distance (that is the y-distance in 2D or the z-distance in 3D) not more thantolerance are considered to be part of the polynomial.

6.513 geometry quadrilateral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2x 3 y 3 z 3 tolerance

This data item defines a quadrilateral in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located onthis geometry. The coordinates of the corner points are x 0 y 0 z 0 etc.. In 2D, only x 0, y 0 etc.should be specified etc.. The points of the quadrilateral should be specified in the correct order;the order is clarified in the example below.

In 2D all node inside the quadrilateral (the tolerance is neglected). In 3D all node within adistance tolerance are considered to be part of the quadrilateral ( this is a brick with thicknesstolerance). All node within a distance tolerance are considered to be part of the quadrilateral(in 2D this gives a quadrilateral with corners nodes specified by the corners points, in 3D thisgives a brick corners nodes specified by the corners points and with thickness tolerance). Inter-nally in TOCHNOG, the quadrilateral is divided into two geometry triangles, which is onlyapproximately true if the quadrilateral is twisted. Example

. . .number of space dimensions 2. . .geometry quadrilateral 0 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 1. 1. 1. 1.e-3. . .

214

Notice the order in which the points are to be specified.

6.514 geometry quadrilateral eps iso index iso tolerance

With this parameter you can ask Tochnog to accept points just outside the quadrilateral in directionof the quadrilateral plane. Typically try 1.e− 3 for iso tolerance .

6.515 geometry set index geometry entity 0 geometry entity index 0 geometry entity 1geometry entity index 1 . . .

This set combines a number of geometrical entities (e.g. geometry circle, geometry line, etc.)into a new entity. You cannot use another geometry set for the geometrical entities (that is,geometry sets cannot be nested).

Other data items can check if nodes are located on this geometry.

6.516 geometry sphere index x c y c z c radius tolerance

This data item defines a sphere in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located on thisgeometry. The coordinate of the center is x c y c z c. All node within a distance tolerance ofradius are considered to be part of the sphere.

6.517 geometry sphere segment index x c y c z c radius side x side y side ztolerance

This data item defines a spherical segment in space. Other data items can check if nodes arelocated on this geometry. The coordinate of the center is x c y c z c. If side x is set to a positivevalue, say +1., then only x-values larger then x c are considered to be part of the geometry. Ifside x is set to a negative value, say -1., then only x-values smaller then x c are considered tobe part of the geometry. If side x is set to 0 , then all x-values are considered to be part of thegeometry. Likewise remarks hold for y- and z-values.

All node within a distance tolerance of radius are considered to be part of the spherical segment.

6.518 geometry tetrahedral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3z 3

This data item defines a tetrahedral in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located onthis geometry. The coordinates of the corner points are x 0 y 0 z 0 etc..

6.519 geometry triangle index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 tolerance

This data item defines a triangle in space. Other data items can check if nodes are located on thisgeometry. The coordinates of the corner points are x 0 y 0 z 0 etc.. In 2D the z coordinates shouldnot be specified. All node within a distance tolerance are considered to be part of the triangle(this gives a wedge with thickness 2tolerance).

215

6.520 geometry triangle eps iso index iso tolerance

With this parameter you can ask Tochnog to accept points just outside the triangle in direction ofthe triangle plane. Typically try 1.e− 3 for iso tolerance .

6.521 global element dof apply switch

If you set switch to -yes, then dof’s like strains, stresses, etc. will be saved in the elementintegration points in the records element intpnt dof. So, these dof’s will actually not be averagedover global nodes, but each element remembers its own values for these dof’s. This will be done fordof’s like strains, stresses, etc. only. Other dof’s like velocities, displacement field, temperature,etc. are not saved per element, but remain saved in the global nodes.

If you set switch to -no, then elements will actually use the averaged nodal results, and will notremember its own values.

Default, if global element dof apply is not specified, global element dof apply is set to -yes.See also global element dof from node dof .

6.522 global element dof from node dof switch

If global element dof apply is set to -yes, and the element intpnt dof record does not exist,but node dof records exist in the input file, you can either require that the element intpnt dofrecords will be initialised from the node dof records, or will not be initialised from the node dofrecords. If you set switch to -yes the element intpnt dof records will be initialised from thenode dof records. If you set switch to -no the element intpnt dof records will not be initialisedfrom the node dof records. Default, if global element dof from node dof is not specified,switch is set to -no.

6.523 global post point node type

With this record you can determine how records like post point, control print dof point andcontrol print dof line are evaluated. If node type is set to -node the current nodal coordinatesfor elements are used to determine for which material point inside elements the dof’s should bedetermined; if you do an updated lagrange calculation in which the coordinates of nodes change,so the node records change, you get dof results for the material at the current moment presentedon the point or line. If node type is set to -node start refined the initial start nodal coordinatesfor elements are used to determine for which material point inside elements the dof’s should bedetermined; thus you get dof results for the material at the initial start moment presented on thepoint or line.

Default, if this record is not set, node type is set to -node start refined.

6.524 groundflow apply switch

If switch is set to -no, then the groundflow equation is skipped, and all groundflow data is ignored.This is done for all timesteps.

216

6.525 groundflow consolidation apply switch

If switch is set to -no, then the material divergence part in the groundflow equation is skipped.This is done for all timesteps.

Default switch is -no.

6.526 groundflow density ρ

Density of ground water.

6.527 groundflow flux edge normal index flux

Distributed prescribed water flux normal to the edge of an element. This distributed flux is trans-lated into equivalent nodal flux on the edges of elements. Also the record groundflow flux edge normal geometryshould be specified, and optionally the record groundflow flux edge normal time can be spec-ified.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

Attention: if this option is used INSIDE a FE mesh, then the elements on each side will getthe distributed flux. So the total water flux will normally become zero since the normals of theelements at the side of the geometry are opposite.

6.528 groundflow flux edge normal element index element 0 element 1 . . .

Restricts the elements to which the groundflow flux edge normal record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.529 groundflow flux edge normal element group index element group 0 el-ement group 1 . . .

Restricts the element groups to which the groundflow flux edge normal record with the sameindex should be applied.

6.530 groundflow flux edge normal element node index element node 0 node 1. . .

Selects the element and local node numbers for which the groundflow flux edge normal recordwith the same index should be applied.

6.531 groundflow flux edge normal element node factor index factor0 factor1. . .

Nodal multiplication factors with which the groundflow flux edge normal will be applied tothe element of groundflow flux edge normal element node. You need to specify a factor foreach node on the side. Here factor0 is the multiplication factor for the first node on the side, etc.

217

6.532 groundflow flux edge normal element side index element 0 element 1. . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the groundflow flux edge normal recordwith the same index should be applied.

6.533 groundflow flux edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an

This data item defines a polynomial in space. This polynomial gives a factor which is used as amultiplication factor for groundflow flux edge normal records (with the same index). In thisway, you can obtain coordinate dependent water fluxes.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x2 + . . ..

In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2y+ a3x2 + a4xy+ a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y+ a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

We explain the logic in 3D with examples. By example if n=2 the polynomial is a0 + a1 + a2

(specify 3 values). By example if n=5 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2 + a3y + a4 + a5z (specify 6values). By example if n=8 the polynomial is a0 + a1x+ a2x

2 + a3 + a4y+ a5y2 + a6 + a7z+ a8z

2

(specify 9 values).

6.534 groundflow flux edge normal geometry index geometry entity name ge-ometry entity index

Selects the area for which the groundflow flux edge normal record with the same index shouldbe applied. For example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the nodes on line1 get the distributed flux. The total edge of an element must be inside the geometry for the forceto become active. For 2D elements the border lines are edges. For 3D elements the border surfacesare edges.

6.535 groundflow flux edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the groundflow flux edge normal record with the same index shouldbe applied. The node 0 etc. specify global node numbers.

6.536 groundflow flux edge normal sine index start time end time freq 0 amp 0freq 1 amp 1 . . .

Similar to force edge sine, now for water flux however.

6.537 groundflow flux edge normal time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a diagram which contains the factors with which the groundflow flux edge normalrecord with the same index is applied. Linear interpolation is used to extend the time load valuesto the intervals between these pairs. Outside the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, the flux is applied at all times with a factor 1.

218

6.538 groundflow nonsaturated apply index switch

If switch is set to -no, then nonsaturated groundflow data (eg van Genuchten) will not be applied;only saturated data will be used. This is done for all timesteps.

Default switch is -yes.

6.539 groundflow phreatic bounda switch

If method is set to -yes, the phreatic level is used to automatically prescribe the hydraulic head ofnodes which are located on or above the phreatic level.

Default, if groundflow phreatic bounda is not specified, method is set to -yes,

6.540 groundflow phreatic level . . .

Groundwater level.

In a 1D calculation this record should be given x value of the groundwater level. The groundwateris below that x-value.

In a 2D calculation this record should be given sets of x − y which specify the y level of thegroundwater at several x locations; In 2D you need to give the x− y sets as follows:

• specify x− y sets for increasing x

In 3D the phreatic line is specified as follows. Denote the lowest x with x 0, the next higher x withx 1 etc. Denote the lowest y with y 0, the next higher y with y 1 etc. Denote the phreatic level zvalue for x i y j with z ij. Then give the following:

• x 0 y 0 z 00 x 1 y 0 z 10 etc.

• x 0 y 1 z 01 x 1 y 1 z 11 etc.

• etc.

In 3d, the number of points in x and y direction respectively should be set with nx and ny of thegroundflow phreatic level n record.

In nodes above the phreatic level the total pressure will be set to zero during the calculation.

As a special option in 2D and 3D, you can specify one value only, which sets a constant phreatic levelof that value everywhere. In this special case, you do not need to specify groundflow phreatic level n.

If you want to apply pore pressures directly following from the height under a phreatic level butnot influenced be groundwater flow, then include a phreatic level and a boundary conditions forhydraulic head changes:

. . .groundflow phreatic level . . .. . .bounda dof 20 . . . -tpres

219

This has the advantage that the groundflow pressures don’t enter the system of equations, so thatfor combined soil - groundwater analysis a more effective solution can be obtained for the systemof equations.

6.541 groundflow phreatic level n nx ny

See groundflow phreatic level.

6.542 groundflow phreatic level static switch

If switch is set to -yes, total pressures (pore pressures) in nodes for which the groundflow phreatic levelholds, will be set equal to the static pressure.

This is convenient if the phreatic line is located above the mesh part to which it belongs; thennodes of the mesh will not get a boundary condition, so that the correct hydraulic head can notbe determined. And thus, it is necessary to determine the total pressure (pore pressure) from thedifference of nodal coordinates and phreatic line height.

It is also convenient if you do not want to initialise and solve the hydraulic heads with the ground-flow storage equation. This saves computer memory and CPU time.

In the group type for elements which should get the static groundflow pressure you need to add-groundflow.

6.543 groundflow phreatic level multiple index . . .

The same as groundflow phreatic level, but now however several groundwater levels can bespecified. For each groundflow phreatic level multiple you should specify a separate value forindex.

This option typically can be used if you have in vertical direction non-permeable layers separatingthe total domain in independent parts with each its own groundwater level.

You can specify with one of groundflow phreatic level multiple element or groundflow phreatic level multiple element geometryor groundflow phreatic level multiple element group or groundflow phreatic level multiple nodethe parts of the domain that belong to the groundwater level of groundflow phreatic level multiplewith the same index. Only one of these record can be used, you cannot combine them.

With groundflow phreatic level multiple n you specify nx ny in 3D again.

In the group type for elements which should get the static groundflow pressure you need to add-groundflow.

6.544 groundflow phreatic level multiple element index element 0 element 1. . .

Element numbers for groundflow phreatic level multiple with the same index.

220

6.545 groundflow phreatic level multiple element group index element group 0element group 1 . . .

Element group numbers for groundflow phreatic level multiple with the same index.

6.546 groundflow phreatic level multiple element geometry index element geometry 0element geometry 1 . . .

Element geometry numbers for groundflow phreatic level multiple with the same index.

6.547 groundflow phreatic level multiple n nx ny

See groundflow phreatic level multiple.

6.548 groundflow phreatic level multiple node index node 0 node 1 . . .

Node numbers for groundflow phreatic level multiple with the same index.

6.549 groundflow phreatic level multiple static index switch

If switch is set to -yes, total pressures (pore pressures) in nodes for which the groundflow phreatic level multipleholds, will be set equal to the static pressure.

This is convenient if the phreatic line is located above the mesh part to which it belongs; thennodes of the mesh will not get a boundary condition, so that the correct hydraulic head can notbe determined. And thus, it is necessary to determine the total pressure (pore pressure) from thedifference of nodal coordinates and phreatic line height.

It is also convenient if you do not want to initialise and solve the hydraulic heads with the ground-flow storage equation. This saves computer memory and CPU time.

6.550 groundflow phreatic only switch

If switch is set to -yes groundflow data is removed for groups which are not part of ground-flow phreatic level multiple element group records. Thus only groundflow data is retainedfor groups for which a multiple phreatic level is defined.

6.551 groundflow phreatic project switch

If switch is set to -yes, the hydraulic head which is imposed on nodes above the phreatic level usesthe project coordinate on the phreatic level (smallest distance); thus not simply the distance invertical direction. For most calculations that gives better groundwater velocities.

Sometimes, however, it may be better to simply use the vertical direction of a node to the phreaticlevel; you can obtain that by setting switch to -no.

Default, it groundflow phreatic project is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

221

6.552 groundflow seepage eps eps

The eps specifies the tolerance if the groundflow seepage condition should be applied or not. Ifthe inner product of the groundflow water flow direction with the normal outside the material issmaller then eps, the seepage status will be set to closed, and the total pressure condition will notbe applied (so that the boundary is really closed for water flow). If not specified, eps is set to 0.1.

6.553 groundflow seepage geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

This record specifies an edge of the groundflow domain for which the groundwater is only allowedto flow outwards of the domain; flow into the domain is not allowed on that edge. The geometricalentity should be specified such that the normal of the geometry points outwards the material (sooutwards the groundflow domain). This option comes handy when the point of groundwater flowexit is not known in advance of the calculation; it will be a result of the calculation instead.

Example:

. . .groundflow seepage geometry 10 -geometry line 100. . .bounda dof 20 -geometry line 100 -total pressurebounda time 20 0.0

In this example the total pressure (pore pressure) is set to 0 on the geometry line number 100, toaccount for free air at that edge. Since at that edge water cannot enter the domain the seepageoption is applied to that edge. The result of these combined options is that on nodes with outwardflow a total pressure 0 boundary condition is imposed, whereas on other nodes no boundaryconditions is imposed (so that the flow is 0 at those nodes). The transition point between theseoutflow nodes and nodes with zero flow will be found automatically as a result of the calculation.

6.554 groundflow seepage node index node 0 node 1 . . .

This record does the same as the groundflow seepage geometry record, but now however youspecify node numbers at which the seepage condition holds. The node 0 is the first node number,the node 1 is the second node number, etc.

6.555 groundflow total pressure limit limit

With this record you can specify the maximum allowed total pressure value. Any higher valueresulting from the groundflow equations will be cutoff to this value. Default the limit is set to 0.

6.556 group axisymmetric index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the calculation becomes axi-symmetrical for the group index. Each specifiedx coordinate becomes a radius and y becomes the length (=vertical) direction. The z-direction isthe axi-symmetric direction. Specify only non-negative x coordinates, i.e. define the computationaldomain in the right half-plane.

222

This option is onloy available for groups with isoparametric 1D elements (bar2, ...), or isoparametric2D elements (tria3, quad4, ...), or for 2D interface elements (quad4 interface, ...) , or for the trusselement (truss).

6.557 group beam inertia index Iyy Izz J

Bending and torsion properties for beam elements. Here Iyy is the area moment of inertia forbending along the local beam y axis, and Izz is the area moment of inertia for bending along thelocal beam z axis, and J is the polar moment of inertia for torsion along the local beam x axis.

See also beam rotation in the initialisation part.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.558 group beam memory index memory type

Memory model for beam; either -updated linear, -updated or -total linear. The -updatedmodel is a geometrically nonlinear model which takes large beam rotations into account. The indexspecifies the element group, see element group.

6.559 group beam direction z index dir z,x dir z,y dir z,z

This record specifies the local beam z direction in global space. If group beam direction z isnot specified in 2D then 0 0 1 will be used. If group beam direction z is not specified in 3Dthen a arbitrary direction perpendicular to the beam length axes will be used.

The local beam axes will be placed in the element beam direction record after the calculation.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

See also group beam direction z reference point for automatic beam z-axis towards a refer-ence point.

6.560 group beam direction z reference point index point x point y point z

This data record defines a reference point that allows you to influence the local beam z-direction.The local beam z-direction will be setup as follows:

• The length direction of the beam is determined, that is the local beam x-axis.

• A vector is taken from the beam middle point to the reference point.

• The part of this vector perpendicular to the length direction defines the local beam z-axis.

The above procedure ensures that the beam z-axis is perpendicular to the length direction, andthat the z-axis points as much as possible to the reference point. As a typical example, you canuse this option to take care that the local beam z-axis points to the middle of a tunnel, which isconvenient if a tunnel lining with the local z-axis towards the tunnel middle; to do so specify themiddle point of the tunnel axis as reference point point x point y point z.

223

6.561 group beam young index E

Young’s modulus for a beam (for bending moment calculation). The index specifies the ele-ment group, see element group.

6.562 group beam shear index G

Shear modulus for a beam (for torsion moment calculation). The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.563 group condif absorption index a

Absorption coefficient. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.564 group condif capacity index C

Heat capacity. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.565 group condif conductivity index kx ky kz

Heat conductivity in x, y and z direction respectively. As a special option you can also specify onevalue only, which then will be used in each direction. The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.566 group condif density index density

Density for convection-diffusion equation. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.567 group condif flow index beta1 beta2 beta3

Known flow field. In 1D only beta1 should be specified, etc. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.568 group contact spring direction index dirNx dirNy dirNz

Normal direction of a contact spring. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

As an alternative, you can specify element contact spring direction which allows for specifi-cation of the direction for each element separately.

As yet another alternative you can set switch in group contact spring direction automaticto -yes. Then the contact spring will automatically determine the directions.

224

6.569 group contact spring direction automatic index switch

See group contact spring direction.

6.570 group contact spring plasti cohesion index c

The normal contact force FN is not allowed to become larger then cohesion c in tension (positivevalues of FN ). If it would become larger, then the contact is broken, a gap is assumed and thecontact force FN is put to 0. To have really a positive FN for extension of the contact spring, theorder of the two nodes as specified in the element record for the contact spring should be correct.

Notice that when you use control mesh generate contact spring to obtain the contact springelements, you are not sure what the first and what the second node of an element will be, and thusyou should not use this group contact spring cohesion record. Otherwise, it is not importantwhat you use as first and second node, so that control mesh generate contact spring can beused safely.

If this group contact spring plasti cohesion is not specified, infinite cohesion is assumed.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.571 group contact spring plasti friction index f

With this record you can specify a fixed friction coefficient for contact springs. If this record is notspecified, a very large value for f will be applied.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

See also group contact spring stiffness and group contact spring friction automatic.

6.572 group contact spring plasti friction automatic index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the friction coefficient for contact springs will be determined from theplasticity law angle of neighboring elements. For a neighboring group materi plasti mohr coulthe friction coefficient f will be set to f = (2./3.)tanφ with φ the friction angle in the mohr-coulomblaw of the neighboring elements. For a neighboring group materi plasti diprisco the frictioncoefficient f will be set to a value depending on the parameter γ of that law.

If no neighbor elements with appropriate material law are found, then f will be set to 0.2.

The index specifies the element group, see element group. See also group contact spring direction automatic planes.

6.573 group contact spring direction automatic planes index switch x switch yswitch z

With this option you can help the group contact spring friction automatic by telling in whichplanes the automatically determined spring direction is allowed to be. If a switch is set to -yes,then the direction may have a component in that plane. If a switch is set to -no, then the directionmay not have a component in that plane. Default all switches are -yes.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

225

6.574 group contact spring memory index memory type

Memory model for contact spring; either -updated linear, -total linear. The index specifies theelement group, see element group.

6.575 group contact spring stiffness index kN kT

Stiffnesses for contact springs. The force FN in normal direction of the contact spring is determinedfrom FN = kN uN where uN is the normal displacement difference of the two nodes (that is, thedisplacement of the second node in normal direction minus the displacement of the first nodein normal direction). The first tangential force FT1 of the contact spring is determined fromFT1 = kT uT1 where uT1 is the tangential displacement difference of the two nodes in the firsttangential direction; the same is done for the second tangential force. The total tangential force√F 2T1 + F 2

T2 cannot exceed f FN with f friction coefficient; then frictional slip occurs and thetotal tangential force is set to f FN To model continuing stick between two bodies just put thefriction coefficient f very high.

In 1D the parameters kT and f will not be used (but should be specified as dummies nevertheless).

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

See also group contact spring friction and group contact spring friction automatic.

6.576 group dof initial index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

Same as element dof initial, now specified for a group of elements however.

6.577 group dof initial specific number index dof

Same as element dof initial specific number, now specified for a group of elements however.

6.578 group dof initial specific value index value 0 value grad x value grad yvalue grad z

Same as element dof initial specific value, now specified for a group of elements however.

6.579 group groundflow capacity index C

Capacity in ground water flow equation. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.580 group groundflow consolidation apply index switch

If switch is set to -no consolidation will not be applied for the elements of the group.

226

6.581 group groundflow expansion index α

Thermal expansion coefficient for ground water, for a combined groundwater with temperatureanalysis. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.582 group groundflow nonsaturated vangenuchten index Sresidu Ssat ga glgn

Parameters for non-saturated van Genuchten ground water flow, see the theory section. The indexspecifies the element group, see element group.

Since the van-Genuchten law is highly nonlinear, convergence of the calculation can be difficult.Always check if the calculation converges by printing post node rhside ratio. You can tryincluding inertia to improve convergence. Alternatively for calculations without inertia you canspecify a relaxation factor with control relaxation (try a factor of 0.1 or so).

6.583 group groundflow permeability index pex pey pez

Permeability coefficient in ground water flow, in each space direction. In 1D you only shouldspecify pex, etc. If you specify only value, then that will be used in each direction. The indexspecifies the element group, see element group.

6.584 group groundflow total pressure tension index plastic tension minimumwater height

Using this option you can control that the water pressure in an element is at least the valueas determined from the specified water height. More precise, if the static water pore pressureas determined from the water density, the gravity and the water height exceeds the pore waterpressure from the groundflow equation (in absolute terms) , this static water pressure actuallyis used. This is only done if the largest eigenvalue of materi strain plastic tension exceedsplastic tension minimum. To calculate the eigenvalues of materi strain plastic tension youneed to include post calcul -materi strain plasti tension -prival in the input file.

This option comes handy to take care that in cracks in concrete actually the largest water pressurefrom an environment is used. It so ensures that a critical safety analysis for concrete cracking isobtained.

6.585 group integration method index method

Here method sets the integration method for bars, quad en hex elements. You can either set methodto -gauss or -lobatto.

If this record is not set, the default method as described in group integration points is chosen.

It is advised to keep the default method, so not specify this group integration method record,unless you know what you are doing.

227

6.586 group integration points index type

Here type sets the number of integration points in an element. It should be set to -normal,-minimal or to -maximal.

For -tria3 elements the integration point will be located in the middle with -minimal integration,or a four-point integration scheme will be used with -maximal integration.

For -tria6 elements a seven-point scheme will be used for -maximal and a four-point scheme willbe used with -minimal integration.

For -tet4 elements the integration point will be located in the middle with -minimal integration,or a five-point integration scheme will be used with -maximal integration.

For -tet10 elements a five-point scheme will be used for -minimal and a ten-point scheme will beused with -maximal integration.

For other elements, if -minimal is used then the number of integration points in a direction is setequal to the number of nodes in the direction minus 1, and gauss integration is used. If for theother elements -maximal is used then the number of integration points in a direction is set equalto the number of nodes in the direction; gauss integration is used, but in case inertia is appliedthen lobatto integration will be used.

Default -minimal is used for -bar2, -tria3, and -tet4 elements; it is default -maximal otherwise.

If type is set to -normal, the default integration will be used.

The above is valid for normal isoparametric elements. For interface elements default lobattointegration is used (integration points in nodes).

It is advised to keep the default method, so not specify this group integration points record.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.587 group interface index switch

With this record, you set that the element with element group index will act as an interface elementby setting switch to -yes. This is available for -quad4, -quad6, -hex8, -hex18, -prism6 and-prism12.

See group interface * which data can be set for interfaces.

In interfaces strains are displacement differences between the opposite interface sides.

6.588 group interface condif conductivity index k

The ’index’ specifies the group number. The conductivity k specifies the heat flow in interfacethickness direction per unit temperature difference. Thus the conductivity is not the materialconductivity but the conductivity of the layer simulated by the interface incorporating the thermalthickness of the interface, The ’conductivity’ has units [power]/[temperature*length] in 2D, and[power]/[temperature*length*length] in 3D.

228

6.589 group interface gap index gap

By specifying this record you can account for initial empty space between the sides of an interfaceelement. Only when the sides displacements are such that this initial gap is closed, then theinterface element will start to generate stresses. This is accomplished in the program by settingthe stiffness of the interface element to zero or a very small value as long as the gap is not closed.

As a special case, setting gap to 0 means that the gap option is inactive and will not be used.

6.590 group interface groundflow capacity index C

This record specifies the capacity for interface elements.

6.591 group interface groundflow permeability index pe

This record specifies the permeability per unit length in 2D or unit area in 3D for interface elements.

6.592 group interface materi elasti stiffness index kn kt,first kt,second

This record allows you to specify a normal stiffness and tangential shear stiffnesses for discreteinterface elements with -materi in group type. Normal stresses in the interface element followfrom normal strains multiplied with kn (stress,normal = kn * strain,normal). Shear stresses in theinterface element in the first tangential direction follow from shear strains in the first tangentialdirection multiplied with kt,first (stress,shear,first = kt,first * shear,gamma,first = 2 * kt,first *strain,shear,first). Shear stresses in the interface element in the second tangential direction followfrom shear strains in the second tangential direction multiplied with kt,second (stress,shear,second= kt,second * shear,gamma,second = 2 * kt,second * strain,shear,second). The kt,second shouldbe specified for 3D interfaces only.

Too high values for interface stiffness will cause convergence problems in calculations. Thus, if youare running a calculation with interface elements and you are experiencing convergence problemsplease try lower values for the interface stiffnesses. Typically the normal interface stiffness canbe chosen as 10 times the Young’s modulus of the neigbouring isoparametric element divided bythe length of that element in normal direction. Typically the tangential interface stiffness can bechosen as half of the normal interface stiffness.

A 3d example:

. . .number of space dimensions 3. . .group interface materi elasti stiffness 0 0.10000e+11 0.50000e+10 0.50000e+10. . .

6.593 group interface materi expansion normal index expansion coefficient normal

The ’index’ specifies the group number. The expansion coefficient normal specifies the thermalstrain expansion in interface thickness direction per unit temperature in the interface. The tem-perature is the average of the temperature of the both sides at the location of the integration

229

point. This option is only available if group interface materi memory is set to -total linear or-updated linear. Furthermore, materi strain elasti should be initialised.

6.594 group interface materi memory index memory type

Either memory type should be set to -updated linear or -total linear.

6.595 group interface materi plasti mohr coul direct index phi c phiflow

Mohr-coulomb plasticity model for interfaces. The angles are in radians. The cohesion c hasstress unit (so just the same as for group materi plasti mohr coul in normal isoparametericelements). The maximum friction force in the interface is c+Fn ∗ tan(phi) where c is the cohesion,phi is the friction angle in radians and Fn is the normal force (which is a negative value undercompression).

6.596 group interface materi plasti tension direct index switch

If switch is set to -no then the stresses are set to 0 if the interface normal strain is positive.

This group interface materi plasti tension direct is not allowed in combination with group interface gap.

Default, if group interface materi tension direct is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.597 group interface materi residual stiffness index factor

The calculations are more stable if some residual stiffness is added to an opened interface. Withfactor you can set the part of the original stiffness to be used as stiffness in opened interfaces.

For maximum stability use 1 for the factor, but then also use a high number of timesteps to allowfor convergence to the correct solution.

Default, if this group interface materi residual stiffness is not specified, then factor is set to1.e-2.

6.598 group interface groundflow total pressure tension index strain normal minimumwater height

Using this option you can control that the water pressure in an interface element is at least thevalue as determined from the specified water height. More precise, if the static water pore pressureas determined from the water density, the gravity and the water height exceeds the pore waterpressure from the groundflow equation (in absolute terms) , this static water pressure actually isused. This in only done if the interface normal strain (displacement different between interfacesides) exceeds strain normal minimum.

This option comes handy to take care that in cracks in concrete actually the largest water pressurefrom an environment is used. It so ensures that a critical safety analysis for concrete cracking isobtained.

230

6.599 group interface tangential reference point index point x point y point z

This data record defines a reference point that allows you to influence the tangential directions ina 3D interface element. The tangential directions will be setup as follows:

• The normal direction to the interface plane is determined.

• A vector is taken from the integration point in the interface element to the reference point.

• The part of this vector perpendicular to the normal direction defines the first tangentialdirection.

• The outer product of the normal direction and the first tangential direction gives the secondtangential direction.

The above procedure ensures that the tangential directions are perpendicular to the normal direc-tion, and that the first tangential directions points as much as possible to the reference point. Asa typical example, you can use this option to take care that the first tangential direction points tothe middle of a tunnel, so the first tangential interface direction equals in fact the tunnel radialdirection; to do so specify the middle point on the tunnel axis as reference point point x point ypoint z.

If this group interface tangential reference point is not specified, it is only certain that thetangential directions are in plane of the interface (perpendicular to the normal direction), but arenot defined otherwise.

See also element interface intpnt direction.

6.600 group materi damage mazars index epsilon0at bt ac bc β

Parameters for the Mazars damage law. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.601 group materi damping index d

Material damping coefficient d1 or d2. See group materi damping method. if method is set to-method1 then d1 is used. if method is set to -method2 then d2 is used.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.602 group materi damping method index method

See group materi damping.

6.603 group materi density index density

Density for material flow equation. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.604 group materi density groundflow index density wet density dry

Density for material flow equation when a calculation is performed in combination with groundflow.If the element is filled with groundwater the density wet will be used and otherwise the density dry

231

will be used. To determine if an element is filled with water, tochnog does not the following: Ifpost calcul -groundflow pressure -total pressure is put in the input file then total pressures(pore pressures) are calculated. Then if the pore pressure in an element is negative the wet densityis taken. Otherwise the dry density. If post calcul -groundflow pressure -total pressure isNOT put in the input file the total pressures are not calculated. Then tochnog looks if a phreaticlevel is given; if so, then if an element is below the phreatic level the wet density is used, otherwiseif an element is above the phreatic level the dry density is used.

Here density wet is the amount of kg of soil + water in a unit volume. And density dry is theamount of kg of soil in a unit volume.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

In case total pressures are calculated

In case total pressures are calculated from the post calcul groundflow pressure -total pressurecommand, the density wet will be used if the total pressure is smaller then 0, whereas density drywill be used if the total pressure is larger or equal to 0.

In case total pressures are not calculated but a phreatic level is specified

In case an element is above a specified phreatic level the density dry will be used. In case anelement is below a specified phreatic level, the density wet will be used.

In other cases

In other cases density dry will be used.

6.605 group materi elasti borja tamagnini index G0 α k pr

Elastic data for the modified Borja Tamagnini model, see [1]. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.606 group materi elasti c index 81 values

With this record you can directly specify the 81 values of the linear material stiffness Cijkl whichwill be used to calculate stresses from strains with σij = Cijklεkl. Here σij is the stress matrix andεkl is the strain matrix.

The sequence of strains and stresses is xx, xy, xz, yx, yy, yz, zx, zy and zz.

The 81 values should be specified row by row, where each row contains 9 values. See alsogroup materi elasti c direction.

6.607 group materi elasti c direction index dir 0 dir 1 dir 2

This record specifies local axes for which the group materi elasti c is specified. In total 9 valuesneed to be specified, first the 3 values for dir 0 , then the 3 values for dir 1 and then the 3 valuesfor dir 2. Default, if this record is not specified, the global axes will be used.

232

6.608 group materi elasti camclay g index G

Elastic data G for the modified CamClay model. The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.609 group materi elasti camclay gmin index gmin

This specifies a minimal allowed value for G in the modified CamClay model, to prevent numericalproblems for very low G values.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.610 group materi elasti camclay poisson index ν

Elastic data ν for the modified CamClay model. This option is alternative to the group materi elasti camclay goption (so, only one of both can be defined). With this option the poisson ratio ν is assumed con-stant, and is used as follows:

G =3

2K(1− 2ν)/(1 + ν)

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.611 group materi elasti compressibility index co

Compressibility for materials. A positive value should be used. The index specifies the ele-ment group, see element group.

6.612 group materi elasti hardsoil index Eref50 sigmaref50 ν50 m Eref

ur sigmarefur νur

Elasticity data for Hardening Soil model. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.613 group materi elasti k0 index K0

Elastic data K0. When this data is specified, and also control materi elasti k0 is set to -yes,then the K0 parameter will be used in the elastic stress law with group materi elasti young orgroup materi elasti young power and group materi elasti poisson, or with group materi elasti hardsoil.In fact it will be used to determine the poisson coefficient consistent with the K0; this poisson co-efficient is used in the elastic stress law.

This group materi elasti k0 in combination with control materi elasti k0 is a convenientmethod to get ’K0 stresses’ when imposing gravity in a geotechnics calculation. After grav-ity is imposed simply do not set the control materi elasti k0 anymore, so that the normalgroup materi elasti poisson will be used in the remaining steps.

For K0¿0.95 Tochnog will take 0.95. K0 exceeding 1 (or 0.95) may lead to ill-conditioned calcula-tions.

233

6.614 group materi elasti lade index B R λ

Elastic data B − 0, R, λ for the Lade model. The index specifies the element group, see ele-ment group.

6.615 group materi elasti poisson index poisson

Poisson ratio for solid. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.616 group materi elasti shear factor index factor

Specifying this record causes the shear stiffness following from a specified young and poisson to bemultiplied with factor. This provides a convenient way to test in a calculation what the effect oflow shear stresses is. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.617 group materi elasti stress pressure history factor index factor

This record allows you to model a different soil stiffness when first loading or unloading/reloadinginstead. The materi stress pressure history should be initialised, which records the maximumsoil pressure that occurred in history. If the current pressure is smaller then the largest pressure inhistory, the material is unloading or reloading, and the stiffness will be multiplied with factor. Ifthe current pressure is the larger then the largest pressure from history, then this current pressurebecomes the maximum history pressure, and the stiffness will not be multiplied with factor. Thefactor typically may be 1

3 .

This group materi elasti stress pressure history factor can be combined with the young asspecified by group materi elasti young or the young calculated from group materi elasti young power.

6.618 group materi elasti transverse isotropy index E1 E2 ν1 ν2 G2 dir xdir y dir z

Specifies the unique direction (dir x dir y dir z) and elastic moduli in the transverse isotropicmodel. Here E2 is the young modulus in the unique direction, E1 is the young modulus in bothdirections perpendicular to the unique direction, etc. The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.619 group materi elasti volumetric poisson index ν

See group materi elasti volumetric young values

6.620 group materi elasti volumetric young order index n

See group materi elasti volumetric young values

234

6.621 group materi elasti volumetric young values index epsilon 0 sigma 0 epsilon 1 sigma1 . . .

This is a special record to model the volumetric stress part of a nonlinear material, given theexperimental results of a volumetric compression test (compression in one direction, fixed size inother two directions).

The table epsilon 0 sigma 0 epsilon 1 sigma1 . . . specifies the strain-stress results for the volumet-ric compression test. Together with the poisson ratio as specified in group materi elasti volumetric poisson,an isotropic law in a nonlinear Young’s modulus and a constant poisson ratio is fitted to this ex-periment. The Young modulus in fact is taken as the polynomial expansion E0 + E1epsilon +E2epsilon

2 + . . . + En−1epsilonn−1 where n denotes the order of the polynomial expansion (as

given in group materi elasti volumetric young order).

The poisson ratio should be taken very high, say 0.4999999 or so, to ensure that the result-ing law only models volumetric stresses. Then afterwards a normal young-poisson isotropic law(group materi elasti young and group materi elasti poisson) can be added to get an extradeviatoric part.

6.622 group materi elasti young index E

Young’s modulus for solid material. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.623 group materi elasti young polynomial index E0 E1 . . .

Polynomial parameters for strain dependent Young’s modulus for solid material. See the theorypart. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.624 group materi elasti young power index p0E0α

Power law Young’s modulus for solid material. See the theory part. For small p < ε ∗ p0 (whereε is a small value), tochnog takes p = εp0 to prevent numerical difficulties for small stresses. Theindex specifies the element group, see element group.

If you want to get the calculated young as output, initialise with materi history variable 1; thehistory variable will be filled with the calculated young, and can be plotted by example in GID.See also group materi elasti young power eps.

6.625 group materi elasti young power eps index eps

To prevent problems with small young at low stresses for group materi elasti young power,you can demand that pressure levels below eps * p0 will not be used in the power law, but insteadeps * p0 will actually be used at lower pressures. Default eps is set to 1.e-2.

6.626 group materi elasti young user index switch

If switch is set to -yes the user supplied routine user young will be called. There the youngsmodulus should be calculated from the solution fields and the stress history. Typically degradationof material stiffness for cyclic loading can be programmed with this user specified routine.

You can plot in gid the values for the young as follows:

235

. . .print group data -group materi elasti young. . .

6.627 group materi expansion linear index α

Linear expansion coefficient. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.628 group materi expansion volume index β

Volume expansion coefficient. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.629 group materi factor index factor

This factor comes convenient if your material stress law is specified in other units then you actuallywant in your calculation. Then you can specify factor to take care that your material stressesbecome consistent with the remaining part of the input file. By example, if you want your inputfile to work with kPa but your material stress law works with MPa then simply set factor to 1000.

6.630 group materi failure crunching index threshold delete time

If the compression strain in an element exceeds threshold, the element is considered to be fail. Theelement will be slowly deleted. It is totally deleted if the delete time has passed.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.631 group materi failure damage index threshold delete time

If the damage in an element exceeds threshold, the element is considered to be fail. The elementwill be slowly deleted. It is totally deleted if the delete time has passed.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.632 group materi failure plasti kappa index threshold delete time

If the plastic parameter kappa in an element exceeds threshold, the element is considered to be fail.The element will be slowly deleted. It is totally deleted if the delete time has passed.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.633 group materi failure rupture index threshold delete time

If the tensile strain in an element exceeds threshold, the element is considered to be fail. Theelement will be slowly deleted. It is totally deleted if the delete time has passed.

236

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.634 group materi failure void fraction index threshold delete time

If the void fraction in an element exceeds threshold, the element is considered to be fail. Theelement will be slowly deleted. It is totally deleted if the delete time has passed.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.635 group materi history variable user index switch

Set switch to -yes if you want to activate the user supplied routine for material history variables.The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.636 group materi history variable user parameters index . . .

Specify parameters for the user supplied routine for material history variables. The index specifiesthe element group, see element group.

6.637 group materi hyper besseling index K1K2α

Parameters for Besseling Hyper elastic rubber model. The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.638 group materi hyper blatz ko index Gβ

Parameters for Blatz-Ko model. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.639 group materi hyper mooney rivlin index K1K2

Parameters for Mooney-rivlin hyper elastic rubber model. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.640 group materi hyper neohookean index K1

Parameter for Neo-Hookean hyper elastic rubber model. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.641 group materi hyper reduced polynomial index K1 K2 . . .

Parameters for reduced polynomial hyper elastic rubber model. The index specifies the ele-ment group, see element group.

237

6.642 group materi hyper volumetric linear index K

Parameter for the linear volumetric hyperelasticity model. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.643 group materi hyper volumetric murnaghan index Kβ

Parameter for the murnaghan volumetric hyperelasticity model. The index specifies the ele-ment group, see element group.

6.644 group materi hyper volumetric ogden index Kβ

Parameter for the ogden volumetric hyperelasticity model. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.645 group materi hyper volumetric polynomial index K 0 K 1 . . .

Parameters for the polynomial volumetric hyperelasticity model. The index specifies the ele-ment group, see element group.

6.646 group materi hyper volumetric simo taylor index K

Parameter for the simo-taylor volumetric hyperelasticity model. The index specifies the ele-ment group, see element group.

6.647 group materi maxwell chain index E 0 t 0 . . . E n-1 t n-1

In total n parallel maxwell chains are defined with stiffness E 0, relaxation time t 0, etc..

The number n should equal materi maxwell stress in the input initialization part. The indexspecifies the element group, see element group.

6.648 group materi membrane index switch

If switch is set to -yes the zz stress becomes zero in 2D and the yy and zz stress become zeroin 1D (in combination with axi-symmetry in 1D, only the yy stress becomes zero since zz is theaxi-symmetric direction). So this option models plane stress conditions.

If group materi membrane is not used the plane strain conditions are used. Always the z-thickness is 1. in 3D, and the y, and z-thickness are 1. in 2D; see however also volume factor.

238

The group materi membrane option cannot be used in combination with group materi elasti compressibility,group materi hyperelasticity and group materi viscosity.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.649 group materi memory index memory type

Either memory type should be set to -updated, -updated jaumann, -updated linear, -totalor -total linear. See the theoretical part for some explanation.

For an linear total Lagrange solid the input file may look like, and is recommended for most solidcalculations:

. . .materi velocitymateri displacementmateri strain totalmateri stressend initia. . .node 1 . . .node 2 . . .. . .group materi memory 0 -total lineargroup materi elasti young 0 . . .. . .end data

For a large deformation total Lagrange solid with a straightforward decomposition of the deforma-tion tensor into a rotation tensor and a stretch tensor the input file may look like

. . .materi velocitymateri displacementmateri strain totalmateri stressend initia. . .group materi memory 0 -totalgroup materi elasti young 0 . . .. . .end data

For an updated Lagrange solid the input file may look like

. . .materi velocitymateri velocity integratedmateri stressend initia

239

. . .mesh -follow material . . .. . .node 1 . . .node 2 . . .. . .group materi memory 0 -updatedgroup materi elasti young 0 . . .. . .end data

Notice that for an updated Lagrange formulation you should always set that the mesh follows thematerial.

For a fluid the input file may look like

. . .materi velocitymateri stressend initia. . .(use Eulerian mesh)mesh -fixed in space . . .timestep predict velocity -yes. . .node 1 . . .node 2 . . .. . .group materi memory 0 -updated lineargroup materi viscosity 0 . . .group materi elasti compressibility 0 . . .. . .end data

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.650 group materi plasti bounda index index 0 index 1 . . .

With this option, you can model reduction of friction of soil material and alike granular materialson walls. Set index 0, index 1 etc. to the index of the bounda dof records for which you wantto use this reduction. We define an element to be on a wall when at least one of the velocities(displacements) of the elements is prescribed (via bounda dof). As a special option, you can use-all which indicates that the bounda dof records for all indeces will be used.

The reduction of friction is done for group materi plasti mohr coul, group materi plasti druck prag,group materi plasti hardsoil, if specified,by reducing the friction angle phi and dilatancy angle phiflowand cohesion c of the granular material with a factor (2./3.).

This is done for group materi plasti camclay, if specified, by reducing M with a factor (2./3.).

This is done for group materi plasti hypo *, if specified, by reducing deviatoric stress incre-ments with a factor (2./3.).

240

The index specifies the element group of the granular material, see element group.

See also group materi plasti bounda factor.

6.651 group materi plasti bounda factor index factor

With this record you can specify a factor other then the default 2./3. used by the group materi plasti boundarecord. You need to specify a factor for each of index 0, index 1 etc.

The index specifies the element group of the granular material, see element group.

6.652 group materi plasti camclay index M κ λ

Plastic data M , κ and λ for the modified CamClay model. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.653 group materi plasti cap1 index φ c M λ∗ κ∗ Kref prefm

Plastic data for the cap1 plasticity model.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.654 group materi plasti cap2 index c φ α R epsilonpv pb . . .

Plastic data for the cap2 plasticity model. The epsilonpv pb . . . represents a table with epsilonpvversus pb values; at least two sets of values need to be specified.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.655 group materi plasti compression index sigy

Yield data for compression plasticity. The index specifies the element group, see element group.Condition: materi strain plasti should be initialized.

6.656 group materi plasti compression direct index sigy

Compression limit. Principal stresses lower than sigy are not allowed and will be cut of by Tochnog.This model uses directly a cut-off of stresses, and does not use plastic strains. The index specifiesthe element group, see element group.

You can apply softening with a dependency diagram on materi strain total compression kappa.

6.657 group materi plasti compression direct visco index tm

Characteristic relaxation time for visco plasticity with group materi plasti compression direct.Choose tm small if you want to have fast relaxation of the plasticity to the plastic state.

241

Thus the group materi plasti compression direct can only use this group materi plasti compression direct viscofor visco-plasticity, and no other visco-plasticity model.

See also group materi plasti mohr coul direct visco.

6.658 group materi plasti diprisco index γ βf bp cp tp θc θe ξc ξe β0f

Yield data for di Prisco plasticity. The index specifies the element group, see element group.Condition: materi strain plasti and materi plasti diprisco history 11 should be initialized.

6.659 group materi plasti diprisco density index γl βlf blp clp tlp θlc θle ξlcξle βlf0 γd βdf bdp cdp tdp θdc θde ξdc ξde βdf0 el ed

Yield data for di Prisco plasticity with varying density. All data with an l in the subscript holdsfor loose soil, whereas all data with an d in the subscript holds for dense soil. The actually useddata will be interpolated between the loose and dense data using the current density.

The index specifies the element group, see element group. Condition: materi strain plastiand materi plasti diprisco history 12 should be initialized.

6.660 group materi plasti druck prag index phi c phiflow

Both yield data and flow data (indicated by the word flow) for Drucker-Prager plasticity. Choosephi and phiflow in between 0 and π

2 . The index specifies the element group, see element group.Condition: materi strain plasti should be initialized.

6.661 group materi plasti element group index group 0 group 1 . . .

With this record you can model frictional slip of soil material and alike granular materials on othermaterials like concrete, steel, etc.

This is done for group materi plasti mohr coul, group materi plasti druck prag, group materi plasti hardsoil,if specified,by reducing the friction angle phi and dilatancy angle phiflowand cohesion c of the granular material with a factor (2./3.).

This is done for group materi plasti camclay, if specified, by reducing M with a factor (2./3.).

This is done for group materi plasti tension, if specified, by reducing sigy with a factor (2./3.).

This is done for group materi plasti hypo *, if specified, by reducing the deviatoric stressincrements with a factor (2./3.).

With group 0 , group 1 etc. you can specify the groups of the concrete material, steel materialetc. The reduction of the friction angle and dilatancy angle will only be applied to the granularelements (of element group) which are a direct neighbor of an element which has one of the groupsgroup 0 , group 1 etc.

Please realise that this method only works well if the finite elements are not too large.

The index specifies the element group of the granular material, see element group.

242

See also group materi plasti element group factor.

6.662 group materi plasti element group factor index factor 0 factor 1 . . .

With this record you can specify a factor other then the default 2./3. used by the group materi plasti element grouprecord. You need to specify a factor for each group.

As a special option you can specify one value only, which will then be used for all factors.

The index specifies the element group of the granular material, see element group.

6.663 group materi plasti generalised non associate cam clay for bonded soilsindex ...

Yield data for the Generalised Non Associate Cam Clay for Bonded Soils plasticity model. Theindex specifies the element group, see element group.

6.664 group materi plasti gurson index sigy q1 q2 q3

Yield data (also used as flow data) for Gurson plasticity. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.665 group materi plasti hardsoil index φ c ψ Rf

Plasticity data for Hardening Soil model. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

This model requires sufficient small timesteps; in case of trouble try smaller timesteps.

6.666 group materi plasti heat generation factor

This factor specifies how much of the plastic energy loss is transformed into heat (this only makessense if condif temperature is initialized). The factor should be between 0 and 1. The indexspecifies the element group, see element group.

6.667 group materi plasti hypo cohesion index c

Cohesion parameter in hypoplastic law; see the theory section. The index specifies the ele-ment group, see element group.

6.668 group materi plasti hypo masin index ϕc λ∗ κ∗ N r

Masin hypoplasticity parameters; see the theory section. The angle ϕc should be specified indegrees. The λ∗ should be bigger than the κ∗.

243

6.669 group materi plasti hypo masin ocr index OCR

OCR in masin hypoplastic law; the initial void ratio will be calculated from this. You need to setcontrol materi plasti hypo masin ocr apply to -yes.

6.670 group materi plasti hypo masin structure index k A sf

Masin hypoplasticity structure parameters; see the theory section. The k should be at least 0. TheA should be greater or equal to 0, and lower than 1. The sf should be greater or equal to 1.

6.671 group materi plasti hypo strain intergranular index R mR mT βx χγ

Intergranular strain parameters in hypoplastic law; see the theory section. The index specifies theelement group, see element group.

6.672 group materi plasti hypo strain isa index χmax Ca

ISA-Intergranular strain parameters in hypoplastic law; see the theory section. The index specifiesthe element group, see element group.

6.673 group materi plasti hypo wolffersdorff index ϕ hs n ec0 ed0 ei0 alphabeta

Von-Wolffersdorff parameters in hypoplastic law; see the theory section. Here ϕ is in degrees. Theindex specifies the element group, see element group.

6.674 group materi plasti hypo niemunis visco index ϕ nu Dr Iv ee0 pe0lambda βR kappa

Parameters ϕ ν Dr Iv ee0 pe0 λ βR κ for the visco part of hypoplasticity; see the theory section.

The history variables are the same as for group materi plasti hypo wolffersdorff. You alsoneed to specify control materi plasti hypo niemunis visco ocr apply.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.675 group materi plasti hypo niemunis visco ocr index OCR

OCR in visco hypoplastic law. The initial void ratio will be calculated from this; see the theorysection.

In case you would like to have an OCR dependent on space coordinate you can use depen-dency diagram and dependency item.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

244

6.676 group materi plasti hypo void ratio linear index switch

Normally the changing void ratio in hypoplasticity is calculated exactly from the initial void ratioand the exact volume change of the material (using the determinant of the deformation tensor).

Optionally, if switch is set to -yes, this can be linearly approximated by using the trace of thedeformation tensor; this can be convenient to compare results with analytical theories which arebased on such linear approximation of void ratio changes.

6.677 group materi plasti kinematic hardening index a

This record specifies the size of the rate of the kinematic hardening matrix ρij . The index specifiesthe element group, see element group.

6.678 group materi plasti laminate0 direction index dir x dir y dir z

Specifies 3 components of the vector normal to the plane of laminate 0. For other laminates youneed to use group materi plasti laminate1 direction etc.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.679 group materi plasti laminate0 mohr coul index phi c phiflow

Parameters of laminate 0 for the Mohr-Coulomb plasticity model. Here phi c phiflow normal xnormal y normal z are the friction angle, cohesion and dilatancy angle. For other laminates youneed to use group materi plasti laminate1 mohr coul etc.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.680 group materi plasti laminate0 tension index sigma t

Tension cutoff stress for the tension plasticity model for laminate 0. For other laminates you needto use group materi plasti laminate1 tension etc.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.681 group materi plasti mohr coul index phi c phiflow

Both yield data and flow data (indicated by the word flow) for Mohr-Coulomb plasticity. Choosephi and phiflow in between 0 and π

2 . The index specifies the element group, see element group.

It is advised to use group materi plasti tension or preferably with group materi plasti tension directfor tension cutoff of large tension stresses.

245

6.682 group materi plasti mohr coul direct index phi c phiflow

Both yield data and flow data (indicated by the word flow) for Mohr-Coulomb plasticity. Choosephi and phiflow in between 0 and π

2 . The index specifies the element group, see element group.

Principal stress differences higher than allowed by the mohr-coulomb criterium are not allowedand will be cut of by Tochnog. This model uses an alternative programming of the mohr-coulomblaw, which tends to be very stable.

You must specify also group materi plasti tension direct.

You can apply softening with a dependency diagram on materi strain total shear kappa.

6.683 group materi plasti mohr coul direct visco index tm

Characteristic relaxation time for visco plasticity with group materi plasti mohr coul direct.Choose tm small if you want to have fast relaxation of the plasticity to the plastic state.

Thus the group materi plasti mohr coul direct can only use this group materi plasti mohr coul direct viscofor visco-plasticity, and no other visco-plasticity model.

For group materi plasti ... direct visco laws visco plasticity works as follows. Suppose thestress at time t is σt. Calculate the elastic response (non-plastic) at time t+dt as σe,t+dt. Calculatethe plastic non-viscous response at time t+ dt as σp,t+dt. Calculate the plastic viscous response attime t+ dt as

σvp,t+dt = σe,t+dt + factor ∗ (σp,t+dt − σe,t+dt)where

factor = 1− exp(dt/tm)

Notice that for dt is very small factor = 0 so σvp,t+dt = σe,t+dt, thus purely elastic response(which is the stress at the previous time plus the elastic stress increment). Notice that for dtis very large factor = 1 so σvp,t+dt = σp,t+dt, thus purely plastic response (which is the stresscompletely mapped to the plastic surface). And for dt in between the response is in between theelastic response and purely plastic response.

6.684 group materi plasti mohr coul hardening softening index phi 0 c 0phiflow 0 phi 1 c 1 phiflow 1 kappashear crit

Both yield data and flow data (indicated by the word flow) for Mohr-Coulomb hardening-softeningplasticity. See the theoretical part. Choose each of the angles phi 0 phiflow 0 phi 1 phiflow 1in between 0 and π

2 . It is advised to use group materi plasti tension or preferably withgroup materi plasti tension direct for tension cutoff of large tension stresses. The index spec-ifies the element group, see element group.

6.685 group materi plasti mohr coul reduction index phi c phi flow f t

With this option you can model interfaces between different materials or between a material andprescribed boundary. This model limits the soil shear stress in the interface with the reductionfactor as specified by group materi plasti bounda, group materi plasti element group orgroup materi plasti mpc. The limit of the shear stress follows the classical mohr-coulomblaw for interfaces with the specified phi, c and phi flow (and multiplied by the reduction factor).Optionally you can specify a tension limit f t; the normal stress is not allowed to become largerthan this specified tension limit.

246

This group materi plasti mohr coul reduction can be combined with the group materi plasti mohr coul directrecord. Then the shear stresses are limited both by the interface law from group materi plasti mohr coul reductionand also by the continuums law from group materi plasti mohr coul direct.

For all soil elements at which the reduction factor is not active, this group materi plasti mohr coul reductionwill be neglected.

See also group materi plasti mohr coul reduction method.

6.686 group materi plasti mohr coul reduction method index dir

This record works i.c.w. group materi plasti mohr coul reduction. With this record youcan specify the normal direction dir for the structure. This dir can either be -x or -y or -z. Byexample, for a vertical pile in 2D you should specify -x as normal direction.

As a special option you can set dir to -automatic; then the direction is taken from the currentelement to the neighbouring element.

Default, if group materi plasti mohr coul reduction method is not specified, the dir is -x.

6.687 group materi plasti mpc index switch

Same as group materi plasti bounda, but now for mpc ... records however. If you set switchto -yes, the reduction factor will be applied if there is any mpc at the node of an element.

See also group materi plasti mpc factor.

6.688 group materi plasti mpc factor index factor

Same as group materi plasti bounda factor, but now for group materi plasti mpc how-ever.

6.689 group materi plasti pressure limit index pressure limit

To prevent plasticity problems near free surfaces, you can require that Tochnog neglects plasticitylaws if the pressure exceeds pressure limit. This option is not available for hypoplasticity laws,since for these laws nonlinear elasticity and plasticity are defined by one law, so the plasticity partcannot be suppressed by itself.

See also group materi plasti pressure limit method.

6.690 group materi plasti pressure limit method index method

Default the record group materi plasti pressure limit uses a pressure limit. You can specifythis group materi plasti pressure limit method record as -x, -y or -z however. Then ifthe coordinate value of the corresponding direction exceeds the specified limit value, plasticity isneglected.

247

6.691 group materi plasti tension index sigy

Yield data for tension plasticity. The index specifies the element group, see element group.Condition: materi strain plasti should be initialized.

It is encouraged to use group materi plasti tension direct instead, which tends to give morestable calculations.

6.692 group materi plasti tension direct index sigy

Tension limit. Principal stresses higher than sigy are not allowed and will be cut of by Tochnog.This model uses directly a cut-off of stresses, and does not use plastic strains. The index specifiesthe element group, see element group.

You can apply softening with a dependency diagram on materi strain total tension kappa.See also group materi plasti tension direct automatic.

6.693 group materi plasti tension direct automatic index switch

If switch is set to -yes, a plastic tension limit is set in the apex of the group materi plasti mohr coul directwith the same index. This actually means a tension limit of c

tan(φ) .

If you specify group materi plasti mohr coul direct with the same index and no group materi plasti tension directrecord, then Tochnog automatically puts switch to -yes in this group materi plasti tension direct automaticrecord.

6.694 group materi plasti tension direct visco index tm

Characteristic relaxation time for visco plasticity with group materi plasti tension direct.Choose tm small if you want to have fast relaxation of the plasticity to the plastic state.

Thus the group materi plasti tension direct can only use this group materi plasti tension direct viscofor visco-plasticity, and no other visco-plasticity model.

See also group materi plasti mohr coul direct visco.

6.695 group materi plasti user index switch

If switch is set to -yes the user supplied routine for plasticity is called.

See also the file user.cpp in the distribution.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.696 group materi plasti visco exponential index γ α

This record specifies visco-plasticity data for the exponential model. It should be used in combi-nation with a plasticity model.

248

6.697 group materi plasti visco exponential limit index limit

This record defines the limit for the exponential viscoplasticity argument alphaf . If the argumentalphaf becomes larger than limit then actually limit will be used instead as argument for theexponent.

Default, if group materi plasti visco exponential limit is not specified, then 3 will be usedas limit.

This record specifies visco-plasticity data for the exponential model. It should be used in combi-nation with a plasticity model.

6.698 group materi plasti visco exponential name index name 0 name 1 . . .

Same as group materi plasti visco power names, now for the exponential law however.

6.699 group materi plasti visco exponential values index γ0 α0 γ1 α1 . . .

See group materi plasti visco exponential name.

6.700 group materi plasti visco power index η p

This record specifies visco-plasticity data for the power model. It should be used in combinationwith a plasticity model.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.701 group materi plasti visco power name index name 0 name 1 . . .

This group materi plasti visco power name together withgroup materi plasti visco power value allows you to specify different viscoelastic parametersfor each of the plasticity models.

Set each of the names name 0 , name 1 , etc. to the plasticity models that you use (eg -group materi plasti mohr coul etc.) Set the visco parameters for name 0 in η0 and p0 , setthe visco parameters for name 1 in η1 and p1 , etc.

In case a plasticity model is used, but is not present in the names name 0 , name 1, etc. then thatmodel will be evaluated elasto-plastic (and thus not elasto-viscoplastic).

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.702 group materi plasti visco power value index η0 p0 η1 p1 . . .

See group materi plasti visco power name.

249

6.703 group materi plasti vonmises index sigmay0

Yield data for Von-Mises plasticity.

The index specifies the element group, see element group. Condition: materi strain plastishould be initialized.

6.704 group materi plasti vonmises nadai index C κ0 n

Data for Von-Mises Nadai hardening. The sigmay0 of the group materi plasti vonmises recordis taken as sigmay0 in the nadai law.

The index specifies the element group, see element group. Condition: materi plasti kappashould be initialized.

6.705 group materi stokes index switch

If switch is set to -yes, then stokes flow is used. The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.706 group materi umat index switch

If switch is set to -yes then the user supplied umat routine is called for the element group index.

See also the section about user supplied routines at the end of this manual.

6.707 group materi umat parameters index parameter 0 parameter 1 . . .

User supplied parameters for group materi umat.

6.708 group materi umat pardiso decompose index switch

If switch is set to -yes and an umat routine is present, Tochnog will ask the pardiso solver todecompose the system matrix each and every iteration of each and every timestep. If switch isset to -no and an umat routine is present, Tochnog will ask the pardiso solver to decomposethe system matrix only once (please realise, however, that because of other input file options thedecomposition possibly can be done more than once). Default, if switch is not defined, it is set to-yes.

6.709 group materi undrained capacity index C

Capacity for undrained analysis. See the theory section for details on undrained analyses.

250

6.710 group materi viscosity index ν

Dynamic viscosity for nearly incompressible Newtonian flow. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.711 group materi viscosity bingham index sigmay γ m

Parameters for the non-Newtonian Bingham viscosity law. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.712 group materi viscosity exponential index ν0 m

Parameters for the non-Newtonian exponential viscosity law. The index specifies the element group,see element group.

6.713 group materi viscosity heatgeneration switch

If switch is set to -yes, then viscous dissipation will be used as a heat generation source. Seealso the theoretical part at the start of this manual. The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.714 group materi viscosity user index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the user supplied routine for the viscosity for Newtonian flow is used. Theindex specifies the element group, see element group.

6.715 group plasti apply index switch

If switch is set to -no any plasticity data in the group index will be neglected. Default, ifgroup plasti apply is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.716 group porosity index n

Porosity in material. By example needed for group groundflow nonsaturated vangenuchten.The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.717 group spherical index switch

If switch is set to -yes, the calculation becomes spherical for the group index. Each specified xcoordinate becomes a radius and y becomes the φ direction and the z becomes the θ direction.Specify only positive x coordinates (thus only a radius), and no y and z coordinates.

251

6.718 group spring direction index dir x dir y dir z

Direction of a spring. If for a -spring2 this record is not specified, the direction is taken to befrom the first node of the spring to the second node. The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.719 group spring memory index memory type

Memory model for spring; either -updated linear, -total linear or -updated. The -updatedmodel is a geometrically nonlinear model which takes large spring rotations into account fro two-noded springs. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.720 group spring plasti index Fy

Maximum force in a spring. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.721 group spring stiffness index k

Stiffness of a spring. It is multiplied with the elongation of the spring to calculate the spring force.The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.722 group spring stiffness nonlinear index epsilon0 k0 epsilon1 k1 . . .

Diagram with spring stiffness dependent on total spring strain (= total spring elongation). Hereepsilon0 k0 is the first point in the diagram, with epsilon0 the total spring strain and k0 the springstiffness. Likewise for the next points in the diagram. Take care that you specify diagram valueswith a strain range that includes all spring strain that actually occur in the calculation.

The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.723 group time index birth death

With this option you can set the time of birth of the elements (in group index) and the time ofdeath of the elements.

Out of the range birth - death the elements of the group will not be used in the calculation (thestarting birth limit itself is not included in the range, whereas the ending death limit itself isincluded).

6.724 group time fill index birth empty birth filled death

With this option you can set the time of birth of the elements (in group index) and the time ofdeath of the elements.

Out of the range birth empty - death the elements of the group will not be used in the calculation(the starting birth empty limit itself is not included in the range, whereas the ending death limititself is included).

252

Between birth empty and birth filled the elements will be ’slowly filled with material’. This meansthat the density of the element and the total pressure (pore pressure), in case groundflow is present,will be scaled with a factor 0 at time birth empty up to a factor 1 at time birth filled. To preventnumerical problems at low gravity, any plasticity data will be ignored when an element is beingfilled; after the element is completely filled plasticity will become active (plasticity data will beapplied).

6.725 group truss area index A

Cross-sectional area for a truss. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.726 group truss density index ρ

Density for a truss. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.727 group truss elasti elongation force diagram index l 0 F 0 l 1 F 1 . . .

With this record you can specify a force versus elongation diagram for a truss. Here each li isthe ratio of the truss elongation divided by the initial truss length. And each Fi is the corre-sponding force. This group truss elasti elongation force diagram cannot be combined withgroup truss elasti young.

6.728 group truss elasti young index E

Young’s modulus for a truss. The truss force F is F = EA∆u, where ∆u is the elongation of thetruss. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

See also group truss area.

6.729 group truss expansion index alpha

Thermal expansion coefficient for trusses. A temperature increment dT leads to a thermal incre-mental length of the size alpha * dT * initial length;

6.730 group truss initial force index initial force

Initial truss force in truss elements.

6.731 group truss memory index memory type

Memory model for truss; either -updated linear, -updated or total linear. The -updatedmodel is a geometrically nonlinear model which takes large truss rotations into account. The indexspecifies the element group, see element group.

253

6.732 group truss rope index switch

The truss will act as a rope if switch is set to -yes. This means that negative forces will notbe allowed (the force remains zero in compression). The index specifies the element group, seeelement group.

6.733 group truss plasti index sigmac sigmat

Compressive and tension yield stress for truss. The actual stress cannot become lower than thesigmac in compression, and the actual stress cannot become higher than the sigmat in tension.The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.734 group type index type name 0 type name 1 . . .

With this record a differential equation is specified for the element group index. Allowed typenames are -condif, -groundflow, -materi, -wave, -spring, -contact spring, -truss, -beam,-truss beam. Also -empty is allowed; it indicates that the element is empty.

For the -truss beam type you need to set parameters with group truss * and group beam *records. For the -truss type you need to set parameters with group truss * records. For the-beam type you need to set parameters with group beam * records. For the -condif type youneed to set parameters with group condif * records. For the -materi type you need to setparameters with group materi * records. Etc etc.

See also element group.

6.735 group volume factor index factor

In 1D or 2D you can specify the cross-section and thickness respectively, for elements of the elementgroup index (see element group).

See also volume factor.

6.736 group wave speed of sound index c

Speed of sound in wave equation. The index specifies the element group, see element group.

6.737 icontrol icontrol

With this record you can set the control index which already have been performed. Thus if youset it to 10, all control * records up to and including those with index 10 will be skipped, andthe control indices starting from 11 will be performed.

6.738 incremental driver . . .

All incremental driver options are given in the example input file below. This manual part is onlyavailable in the pdf version (so not in the html manual).

254

echo -no

number_of_space_dimensions 2

materi_velocity

materi_velocity_integrated

materi_strain_total

materi_strain_plasti

materi_strain_intergranular

materi_strain_isa_c

materi_strain_isa_eacc

materi_plasti_hypo_history 4

materi_stress

groundflow_pressure

end_initia

( RUNNING:

Run this file with the normal tochnog executable.

Results are written in incremental_driver_result.txt.

EQUILIBRIUM:

At the start equilibrium is assumed (an external force is assumed which

makes equilibrium with the internal stress and internal pore water

pressure).

UNITS:

The word force below means a force unit (eg kN).

The word stress below means a stress unit (eg kPa).

The incremental driver does not use specific units; all units can be

used which are consistent. As an exception the hypoplastic masin law

uses specific units (see the tochnog users manual).

EXPERIMENTS:

-INCREMENTAL_DRIVER_OEDOMETRIC

’group_axisymmetric index -yes’ is allowed; then x=r and y=theta.

’incremental_driver_volume_constant index -yes’ is not allowed

x: zero displacement in x-direction

y: zero displacement and strain in y-direction

z: compression in z-direction

user specified: displacement or force of top plane in z-direction

the specified values should be negative for compression

-INCREMENTAL_DRIVER_TRIAX

’group_axisymmetric index -yes’ is allowed; then x=r and y=theta.

’incremental_driver_volume_constant index -yes’ is allowed;

then the volume is kept constant (undrained water pressure is not needed)

x: fixed stress in x-direction

y: if axisymmetric then y-strain comes from calculation,

if not axisymmetric then constant stress in y direction

z: compression in z-direction

user specified: displacement or force of top plane in z-direction

the specified values should be negative for compression

-INCREMENTAL_DRIVER_DIRECT_SHEAR

’group_axisymmetric index -yes’ is not allowed.

’incremental_driver_volume_constant index -yes’ is allowed;

then the volume is kept constant (undrained water pressure is not needed)

x: zero strain in x-direction

255

y: zero displacement and strain in y-direction

z: shear of top z-plane in x-direction, fixed stress in z-direction

user specified: shear displacement or shear force of top plane in x-direction

-INCREMENTAL_DRIVER_HYDROSTATIC

’group_axisymmetric index -yes’ is allowed.

’incremental_driver_volume_constant index -yes’ is not allowed

equal compression in x- and y- and z-direction

user specified: volumetric displacement

( (x- plus y- plus z-displacement ) / 3. ) or volumetric stress

notice: not a force but instead a stress is specified.

COMBINED EXPERIMENTS:

Only combined experiments will be analysed, and only output will be printed for

these combined experiments; the experiments by themselves will not be analysed.

The start time of each experiment in a combined experiment should be equal to

the end time of a previous experiment in that combined experiment.

Only for the first experiment the variables incremental_driver_void_ratio,

incremental_driver_stress ,incremental_driver_pressure and

incremental_driver_intergranular_strain can be specified;

for all subsequent experiments these values will be taken from the end values

of the previous experiment.

If no combined experiments are specified, automatically a combined experiment will

be generated for each experiment, containing that experiment only.

Notice that prescribed displacements and forces in an experiment are additional

to the last values of the previous experiment.

In an experiment all forces that are not prescribed and don’t belong to a

prescribed displacement remain equal to those of the previous experiment.

UNDRAINED:

You can obtain undrained behavior in two different ways:

1. Use groundwater in the test specimen. The groundwater capacity physically

causes the test specimen to behave undrained.

2. Apply ’incremental_driver_volume_constant index -yes’ . This causes the

deformations of the test specimen to be such that the volume remains constant.

You should choose one of both methods. You should not combine both methods.

GROUNDFLOW:

In case of ’group_type index -groundflow’ groundwater is present in the test specimen.

Then all groundflow initialisation and data needs to be specified (search for

groundflow in this file to see what is needed).

MATERIAL LAWS:

group_materi_plasti_mohr_coul_direct*

group_materi_plasti_hypo*

group_materi_umat*

See the tochnog users manual.

MATERIAL MEMORY:

If you use -updated_linear then small deformation theory is used, and the area

change of the surface where forces are applied is not taken into account.

If you use -updated_area then small deformation theory is used, but the area

change of the surface where forces are applied is taken into account.

If you use -updated then large deformation theory is used, and the area change

of the surface where forces are applied is taken into account.

AXISYMMETRIC:

256

Either all experiments are axisymmetric or all experiments are not axisymmetric.

Do not mix axisymmetric and non-axisymmetric experiments in a combined experiment.

)

post_calcul -groundflow_pressure -total_pressure

group_type 0 -materi

group_axisymmetric 0 -no

group_materi_memory 0 -updated_area

group_materi_plasti_hypo_cohesion 0 1.

group_materi_plasti_hypo_wolffersdorff 0 30. 5800.e3 0.28 0.84 0.53 1.00 0.13 1.05

group_materi_plasti_hypo_strain_intergranular 0 1.e-4 5.0 2.0 0.50 6.0 6.0

group_materi_plasti_hypo_strain_isa 0 20.0 0.017

group_type 1 -materi -groundflow

group_axisymmetric 1 -no

group_materi_memory 1 -updated_area

group_materi_elasti_young 1 6000.

group_materi_elasti_poisson 1 0.4

group_materi_plasti_mohr_coul_direct 1 0.4 1.e1 0.1

(gamma_0 c_0 gamma_1 c_1 ..., optional)

group_materi_plasti_mohr_coul_direct_incremental_driver_c 1

0. 10. 0.01 9. 100. 0.

(gamma_0 phi_0 gamma_1 phi_1 ..., optional)

group_materi_plasti_mohr_coul_direct_incremental_driver_phi 1

0. 0.4 0.01 0.3 100. 0.1

(gamma_0 psi_0 gamma_1 psi_1 ..., optional)

group_materi_plasti_mohr_coul_direct_incremental_driver_psi 1

0. 0.1 0.01 0.05 100. 0.02

group_groundflow_capacity 1 1.e-4

( etc )

(number of timesteps to be used for each experiment, default 1000.

In these steps the total time table as specified by

incremental_driver_experiment_time is performed)

incremental_ntime 1000

(set to experiment name)

incremental_driver 0 -incremental_driver_direct_shear

257

(set to element group used)

incremental_driver_element_group 0 0

(set to -yes for force controlled experiment,

set to -no for displacement controlled)

incremental_driver_experiment_force_controlled 0 -no

(time table for additional displacement or additional force at top y-plane

in x-direction relative to start time experiment)

incremental_driver_experiment_time 0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.02

(initial stress: sigxx sigxy sigxz sigyy sigyz sigzz)

incremental_driver_stress 0 -100 0 0 -100 0 -100

(initial pore pressure for undrained analysis for groundflow)

incremental_driver_pressure 0 -10.

(initial void_ratio for hypo laws)

incremental_driver_void_ratio 0 0.75

(initial intergranular strain for hypo: epixx epixy epixz epiyy epiyz epizz)

incremental_driver_intergranular_strain 0 -0.0000577 0. 0. -0.0000577 0. -0.0000577

(initial isa intergranular back-strain for hypo: episa_cxx episa_cxy episa_cxz episa_cyy episa_cyz episa_czz)

incremental_driver_isa_strain 0 -0.0000404145 0. 0. -0.0000404145 0. -0.0000404145

(initial length in x-direction)

incremental_driver_length_x 0 0.1

(initial length in y-direction, not needed in axisymmetric)

incremental_driver_length_y 0 0.1

(initial length in z-direction)

incremental_driver_length_z 0 0.2

(set to experiment name)

incremental_driver 1 -incremental_driver_direct_shear

(set to element group used)

incremental_driver_element_group 1 0

(set to -yes for force controlled experiment,

set to -no for displacement controlled)

incremental_driver_experiment_force_controlled 1 -no

(time table for additional displacement or additional force at top y-plane

in x-direction relative to start time experiment)

incremental_driver_experiment_time 1 1.0 0.0 2.0 0.02

(initial length in x-direction)

incremental_driver_length_x 1 0.1

(initial length in y-direction, not needed in axisymmetric)

incremental_driver_length_y 1 0.1

(initial length in z-direction)

258

incremental_driver_length_z 1 0.2

( etc )

(a combined experiment which only contains experiment 0)

incremental_driver_combined 0 0

(a combined experiment which contains both experiment 0 and 1)

incremental_driver_combined 1 0 1

( etc )

end_data

6.739 inertia apply switch 0 switch 1 . . .

If switch 0 is set to -yes, the corresponding inertia term is included (material mass, heat capacity,..). The same for the other switches. A switch should be specified for each of the principal dof’s.See the ’input file - data part - introduction - types of dof’s’ section for an explanation aboutprincipal dof’s. The sequence of the principal dof’s is in the order as initialised in the initia ...end initia part.

As a special option you can specify only one switch, and then the specified value will automaticallybe used for all principal dof’s.

This inertia apply is applied for all timestep records.

Default, if inertia apply is not specified, then each of switch 0, switch 1 etc. is set to -no.

See also control inertia apply.

6.740 input abaqus switch

Set switch to -yes for reading the abaqus input file abaqus.inp. Tochnog will use it to generate atochnog input file tochnog abaqus.dat. This can typically be done by making an input file like:

. . .echo -yesnumber of space dimensions 3materi velocitymateri stressend initiainput abaqus -yesinput abaqus mesh -noinput abaqus continue -yes. . .include tochnog abaqus.dat. . .( other data , you can use the abaqus sets of tochnog abaqus.dat ). . .end data

259

You need to initialise the fields like materi velocity, materi stress, etc that you will actuallyuse later in the calculation. Only a limited set of data is transferred from the abaqus input fileto the tochnog input file; you need to check if the Tochnog input file is like you want. Abaquselement sets and node sets are evaluated and can be used in the tochnog calculation.

ABAQUS is a registered trademark or trademark of Dassault Systemes.

6.741 input abaqus continue switch

If switch is set to -yes then after tochnog abaqus.dat is generated the remainder of the inputfile read and the calculation continues. If switch is set to -no then after tochnog abaqus.datis generated the remainder of the input file will not be read and the calculation aborts. Theinput abaqus continue record should always be present as last record of the input abaqus *records.

6.742 input abaqus group switch

If switch is set to -yes then also group * is written to tochnog abaqus.dat. If switch is set to-no then no group * is written to tochnog abaqus.dat. So you can set switch to -no in caseyou want to provide the group * yourself, and don’t want it to be taken from the abaqus.inp.

Default, if input abaqus group is not specified, the switch is set to -yes.

6.743 input abaqus mesh switch

If switch is set to -no then only mesh data is written to tochnog abaqus.dat; so timestepinformation and post processing prints are not written. This record should be placed before theinput abaqus continue record.

Default the switch is set to -no.

6.744 input abaqus set set 0 set 1 . . .

With this option you can specify for which set numbers the elements should be written. See thegenerated tochnog abaqus.dat for the set numbers.

6.745 input abaqus name name 0 name 1 . . .

With this option you can specify which abaqus element types should be converted into tochnogelements. By example specify -tria3 if you want to include tria3 elements in the Tochnog inputfile. In case you do not specify input abaqus name all elements will be converted into tochnogelements. However, not all abaqus elements are available as tochnog element; if a non-availableelement is encountered it will be skipped.

6.746 input feflow mesh switch

If switch is set to -yes the mesh is read from a FEFLOW file. FEFLOW is a dedicated ground-water analysis program, see https://www.mikepoweredbydhi.com/products/feflow. The

260

Tochnog input file itself should not contain a mesh (elements and nodes). Presently, in a 3D anal-ysis the thickness of each layer should be uniform over the nodes (no varying layer thickness in x-and y-direction). Default elements of the FEFLOW file get the element group 0 in the Tochnogcalculation; however, for each set of elements specified inside the feflow file with K xx insideMAT I FLOW an increasing element group number is generated (1 for the elements specified inthe first K xx, 2 for the elements specified in the second K xx, etc.).

6.747 input feflow fem switch

If the switch in input feflow fem is set to -yes the mesh is read from the file feflow.fem. If theswitch in input feflow fem is set to -no the mesh is read from the file feflow.dac. Both filesshould be in ASCII text format. Default, if input feflow fem is not specified, the switch is set to-no.

See also input feflow mesh.

6.748 input feflow mesh hydraulic head switch

If the switch in input feflow hydraulic head is set to -yes then also the hydraulic head is readfrom the feflow.dac file. The feflow.dac should contain hydraulic head results for all time pointsin the Tochnog calculation. The hydraulic head as calculated by FEFLOW is then used as pre-scribed value in the Tochnog calculation, so that Tochnog only calculates stress (influenced howeverby the presence of the hydraulic head). This option allows you to calculate hydraulic safety factorsusing FEFLOW hydraulic heads and Tochnog stresses (see safety piping and safety lifting inpost calcul).

See also input feflow mesh.

6.749 input gmsh switch

Set switch to -yes for reading the gmsh mesh file tochnog in.msh. Only linear and quadraticelements are read.

The gmsh program is a free external pre- and postprocessor. See http://www.geuz.org/gmsh .

Only the data element, element group and node is read.

6.750 interface gap apply switch

If switch is set to -yes then any group interface gap will be applied. If switch is set to -no thenany group interface gap will be ignored.

Default, if interface gap apply is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

This interface gap apply record will be overruled by the control interface gap apply recordif specified.

6.751 license wait switch

If switch is set to -yes tochnog waits 10 seconds till a valid license is found on the computer.

261

Default switch is set to -no.

6.752 linear calculation apply switch

If you set the switch to -yes, Tochnog will skip nonlinearities from the input file. This option isconvenient for testing and problem search. Simple set linear calculation -yes so that the cal-culation should run without any trouble, and use a control print for -post node rhside ratio.The printed -post node rhside ratio should be very small, typically 1.e-10 or lower, since thecalculation is linear now. If that is not the case, there may be a problem with the boundaryconditions or some other problem.

A typical sequence for testing very large calculations may be following: first run with solver -none and check the mesh at all times; second run with linear calculation apply -yes to check ifgood linear solutions fields are obtained (check the linear results carefully); finally run your actualcalculation without any special options.

The following specific actions are taken:

• Any control plasti apply is deleted, and plasti apply is set to -no.

• mesh is set to -fixed in space.

• For all group * memory the memory type is set to -total linear if materi displacementis initialised, and it is set to -updated linear otherwise.

• Any dependency item , dependency diagram containing group * data dependening onone of the dof’s of dof label is deleted.

• Any group materi elasti hardsoil is deleted and substituted by a group materi elasti youngwith E50ref as Young’s modulus.

• Any group materi elasti polynomial is deleted and substituted by a group materi elasti youngwith E0 as Young’s modulus.

• Any group materi elasti young power is substituted by a linear group materi elasti young.

• Any group materi plasti hypo wolffersdorff is deleted and substituted by a group materi elasti youngwith hs as Young’s modulus, and a group materi elasti poisson with value 0.2.

• Any group spring stiffness nonlinear is deleted and substituted by a group spring stiffnesswith the stiffness value at strain 0.

• Any group groundflow nonsaturated is deleted.

• Any group interface gap is deleted.

• Any group interface materi hardening is deleted.

• Any group interface materi elasti stiffness tangential diagram is deleted.

• Any group materi damage is deleted.

• Any group materi failure is deleted.

• Any group truss rope is deleted.

• Any contact * is deleted.

• Any groundflow seepage * is deleted.

262

6.753 materi damage apply switch

If switch is set to -no, any damage data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for alltimesteps.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with damage data. See also control materi damage apply.

6.754 materi dynamic factor

This option is specifically meant for dynamic calculations. When the solution is known at timet and is being solved in the new timestep for time d + dt the stresses at time t are used with1−factor and the stress at time t+dt are used with factor. Thus using a factor less than 1 makesthe scheme less implicit, and thus less numerical damping will occur.

For quasi static calculations this option should not be used since it results in a loss of stabilityfor strong nonlinearities. Also in case of dynamic calculations with heavy nonlinearity it is betterto use the default timestepping method with sufficient small steps. You can try if by using thisoption if calculation converges; if the calculation converges it is better to use this option; if thecalculation diverges by using this option it should be removed.

Using this materi dynamic option the value of post node rhside ratio is not usable anymore.So this option is typically used in combination with fixed timestepping. In fact, you should performthe dynamic calculation with typical timestep, and afterwards perform the calculation again witha smaller timestep to see if results change significantly.

Default, if this option is not specified, factor is set to 1 (so fully implicit).

6.755 materi elasti young power apply switch

If switch is set to -no, any nonlinearity in young dependent on a power law will be ignored; simplythe reference young as encountered in the group materi elasti young power records will beapplied at all times.

6.756 materi failure apply switch

If switch is set to -no, any failure data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for alltimesteps.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with failure data. See also control materi failure apply.

6.757 materi plasti hypo substepping index switch

If switch is set to -yes substepping will be applied in hypoplasticity routines. If switch is set to-no substepping will not be applied in hypoplasticity routines.

If the record control materi plasti hypo substepping is specified that record will be used. Ifnone record is not specified switch is set to -yes.

263

6.758 materi plasti max iter max iter

With this record you can set the maximum number of plastic iterations that will be used onintegration point level. Default max iter is 1000.

This option is convenient to view plastic high risk zones in gid using a simple linear elastic calcu-lation. To do so, perform a gravity stress calculation with all plastic data included in the inputfile, initialise materi plasti f in the initialisation part, and further use materi plasti max iter0. Then view in gid the contour plot of materi plasti f; zones with high plastic f values have thehighest risk of plastic failure.

6.759 materi plasti tension apply switch

If switch is set to -no, any tension-plasticity data in the input file will be ignored. This is done forall timesteps.

See also control materi plasti tension apply.

6.760 materi plasti visco apply switch

If switch is set to -no, any visco-plasticity data in the input file will be ignored. This is done forall timesteps.

See also control materi plasti visco apply.

6.761 mesh specifier x specifier y specifier z

If specifier x is set to -fixed in space, the nodal points of the mesh remain fixed in space inx-direction. If a specifier x is set to -follow material, the nodal points of the mesh will followmaterial displacements in x-direction. The same holds for the other directions. In 1D, you onlyneed to give specifier x, etc.

Default each specifier is set to -fixed in space.

This record mesh only is used if materi velocity is initialised. If materi displacement isinitialized each specifier is automatically set to -fixed in space.

6.762 mesh activate gravity element index element range

See mesh activate gravity time.

6.763 mesh activate gravity element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

See mesh activate gravity time.

264

6.764 mesh activate gravity geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

See mesh activate gravity time.

6.765 mesh activate gravity method index method

Set to -method1 or -method2. Default Tochnog will use -method2.

See mesh activate gravity time.

6.766 mesh activate gravity stiffness factor index factor

See mesh activate gravity time.

6.767 mesh activate gravity time index time start time end

With this record you can slowly activate gravity for elements between time start and time end.

You can specify an element range with mesh activate gravity element. The elements you needto specify as elements range. Possible formats for the elements are a number (eg. 5), a numberrange (eg. -ra 5 4 8 -ra), or all elements ( -all).

Or otherwise, you can specify element group numbers with mesh activate gravity element group.

Or otherwise, you can specify a geometry with mesh activate gravity geometry so that ele-ments completely in the geometry will be used.

Tochnog will activate the elements from the bottom to the top. For each specific element the starttime of activation is interpolated from the global time start and time end and the lowest coordinateof the element. Likewise, for the element end time of activation the highest coordinate is used.Typically take care that the timestep is so small that each timestep only about 10 percent of anelement gets filled.

This option comes handy to slowly build dams or so, starting at the bottom and building upwardsto the top.

If mesh activate gravity method is set to -method1, before the element start time of activa-tion, the element is not active in the calculation. After the element end time of activation, theelement is fully active in the calculation. Between these times the element is active, but the gravityis 0 at the element start time of activation, the gravity gets its full value at the element end time ofactivation, and the gravity is interpolated in between. With this -method1 the displacements foractivated nodes are 0 at the moment of activation, and grow later in time. Thus the displacementsin the activation area are relative to the moment of material activation, and not relative to themoment of start of the calculation.

If mesh activate gravity method is set to -method2, before the element start time of activa-tion, the element is active in the calculation, but has no gravity force yet. After the element endtime of activation, the element is fully active in the calculation with full gravity force. Betweenthese times the element is active, but the gravity is 0 at the element start time of activation, thegravity gets its full value at the element end time of activation, and the gravity is interpolated inbetween. With this -method2 the displacements for activated nodes are not 0 at the momentof activation, but already have values resulting from activation of material below. For elementswhich are not activated yet, Tochnog will reduce the stiffness so that it will not really influence

265

displacements inside the elements which are already being activated; the stiffness reduction fac-tor can be specified by mesh activate gravity stiffness factor , and is 1.e-6 by default. Forelements which are not activated yet, Tochnog will not print the elements to the gid postpro-cessing files; however you can demand that these elements will also be printed by specifying -yesin print gid mesh activate gravity or control print gid mesh activate gravity (default -no).

You can set with mesh activate gravity time initial when elements become active in a calcu-lation; before the specified time of birth an element will not take part of the calculation.

See also control mesh activate gravity apply.

6.768 mesh activate gravity time initial index time of birth

See mesh activate gravity time.

6.769 mesh activate gravity time strain settlement index switch

If switch is set to -yes then strain settlement should be used for the mesh activate gravity timerecord with the same index.

6.770 mesh boundary switch

If switch is set to -yes, Tochnog determines the boundary of the mesh and sets element boundaryand node boundary records. If switch is set to -no, Tochnog does not determine the boundaryof the mesh. Default, if mesh boundary is not specified, the switch is -no.

6.771 mesh correct switch

If switch is set to -yes, Tochnog checks that the connectivity list for quadrilateral and hexahedralinterfaces is correct. If the connectivity list would not be correct (that is, according to the requiredsequence in Tochnog for such elements), the connectivity list will be corrected.

Default switch is set to -no.

6.772 mesh delete geometry moving index geometry moving index

With geometry moving index you tell Tochnog to excavate the mesh with the geometrical entityas specified by the geometry moving* records with index geometry moving index.

6.773 mesh element group apply index group 0 group 1 . . .

If you specify this record, only the element groups specified will be evaluated in all timesteps.Default, if mesh element group apply is not specified, all elements groups will be used.

If control mesh element group apply is specified it overrules this mesh element group applyrecord.

266

6.774 mesh interface triangle coordinates index coord x 0 coord y 0 coord z 0coord x 1 coord y 1 coord z 1 coord x 2 coord y 2 coord z 2 . . .

With this option you can generate interface elements in a 3d mesh with tet4 elements. You specifythe triangulated plane of the interface as sets of triangles in 3d space. For each triangle youspecify for the three corner points the coordinates. By example coord x 0 coord y 0 coord z 0 arethe coordinates of the first corner point, coord x 1 coord y 1 coord z 1 are the coordinates of thesecond corner point and coord x 2 coord y 2 coord z 2 are the coordinates of the third corner point.The combination of all triangles specifies the plane which will be intersected with the 3d tet4 meshto generate the interface elements.

With mesh interface triangle element group you specify the group which will be attributedto the interface elements. With control mesh interface triangle you specify the control indexfor which the generation should be done.

A typical input file looks like:

. . .group type 1 -materigroup interface 1 -yesgroup interface materi memory 1 -total lineargroup interface materi elasti stiffness 1 1.e11 0.5e11 0.5e11. . .mesh interface triangle coordinates 0. 0. 0.6 100. 0. 0.6 0. 100. 0.6mesh interface triangle element group 1. . .control mesh interface triangle 10 -yes. . .

6.775 mesh interface triangle element group index element group

See mesh interface triangle coordinates.

6.776 mpc element group index element group 0 element group 1

Each node of element of group element group 0 that is also located in an element of group ele-ment group 1 will be tied to that group by means of multi point constraints. The multi pointconstrains will be consistent with the shape functions at the specific isoparametric coordinates ofthe location of that node in the element of group element group 1. For element group 1 you canonly use isoparametric elements.

See also mpc element group always, mpc element group closest and control mpc element group.

6.777 mpc element group always index switch

If switch is set to -yes the mpc’s will be generated always. If switch is set to -no the mpc’s willonly be generated if the considered node is not a member of the node list of the element of groupelement group 1 (this ensures that mpc’s will only be generated if the node is completely loose fromthe other element). You can use the switch is -no option if you are not sure if element group 0 isconnected to, or not connected to, element group 1; with -no you will not get mpc’s if the groups

267

are connected; see mpc * in the dbs file to check if mpc’s are generated. So if you are not sure ifsurfaces are connected in gid, a typical strategy would be:

• run tochnog with mpc element group ... and mpc element group always -no

• if you get mpc * records in the dbs, run again with mpc element group ... and mpc element group always-yes

• if you do not get mpc * records remove mpc element group and mpc element group always

Default, if mpc element group always is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.778 mpc element group closest index switch

If switch is set to -yes the mpc’s will also be generated if no element of element group 1 is found;then the closest element of element group 1 will be used.

6.779 mpc element group dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

The dof 0 dof 1 . . . in mpc element group dof specify the dof’s that should be set equal, e.g.-velx, -vely etc. Default, if mpc element group dof is not specified, all principal dofs will beset equal.

6.780 mpc element group eps iso index eps

With eps you can specify the tolerance on the isoparametric coordinates for the element of ele-ment group 1 below which a node of element group 0 is considered to be located in element group 1.Default, if mpc element group eps iso is not specified, eps is set to 1.e-4.

6.781 mpc element group geometry index geometry entity item geometry entity index

Select a geometry for nodes of element group 0.

6.782 mpc geometry index geometry entity item 0 geometry entity index 0 ge-ometry entity item 1 geometry entity index 1

See also mpc geometry method.

If method in mpc geometry method is set to -method0 the following mpc’s will be generated.This record automatically generates mpc node number and mpc node factor records suchthat dof’s in the second geometry geometry entity item 1 geometry entity index 1 become equalto the dof’s in the first geometry geometry entity item 0 geometry entity index 0. The switch xswitch y switch z in mpc geometry switch specify the coordinates that should be checked tojudge if a node in the second geometry is considered to have the same position as a node in thefirst geometry, and thus should get the same dof’s. Only the coordinate for which the corre-sponding switch is set to -yes will be checked. By example in 3D if -yes -no -no are usedthen a node in the second geometry gets the same dof’s of a node in the first geometry in it has(almost) equal x-coordinate; the y and z-coordinate are irrelevant. In 2D only switch x switch yneed to be specified. With mpc geometry tolerance you can set the tolerance beneath which

268

nodes of the first geometry and second geometry are assumed to have the same coordinate. Ifmpc geometry tolerance is not specified then a tolerance of 1.e-4 is used.

If method in mpc geometry method is set to -method1 the following mpc’s will be generated.You should only specify the first geometry. The dof’s of the nodes in this first geometry becomeequal. The first node of this first geometry becomes the master, all other nodes in this firstgeometry become slave. If you want to know which node is the first node in this first geometry,use a control print ... -node with a print filter for the first geometry.

If method in mpc geometry method is set to -method2 the following mpc’s will be generated.You should only specify the first geometry. Unknowns of the nodes with equal coordinate in thisfirst geometry become equal.

6.783 mpc geometry method index method

See mpc geometry. If this mpc geometry method is not specified then method will be set to-method0.

6.784 mpc geometry switch index switch x switch y switch z

See mpc geometry.

6.785 mpc geometry tolerance index tolerance

See mpc geometry.

6.786 mpc geometry dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

The dof 0 dof 1 . . . in mpc geometry dof specify the dof’s that should be set equal, e.g. -velx,-vely etc.

6.787 mpc linear quadratic switch

If switch is set to -yes this option is activated.

If you have a mesh with both linear elements and quadratic elements, the mesh is not compatibleat the places where the linear elements and quadratic elements meet at a common interface. Theresome of the quadratic element nodes are not attached to the linear elements, and so non-compatiblesolution fields occur.

This mpc linear quadratic option allows you to automatically prevent the non-compatible solu-tion fields. Tochnog imposes a multi point constraint on all non-compatible solution fields betweenthe linear and quadratic elements, so that the extra nodes of the quadratic elements are forced tofollow the solution field of the linear elements, and so compatibility is ensured again.

This option typically can be used to model structural parts like beams, sheet piles, tunnel shellsetc with quadratic elements, and the surrounding soil with linear element. Use one quadraticelement in the structural part thickness direction, and extra one quadratic soil element attached to

269

the structural element. For the remaining soil elements use linear elements. In this way, the stiffstructural elements can deform flexible enough, and you save computer time by modeling most ofthe soils with linear elements.

6.788 mpc node factor index factor 10 factor 11 . . . factor 20 factor 21 . . .

See mpc node number.

6.789 mpc node number index node 0 dof 0 node 1 dof 10 dof 11 . . . node 2dof 20 dof 21 . . .

This Multi Point Constraint record mpc node number allows you to set constraints betweendof’s at different nodes. The dof 0 specifies the dofat node number node 0 which will be constrained.It will be constrained to dof’s dof 10, dof 11, ... of node 1 and dof 20, dof 21, ... of node 2, etc.Only principal dof’s can be specified. Principal dof’s are material velocities, groundflow pressure,temperature in the convection diffusion equation, etc.; see the start of the data section for adefinition of principal dof’s. With mpc node factor you can set multiplication factors for theconstraints. If you don’t specify mpc node factor a 1 is used for all factors.

Example:

. . .mpc node number 10 1 -velx 2 -velx 3 -velympc node factor 10 7. 9.

In this example the velx 1 = 7. * velx 2 + 9. * vely 3 where velx 1 is the x-velocity at node 1 etc.Node number node 0 is this slave node which depends on nodes node 1 etc. which are the masternodes.

Boundary conditions with bounda dof and bounda time cannot be specified for slave nodes.

See also mpc geometry for easy generation of multi point constraints.

6.790 node index coord 0 coord 1 coord 2

Coordinates of node index. In 1D, only coord 0 should be specified, etc..

You are not allowed to put free nodes (not attached to any element) in your model. These freenodes will be removed automatically.

6.791 node boundary index switch

The switch will be set to -yes if the node with index index is located on the boundary of the mesh.

This record will only become available if mesh boundary is set to -yes. This record is meant forprinting only, it should not be set by the user.

270

6.792 node bounded index indicator dof 0 indicator dof 1 . . .

This record is for printing only, it is not an input record. This record indicates if dof’s in the nodeare bounded via a bounda dof record; then the corresponding indicator is set to 1, else it remains0.

6.793 node bounded index index bounda dof index 0 bounda dof index 1 . . .

This record is for printing only, it is not an input record. This record list the index of thebounda dof record by which the dof’s are bounded. This index is only filled if the dof ’s reallybounded, so if the corresponding value in the node bounded record is set to 1.

6.794 node convection apply index switch

If switch is set to -no convection contributions in node index are de-activated in case they areactivated for the whole mesh by convection apply or control convection apply.

6.795 node damping index damping x damping y damping z

This record adds a discrete damper to node index in x, y and z direction respectively. In 1Donly damping x needs to be specified, etc. The damper will lead to a nodal force of the sizedamping x∗v x where v x is the velocity in x direction. The same holds for the y and z direction.

6.796 node dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

dof 0 dof 1 . . . are the degrees of freedom (dof’s) at the node with number index. The totalnumber and type of the dof’s depends on the initialization part. Each node has the same dof’s.

Unknowns like pressure, temperature, etc. are primary dof’s. The other dof’s, space derivativesand the time derivative, are not primary dof’s. In the example below, -temp is 1., -xtemp is 0.2and -ttemp is 0.1 in node 6

. . .number of space dimensions 1derivativescondif temperatureend initia. . .node dof 6 1.0 0.2 0.1. . .

Default all values in the node dof records are set zero at the start of the calculation.

These node dof records contain principal dof’s for all elements (displacements, temperatures, etc).Other dof’s like strains, stresses etc. are only filled for the normal isoparametric elements; thus, byexample, strain and stress results for interfaces elements are not placed in the node dof records.

See also: dof label and post point.

271

6.797 node dof calcul index . . .

See post calcul.

6.798 node dof start refined index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

This record will be filled with dof 0 dof 1 . . . , which are the degrees of freedom (dof’s) as specifiedat the start of the calculation. at the node with number index.

If the mesh has been refined, these start values hold for the refined mesh.

See also node dof and node start refined.

6.799 node dynamic pressure index value

With this record you can specify for node index the dynamic pressure. Thus, the dynamic pressureas normally calculated will be overruled with this value.

6.800 node force index force x force y force z

With this record you can input a discrete nodal force at node index. In 1D you only should specifythe force in x-direction. In 2D you only should specify the force in x- and y-direction.

6.801 node geometry present index geometry item name 0 geometry item index 0geometry item name 1 geometry item index 1 . . .

This record lists for node index the geometries in which it is present. So it is a print record only,for checking if the geometries include exactly the nodes that you want. You can switch on or offfilling of these records by setting print node geometry present to -yes or -no.

6.802 node inertia index inertia dof 0 inertia dof 1 . . .

This record will be filled with calculated inertia terms degrees of freedom (dof’s) as specified atthe start of the calculation. at the node with number index. For material velocity that is the massinertia term in the node.

6.803 node mass index mass x mass y mass z

This record adds a discrete mass to node index in x, y and z direction. In 1D only the x-massneeds to be specified, etc. The mass will lead to a nodal force of the size mass x ∗ v where v x isthe acceleration, and to a gravity force if force gravity is specified. The same holds for the y andz direction.

272

6.804 node mesh index ...

Same as mesh, but now specified per node however. The index specifies the node number. If thisnode mesh record is specified for a node, it overrules the mesh record.

6.805 node rhside index rhside 0 rhside 1 . . .

This record will contain after the calculations

Fexternal − (Fstatic + Finertia)

Here Fexternal are the external forces resulting from bounda force records, Fstatic are the internalstatic forces (elastic forces, damping, element loads, ..), Finertia are the internal inertia forces (mass,capacity, ..).

For the temperature equation, this will give the heat flow normal to the outer surface (the heatflux to the environment) at prescribed temperatures. For velocity dof’s, this will give the forcevector at prescribed displacements. For the pressure in the ground flow equation, this will give theground flow to the environment at prescribed pressures.

The index is the node number.

6.806 node slide index slide number

With node slide you can specify of a specific node index if it belongs to a sliding geometry withindex slide number. For the sliding geometry slide geometry is not needed anymore because thenode slide already specifies which nodes belong to the sliding geometry.

6.807 node static pressure index value

With this record you can specify for node index the static pressure. Thus, the static pressure asnormally calculated will be overruled with this value.

6.808 node start refined index coord 0 coord 1 coord 2

After the calculation, this record will contain coordinates of node index as specified at the start ofthe calculation. If the mesh has been refined this record with contain the start coordinates for therefined mesh. In 1D, only coord 0 is filled, etc..

6.809 node stiffness index stiffness x stiffness y stiffness z

This record adds a discrete stiffness to node index in x, y and z direction respectively. In 1Donly stiffness x needs to be specified, etc. The stiffness will lead to a nodal force of the sizestiffness x ∗ u x where u x is the displacement in x direction. The same holds for the y andz direction. Condition: also materi velocity integrated or materi displacement should beinitialized.

273

6.810 node support edge normal plasti tension status index status

This record will contain after a calculation the status of a node for the support edge normal plasti tensionor support edge normal plasti tension double option. If the node is opened due to tensionplasticity the status is set to -opened. If the node is closed the status is set to -closed.

6.811 node total pressure index value

With this record you can specify for node index the total pressure. Thus, the total pressure asnormally calculated will be overruled with this value.

6.812 nonlocal nonlocal radius

By specifying this record in combination with a viscoplastic model , like group materi plasti visco power,a nonlocal yield rule fn will be used in the viscoplastic law. The nonlocal yield rule needs to beinitialized as dof by the materi plasti f nonlocal record in the initialization part. The nonlocalyield rule fn in a point is determined by an averaging of the local yield rule f in neighboring pointsand using gauss weighting functions for this (i.e. the larger the distance the less the neighboringpoint contributes to the nonlocal yield rule). The averaging is done over a region with radiusnonlocal radius.

In this way, you can prevent unlimited localization and so mesh dependency, in calculations withsoftening plasticity.

See also nonlocal name.

6.813 nonlocal name name

With name you specify the name of the plasticity model that should be treated nonlocal, eg -group materi plasti mohr coul. You can only specify one name, so only one plasticity modelcan be used as nonlocal model.

6.814 plasti apply switch

If switch is set to -no, any plasticity data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for alltimesteps.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with plasticity data. See also control plasti apply.

6.815 post apply index switch

Setting switch to -no prevents post processing commands to be evaluated. Postprocessing com-mands have post in the name (only the post node rhside ratio will be evaluated always, inde-pendent of post apply).

Default, if post apply is not specified, the switch is set to -yes. If also control post apply isspecified it overrules this post apply command.

274

6.816 post calcul dofoperat . . .

This records activates calculation post results. Here dof can be one of the matrices-materi stress,-materi strain elasti,-materi strain plasti,-materi strain plasti compression,-materi strain plasti diprisco,-materi strain plasti druckprag,-materi strain plasti hardsoil,-materi strain plasti laminate0 mohr coul, (or one of the other laminates)-materi strain plasti laminate mohr coul, (for the sum of the laminates)-materi strain plasti laminate0 tension, (or one of the other laminates)-materi strain plasti laminate tension, (for the sum of the laminates)-materi strain plasti tension,-materi strain plasti vonmises,-materi strain total or dof can be one of the vectors -materi velocity, -materi displacement,or dof can be one of the scalars -condif temperature, -groundflow pressure.

The results of these calculations are stored for each node dof record in a node dof calculrecord, and are stored for each post point dof record in a post point dof calcul record, andare stored for each post line dof record in a post line dof calcul record, and are stored for eachpost quadrilateral dof record in a post quadrilateral dof calcul record.

We denote a matrix dof with Aij and denote a vector dof with Ai, and denote a scalar dof with a.If operat is -absol then the absolute value of a scalar a is calculated.

If operat is -average then 13 (A11 + A22 + A33) is calculated for a matrix or 1

3 (A1 + A2 + A3) iscalculated for a vector.

If operat is -negative then the average of the negative principal values for a matrix is calculated.If materi strain plasti is taken for the matrix Aij , then this operator typically can be used as ameasure for the amount of compression failure (crunching).

If operat is -positive then the average of the positive principal values for a matrix is calculated.If materi strain plasti is taken for the matrix Aij , then this operator typically can be used as ameasure for the amount of tensile failure (cracking).

If operat is -prival then three principal values of a matrix Aij are calculated. Each principal valuecontains the size of the principal vector. The principal values are ordered (the first value is thesmallest one, and the last value is the largest one).

If operat is -privec then three principal vectors of a matrix Aij are calculated. Each principalvector contains the x, y and z component of the principal vector. The same ordering as used for-prival is used here also.

If operat is -size tot then√AijAij is calculated for a matrix or

√AiAi is calculated for a vector.

This measures the size of a matrix or the size of a vector.

If operat is -size dev then√BijBij is calculated where Bij is the deviatoric part of a matrix Aij :

Bij = Aij − δij A11+A22+A33

3 where δij is 1 if i = j and is 0 otherwise. This measures the size ofthe deviatoric part of the matrix.

Specially for -quad4, -quad9, -hex8 and -hex27 elements you can set operat to -force in casedof is -materi stress. Then forces and moments are calculated in these isoparametric elements.See also post calcul materi stress force element group.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -total pressure in case dof is -materi stress. Then

275

the total stress is calculated from the effective stress and the groundflow total pressure. This optionis not valid in combination with undrained pressures as obtained by group materi undrained capacity.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -static pressure in case dof is -groundflow pressure.Then the static pressure is calculated.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -dynamic pressure in case dof is -groundflow pressure.Then the dynamic pressure is calculated.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -k0 in case dof is -materi stress. Then the ratioof horizontal and vertical stresses is calculated. If 2D this is the ratio 0.5σxx+σzz

σyy. If 3D this is the

ratio 0.5σxx+σyy

σzz.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -young apparent in case dof is -materi stress.Then the apparant Young modulus is calculated from the incremental strains and incrementalstresses. If the incremental strains are very small so that they do not contain enough information,the total strains and total stresses will be used instead.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -poisson apparent in case dof is -materi stress.Then the apparent Poisson ratio is calculated from the incremental strains and incremental stresses.If the incremental strains are very small so that they do not contain enough information, the totalstrains and total stresses will be used instead.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -total pressure in case dof is -groundflow pressure.Then the total pressure is calculated.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -safety lifting in case dof is -materi stress. Thenthe hydraulic safety factor σvertical+p total

p total is calculated. In 1D σvertical = σxx, in 2D σvertical = σyy

and in 3D σvertical = σzz; see also post calcul safety method.

Specially for geotechnics you can set operat to -safety piping in case dof is -materi stress. Thenthe hydraulic safety factor σvertical+p dynamic

p dynamic is calculated; see also post calcul safety method.

The next piece of input file

. . .materi stressmateri strain plastiend initia. . .post calcul -materi stress -size dev -materi strain plasti -size tot. . .control timestep 1 . . .control print 1 -node dof calcul

will print records like

node dof calcul index 0.2 1.1e-4

Here the 0.2 is the equivalent Von Mises stress and 1.1e-4 measures the plastic strain matrix.

See also post calcul absolute and post calcul label.

276

6.817 post calcul absolute switch

If switch is set to -yes all results of post calcul are set to be positive values. This may be doneif you prefer positive values in your presentation of results.

6.818 post calcul label doflabel 0 label 1 . . .

This record will be filled with the names of the data that is calculated by means of the post calculoption. The first name comes from the first dofoperat in post calcul, the second name comes fromthe second dofoperat in post calcul, etc. You can find this record in the dbs file after a calculation.

6.819 post calcul limit lower 0 upper 0 lower 1 upper 1 . . .

With this record you can specify the lower and upper allowed values for all calculated results. Withlower dof 0 you specify the lower allowed value for the first result. With upper dof 0 you specifythe upper allowed value for the first result. Etc.

6.820 post calcul materi stress force average switch

See first post calcul materi stress force element group.

This post calcul materi stress force average option is only available for quad9 and hex27elements. It can be used if forces and moments are primarily calculated in two opposing end facesof the quad9 and hex27 element. If switch set to -yes, the forces and moments of nodes in theplane between the two end faces will be set to the averaged values from the forces and momentson the two opposing end faces. If switch set to -no this is not done. Default switch is -yes.

6.821 post calcul materi stress force direction exclude dir x dir y dir z

See first post calcul materi stress force element group.

In 3D, Tochnog needs to know for which element sides it should determine forces and moments.For this purpose you need to specify this direction dir x dir y dir z. All element sides with normalsin this direction will be neglected; no forces and moments will be determined for such sides.

Typically, in a tunnel calculation you take the tunnel length direction as dir x dir y dir z.

6.822 post calcul materi stress force direction exclude epsilon eps

With eps you can influence which normals are considered to be in the specified exclude direction.A small eps specifies that only very precise normals in the specified direction will be excluded.A large eps specifies that also not precise normals in the specified direction will be excluded. Infact eps is the difference from inproduct between the specified exclude direction with the normaldirection and 1. Default eps is 1.e− 8.

6.823 post calcul materi stress force direction include dir x dir y dir z

See first post calcul materi stress force element group.

277

In 3D, Tochnog needs to know for which element sides it should determine forces and moments.For this purpose you need to specify this direction dir x dir y dir z. All element sides with normalsperpendicular to this direction will be neglected; no forces and moments will be determined forsuch sides.

Typically, in a sheet pile calculation you take the sheet pile height direction as dir x dir y dir z.

6.824 post calcul materi stress force direction include epsilon eps

With eps you can influence which normals are considered to be perpendicular to the specifiedinclude direction. A small eps specifies that only normals precisely perpendicular to the specifieddirection will be excluded. A large eps specifies that also normals not precisely perpendicular tothe specified direction will be excluded. In fact eps is the difference from inproduct between thespecified include direction with the normal direction and 0. Default eps is 1.e− 8.

6.825 post calcul materi stress force element group element group 0 element group 1. . .

With the post calcul -materi stress -force option the normal force, shear force and moment(s)are calculated for the isoparametric elements -quad4, -quad9, -hex8 and -hex27. This optionis meant for structures like sheet piles, tunnel shells, etc. where there is only 1 element over thethickness of the structure. Thus the element has a thickness equal to the complete thickness of thestructure, and the length of the element is a part of the total length of the structure (e.g. tunnellength).

In the following definitions of forces and moments, n denotes the normal to an element side, tdenotes the thickness direction in the side, and l denotes the length direction. The 2D and 3Dnormal force nor results is defined by the normal stresses sigmann integrated over the thickness.The 2D and 3D shear force she results is defined by the shear stresses sigmant integrated over thethickness. The 2D moment mom and 3D moment mom1 are defined by the moment contribu-tions of normal stresses sigmann with a distance in thickness direction dt relative to the middle ofthe element, integrated over thickness direction (radial bending moment in tunnel shell, thicknessbending moment in sheet pile, etc.). The 3D moment mom2 is defined by the moment contribu-tions of normal stresses sigmann with a distance in length direction dl relative to the middle ofthe element, integrated over thickness direction (bending moment in tunnels, sheet piles, etc.).

The forces and moments will be calculated per unit length l of the isoparametric element, wherel is the size of the element in length direction. In a 3D calculation, the length of an elementis determined from the nodal coordinates differences in length direction. In a axi-symmetric 2Dcalculation, the length of the elements is set to 2 * PI * radius by Tochnog (notice that withthis definition values cannot be calculated at the symmetry axis with zero radius). In a plane 2Dcalculation, the length of the elements is set to 1 by Tochnog.

The normal force and moment(s) are given the proper sign (plus or minus). For example, a positivenormal force means that the structure is under tension. For the shear force, however, always apositive value is calculated by Tochnog, so only the size of the shear force is available (and not thedirection of the shear force).

For all of the forces and moment vectors, we want to display the vector in thickness direction of thestructure, to get a clear view in postprocessors (e.g. GID). Thus, the components in global x- andy-direction are determined such that the vector direction is in thickness direction of the structure.

278

Because of this, the components by themselves are not the real physical components of the forceor moment; they are only convenient values for getting clear plots in postprocessors. However, thesize of the vector formed by these components (square root of components squared), indeed is thereal physical size of the force or moment, so the size can indeed be used for design purposes. Foryour convenience, the size of each vector is also calculated automatically be Tochnog. For example,for the normal forces Tochnog calculates -norx sig, -nory sig and -nors sig which are the globalplot vector x-component, y-component and the physical real size respectively.

The enable a correct force or moment direction in either the positive of negative thickness direction,Tochnog wants you to specify post calcul materi stress force reference point.

In 3D, you need to specify either post calcul materi stress force direction exclude or post calcul materi stress force direction include.With these records you can determine for which element sides forces and moments should be de-termined. The direction and element should be such that for each element for which you want todetermine forces and moments exactly 4 sides should be consistent with the specified direction.Otherwise the present option for determination of forces and moments is not available for theelement. Only one of post calcul materi stress force direction exclude andpost calcul materi stress force direction include should be specified, not both.

The element group 0 element group 1 . . . of this post calcul materi stress force element groupspecify the groups of isoparametric elements for which the forces and moments should be deter-mined by Tochnog.

Summary of conditions for the post calcul -materi stress -force option to work well:

• Only 1 element in thickness direction.

• Elements in 3D should be regular shaped in length direction. That is, the element sidesperpendicular to the length direction should be completely parallel.

• At least 1 timestep should be done (since element forces needed for this option are setup ina timestep)

6.826 post calcul materi stress force reference point x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1z 1 . . .

See first post calcul materi stress force element group.

For example tunnels typically are of circular or piecewise circular geometry. To get a correctdirection of the calculated forces and moments, Tochnog needs to know the approximate middlepoint of the tunnel, so that it can put all negative forces and moments and positive forces andmoments consistently outwards or inwards in thickness direction of the structure. Thus, you needto specify with this post calcul materi stress force reference point record the approximatemiddle point of the tunnel that you are evaluating for each of the element groups. In case you havea sheet pile, you should specify a reference point on a large perpendicular distance away from thesheet pile.

You need to specify a reference point for each element group specified in post calcul materi stress force element group.

In 3D you need to specify the x, y and z value for each reference point. In 2D you only need tospecify the x and y value for each reference point.

See also post calcul materi stress force plot switch.

279

6.827 post calcul materi stress force outer switch

If switch is set to -yes, the forces and moments are only calculated for the nodes at the outersides of the elements; these are the nodes which have the furthest distance relative to the referencepoint. This will give a bit more nice vector plots.

Default, if post calcul materi stress force outer is not specified, switch is set to -no. Thiswill give a bit more nice contour fill plots.

6.828 post calcul materi stress force plot switch switch 0 switch 1 . . .

If you don’t like the direction in which tochnog draws the vectors (outward or inward), you canswitch the direction by setting the corresponding switch to -yes. In 2D you need to specify aswitch for the normal force, shear force and moment. In 3D you need to specify a switch for thenormal force, shear force and two moments.

6.829 post calcul materi stress force thickness switch switch element group 0switch element group 1 . . .

See first post calcul materi stress force element group.

In 3D Tochnog normally assumes that the shortest element direction in the side where forces andmoments are calculated is the structure thickness direction. If that is not the case, e.g. if you havevery short elements in a tunnel length direction, then you need to explain Tochnog that it shouldswitch to the longest element direction as structural thickness direction, by setting a to -yes.

This ensures that the shear force is always really calculated over the structural thickness, and thefirst moment is really the moment over the structural thickness.

If you specify post calcul materi stress force thickness switch you need to give a switch foreach element group of post calcul materi stress force element group.

6.830 post calcul multiply factor 0 factor 1 . . .

With this record you can specify a multiplication factor for each calculated item. This comeshandy when you prefer another definition. If you specify post calcul multiply , you need to givea factor for each item.

6.831 post calcul safety default eps value

Specifically for safety lifting and piping calculations division by pressure values equal to zerocan occur. With this post calcul safety default record you can prevent such division. If thepressure value for the division is smaller than the specified eps, the safety factor will be set to theuser specified value.

In case this record is not specified we set eps to something very small, and value to 0.

280

6.832 post calcul safety method method

You can determine with this option how the hydraulic piping and lifting safety should be deter-mined. If you set method to -vertical the safety factors will be determined using the verticalstress (zz-stress in 3D, yy-stress in 2D, xx-stress in 1D); this is the default, as described in thepost calcul command. Thus you get one value for the safety piping and one value for the safetylifting.

If you set method to -prival the safety factors will be determined using the three principal stresses(principal stress 0, principal stress 1, principal stress 2). Thus you get three values for the safetypiping and three values for the safety lifting.

If you set method to -global the safety factors will be determined using the three global normalstresses (xx-stress, yy-stress, zz-stress). Thus you get three values for the safety piping and threevalues for the safety lifting.

Setting method to -vertical is the classical definition used in most text books. However since thecritical direction in complex calculations will not always be in the vertical direction, it is also ofinterest to study the hydraulic safety factors with the principal stress values (-prival). And forsome situation, like soil near a retaining wall, it may be of interest to study the hydraulic safetyfactors with global normal stresses (-global).

In the dbs file after a calculation you can see in the post calcul label record the naming of thecalculated hydraulic safety factors.

6.833 post calcul static pressure height coord min,0 coord max,0 height ref,0coord min,1 coord max,1 height ref,1 . . .

Using this option the static pressure as required by post calcul -groundflow pressure -static pressureis determined relative to the reference height, and not anymore to a groundwater level. Thus, the∆z in the equation for pstatic = ρg∆z is taken relative to the specified reference height in thispost calcul static pressure height record.

You can specify multiple regions. The first region is between vertical coordinate coord min,0 andcoord max,0. The coord min,0 and coord max,0 themselves are included as part the region. If anode is inside this region the height ref,0 is used as phreatic level height in the equation for thestatic pressure. The second region is between vertical coordinate coord min,1 and coord max,1.The coord min,1 and coord max,1 themselves are included as part the region. If a node is insidethis region the height ref,1 is used as phreatic level height in the equation for the static pressure.

If a node is not inside any of the regions, and if the groundflow phreatic level itself is not specified,the static pressure cannot be determined and remains zero.

See also post calcul static pressure height element group.

6.834 post calcul static pressure height element group element group 0 el-ement group 1 . . .

Restrict the regions of post calcul static pressure height to specific element groups. The re-gion between coord min,0 and coord max,0 is valid for element group element group 0. The regionbetween coord min,1 and coord max,1 is valid for element group element group 1. Etc.

You need to specify an element group for each and every region. As a special option you canspecify -all for an element group number; then the corresponding region is valid for all element

281

groups.

6.835 post count dataitem name 0 dataitem name 1 . . .

With this post count record you can specify data items for which the number of active indicesshould be counted. The results will be placed in the record post count result.

For example count the number of active elements, nodes and geometry points by:

. . .post count -element -node -geometry point . . .

6.836 post data index dataitem name 0 dataitem index 0 dataitem number 0 dataitem name 1dataitem index 1 dataitem number 1 . . .

The specified data items are taken, and each is multiplied with its corresponding factor in post data factorand added to post data result. This allows you to conveniently follow the sum of data item,each multiplied with some factor.

6.837 post data factor index factor 0 factor 1 . . .

See post data.

6.838 post data result index result

See post data.

6.839 post element force index dir normal x dir normal y dir normal z dir shear0 xdir shear0 y dir shear0 z dir shear1 x dir shear1 y dir shear1 z middle x mid-dle y middle z

With this record you can calculate the normal force, shear force and moments in cross sections.Only cross sections at the side of elements are allowed; so that typically is the common side betweentwo elements, or the side at the edge of a domain; a cross section through the interior of elements isnot allowed. Below we will describe how you can select elements. For the combination of selectedelements nodal forces will be used to determine cross section forces and moments. The nodal forcecomponents in the dir normal x dir normal y dir normal z direction are summed to give a nor-mal force normal force. The nodal force components in the dir shear0 x dir shear0 y dir shear0 zdirection are summed to give the first shear force shear0 force. The nodal force components inthe dir shear1 x dir shear1 y dir shear1 z direction are summed to give the second shear forceshear1 force. The nodal force components in the dir normal x dir normal y dir normal z directionare multiplied with the distance in dir shear0 x dir shear0 y dir shear0 z direction as measuredfrom the middle x middle y middle z vector, and this is summed to give the first bending momentmoment0. The nodal force components in the dir normal x dir normal y dir normal z directionare multiplied with the distance in dir shear1 x dir shear1 y dir shear1 z direction as measuredfrom the dir shear0 x dir shear0 y dir shear0 z vector, and this is summed to give the first bending

282

moment moment1. The results for the normal force, two shear forces and two moments will beplaced in the record post element force result.

In 3D you need to specify the complete post element force record and you get the normalforce, two shear forces and two bending moments in the post element force result record. Thedirections dir shear0 x dir shear0 y dir shear0 z and dir shear1 x dir shear1 y dir shear1 z shouldbe perpendicular.

In 2D you need to specify only a partial record post element force as index dir normal xdir normal y dir shear0 x dir shear0 y middle x middle y and you get the normal force, one shearforce and one bending moment in the post element force result record.

In 1D you need to specify only a partial record post element force as index dir normal x middle xand you get the normal force in the post element force result record.

You can restrict with post element force geometry with the same index that the post element forceis only evaluated for nodes on a specific geometry.

You can restrict with post element force group with the same index that the post element forceis only evaluated for certain element groups.

You can restrict with post element force number with the same index that the post element forceis only evaluated for certain element numbers.

You can restrict with post element force normal with the same index that the post element forceis only evaluated for elements in positive normal direction dir normal x dir normal y dir normal z.If you don’t specify post element force normal elements on both sides will be used if present.

You can require by setting the switch in post element force force with the same index that alsothe external forces (like gravity and edge loads etc.) are added to the result.

You can require by setting the switch in post element force inertia with the same index thatalso the inertia forces is added to the result.

If you are not hapy with the sign or units with which the forces are calculated, you can use amultiply factor in post element force multiply factor with the same index to get what youwant.

Please realise that in calculation with groundwater the calculated forces contain the force due toeffective stresses and also due to groundwater total pressure (pore pressure).

We now give some examples for a 2D vertical pile driven into the soil in a dynamic inertia ...calculation, and including gravity force gravity ... and an external force force element edge... at the top of the pile. Below x pile is the x-coordinate at the middle of the pile, y pile middleis the y-coordinate at the middle of the pile, y pile bottom is the y-coordinate at the bottom of thepile and pile group is the group number of the pile.

The force in a cross section (force resulting from normal stress in cross section):

. . .post element force 10 0. 1. 1. 0. x pile y pilepost element force geometry 10 -pile cross sectionpost element force group 10 pile group. . .. . .

283

Here pile cross section is a geometry line through the cross section of the pile,

The force along the shaft (force resulting from shear stress along shaft):

. . .post element force 10 0. 1. 1. 0. x pile y pile bottompost element force geometry 10 -pile shaftpost element force group 10 pile grouppost element force force 10 -yespost element force inertia 10 -yes. . .. . .

Here pile shaft is a geometry line containing only nodes of the pile shaft,

The force at the pile toe (force resulting from normal stress at pile tip):

. . .post element force 10 0. 1. 1. 0. x pile y pile bottompost element force geometry 10 -pile toepost element force group 10 pile grouppost element force force 10 -yespost element force inertia 10 -yes. . .. . .

Here pile toe is a geometry line containing only nodes of the pile toe,

The complete force on the pile:

. . .post element force 10 0. 1. 1. 0. x pile y pile bottompost element force geometry 10 -pile completepost element force group 10 pile grouppost element force force 10 -yespost element force inertia 10 -yes. . .. . .

Here pile complete is a geometry line containing all nodes of the pile,

Also see the example calculation force14.dat and force17.dat.

6.840 post element force force index switch

See post element force.

284

6.841 post element force geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

See post element force.

6.842 post element force group index element group 0 element group 1 . . .

See post element force.

6.843 post element force inertia index switch

See post element force.

6.844 post element force multiply factor index multiply factor

See post element force.

6.845 post element force normal index switch

Set switch to -yes if you want to select elements in positive normal direction. See post element force.

6.846 post element force number index number 0 number 1 . . .

See post element force.

6.847 post element force result index normal force shear0 force shear1 forcemoment0 moment1

See post element force.

6.848 post integrate index data item name data item index data item number. . .

Here you can specify results that should be integrated over time. The integrated results will beplaced in the post integrate result record with the same index.

An example looks like:

. . .groundflow pressuregroundflow velocityend initia. . .post node 1 -average -geometry line 4. . .

285

post integrate 3 -post node result 1 -gvely. . .. . .

Here the post node record first takes care that the average groundflow y-velocity at nodes ona line are determined, among other dof’s. The post integrate record integrates that averagegroundflow y-velocity over time. In this way the total groundflow debit volume over a line isregistered.

6.849 post global switch

With this post global you can ask for global information to be determined if you set switch to-yes. The following information will then be determined:

• -post bounda force summed (total force following from -bounda force records, numberof principal dofvalues)

• -post element mass summed (total global mass)

• -post element summed (total number of elements)

• -post element volume summed (total global volume without empty elements)

• -post element volume summed all (total global volume with empty elements)

• -post group summed (total number of elements in group 0, group 1, etc.)

• -post materi inertia summed (sum of material nodal inertia, so of node inertia)

• -post slide force summed (sum of slide forces in global axes, so of node slide force)

• -post node summed (total number of nodes)

• -post node dof average (average values for dof’s)

• -post node dof maximum (maximum values for dof’s)

• -post node dof minimum (minimum values for dof’s)

• -post force edge summed (total force following from -force edge integrated over edgesin x,y,z directions, number of space dimensions values)

• -post force edge normal summed (total force following from -force edge normal inte-grated over edges in x,y,z directions, number of space dimensions values)

• -post force edge projected summed (total force following from -force edge projectedintegrated over edges in x,y,z directions, number of space dimensions values)

• -post support edge normal (total force following from -support edge normal integratedover edges in x,y,z directions, number of space dimensions values)

• -post solver diagonal minimum value (minimum diagonal term total matrix, only forpardiso solver)

• -post solver diagonal minimum node (node number at which the minimum value isfound)

• -post solver diagonal maximum value (maximum diagonal term total matrix, only forpardiso solver)

286

• -post solver diagonal maximum node (node number at which the maximum value isfound)

• -post solver diagonal ratio (ratio maximum/minimum diagonal terms total matrix, onlyfor pardiso solver)

• -post solver iterations (total number of iterations of iterative linear equation solver, onlyfor bicg solver)

If you set switch to -no then the information will not be determined (this saves a little bit ofcomputer time). Default, if post global is not specified, switch to -yes.

6.850 post group volume summed volume group 0 volume group 1 . . .

This record will be filled with the total volume of the elements in each group. So volume group 0is the summed volume of the elements in element group 0, etc.

6.851 post integrate result index result

See post integrate.

6.852 post line index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1

This record specifies a line in space for which the average or sum of the dof values will be calculated.The values are placed in a record post line dof with the same index. Internally in TOCHNOG,post point records are used to evaluate the dof’s on the line. In 1D only x 0 and x 1 should bespecified, etc.. In the example below, the average of the x-velocity between the points (3,1) and(3,7) will be printed

. . .number of space dimensions 2materi velocity. . .end data. . .post line 1 3. 1. 3. 7.. . .print filter 0 -post line dof 1 -velx. . .control timestep 1 1. 100.control print 1 -post line dof

The coordinates are defined in the initial mesh. See also: post line n and post line operat.

6.853 post line operat index operat

If operat is set to -average then the average is calculated for the post line record with the sameindex. If operat is set to -sum then the sum is calculated for the post line record with the sameindex.

287

If this post line operat is not specified, then operat is set to -average.

6.854 post line dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

Average dofvalues at a selected line. See post line.

6.855 post line dof calcul . . .

See post calcul.

6.856 post line n index n

Use n post point records to evaluate the dof’s along the line. Default n is 5. See post line.

6.857 post node index data item operat geometry entity name geometry entity index

If operat is set to -sum, results for the nodal data item are summed. If operat is set to -average,results for the nodal data item are averaged. For example, you can take for data item the -node rhside data item. In this way you can sum the external nodal forces on a part of thedomain.

This operation is done for nodes which are placed on the geometrical entity geometry entity namegeometry entity index. Instead of a geometrical entity you can also use -all to tell that all nodesshould be used. Instead of a geometrical entity you can also use -ra .. -ra to tell that the nodesof the range should be used.

The result of this post node record is put into the post node result record (with the sameindex).

6.858 post node factor index factor

You can multiply the result of -post node with factor. Default, if post node factor is notspecified, we take factor equal to 1.

6.859 post node result index result 0 result 1 . . .

See post node.

6.860 post node rhside fixed value 0 value 1 . . .

This record will be filled with the average of the norm of node rhside for those dof’s which areprescribed (eg with a bounda dof). By example, in a calculation with only velocities (displace-ments) as primary dof’s, this record contains the average of the reaction force at the nodes in whichthe velocity is prescribed. Values are only filled for principal dof’s (materi velocity, groundflowpressure, condif temperature, ...).

288

6.861 post node rhside free value 0 value 1 . . .

Same as post node rhside fixed, now for free values however. By example, in a calculation withonly velocities (displacements) as primary dof’s, this record contains the average of the unbalanceforce at the nodes in which the velocity is not prescribed.

6.862 post node rhside ratio ratio

This record gives during a calculation a measure for the inaccuracy of the calculation. For eachprimary doftype the ratio between the size of the corresponding parts in post node rhside fixedand post node rhside free is determined; where for vectors like velocities the vector size is taken,and for scalars like temperature the scalar value:

post node rhside ratio = post node rhside freepost node rhside fixed .

If the size post node rhside fixed is below 1.e-10 the ratio is directly filled with post node rhside free.See also post node rhside ratio dof type.

6.863 post node rhside ratio dof type dof type 0 . . .

With this option you can specify a list of doftypes which should be used in the calculationof the post node rhside ratio result. For example, if both groundflow pressure and con-dif temperature are initialised, then you can use only the groundflow pressure in the accuracyratio determination by specifying post node rhside ratio dof type -groundflow pressure.

If post node rhside ratio dof type is not specified and materi velocity is initialised thenautomatically post node rhside ratio dof type -materi velocity will be used.

6.864 post node rhside ratio method method

By setting method to -post node rhside free the ratio is directly filled with post node rhside free.Default, when this post node rhside ratio method record is not specified, the default definitionas specified in post node rhside ratio is used,

6.865 post point index x y z

This record specifies a point in space for which dofvalues will be calculated. The values are placedin a record post point dof with the same index. The values are obtained by determining in whichelement the point is located and then using the element’s interpolation functions. In 1D only xshould be specified, etc.. The coordinates are defined in the initial mesh.

6.866 post point dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

Unknown values at a selected point. See post point.

6.867 post point dof calcul . . .

See post calcul.

289

6.868 post quadrilateral index x 0 y 0 z 0 x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 2 z 2 x 3 y 3 z 3

This record specifies a quadrilateral in space for which the average of the dof values will be calcu-lated. The values are placed in a record post quadrilateral dof with the same index. Internallyin TOCHNOG, post point records are used to evaluate the dof’s on the quadrilateral. In 2D onlyx 0 y 0, x 1 y 1, etc. should be specified. The coordinates are defined in the initial mesh. See also:post quadrilateral n.

6.869 post point eps iso index eps

Tolerance with which a post point is accepted to be part of an element. The default value is1.e-3. You can increase the default value if a post point is exactly on or over the border of themesh, so that the post point may be not found; typically try 0.1 or so.

6.870 post quadrilateral dof index dof 0 dof 1 . . .

Average dofvalues at a selected quadrilateral. See post quadrilateral.

6.871 post quadrilateral dof calcul . . .

See post calcul.

6.872 post quadrilateral n index n

Use n post point records in each direction to evaluate the dof’s along the quadrilateral. Defaultn is 5. See post quadrilateral.

6.873 post strain volume absolute index volume increase absolute

This record will hold after the calculation the absolute volume increase summed over the ele-ments that are selected in the strain volume element, strain volume element group andstrain volume geometry records (with the same index).

The actual volume increase which you will find in this post strain volume absolute record willdepend on the relative volume strain or absolute volume increase that you specified, but also onstiffnesses of neighboring zones, boundary conditions, etc.

You can use this post strain volume absolute result to decide to manually change the specifiedrelative volume strain or absolute volume increase and rerun the calculation.

6.874 post strain volume initial index volume initial

Initial volume of selected elements.

290

6.875 post strain volume relative index volume strain relative

Relative volume strain percentage. Otherwise the same as post strain volume absolute.

6.876 print apply switch

If switch is set to -no, then all control print * records will not be applied. Default, if print applyis not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.877 print arithmetic switch

If switch is set to -yes, all evaluated arithmetics will be printed. See the start of the data part foran explanation about arithmetics. The printing will be done to the file tochnog arithmetic.txt.

6.878 print control switch

If switch is set to -yes, the control index being evaluated will be printed. Handy for keeping trackon what the program is doing.

6.879 print data name switch

If switch is set to -yes, all possible data names will be printed. The printing will be done to thefile tochnog data name.txt.

This is convenient to search in the tochnog data name.txt file fast for options. By example underlinux to search all options which have the word group in it do grep group tochnog data name.txt.

The possible data names may include also internal names that Tochnog uses during the calculation;so for each name you can check this users manual if it is a name that you can use as input in theinput file, or not.

6.880 print database calculation switch

If switch is set to -yes, the database will be written after successful completion of a calculation tothe file name.dbs, where name is the name of the input file. If switch is set to -no, the databasewill not be written.

Default, switch is set to -yes.

6.881 print define switch

If switch is set to -yes, all evaluated defines will be printed. See the start of the data part for anexplanation about defines. The printing will be done to the file tochnog define.txt.

291

6.882 print element geometry present switch

See element geometry present. Default switch is set to -no.

6.883 print failure switch

If switch is set to -yes then failure of elements due to one of the failure criteria (group materi failure rupture,etc.) will be reported.

6.884 print filter index data item name data item index number 0 number 1 . . .

The data selected in the records control print, control print dof, control print dof rhsideand control print element will be filtered at output. Thus only a limited amount of datawill actually be printed. Here data item name is the name of the data item to be filtered,e.g. data item name is -node dof. data item index is the index of the data item name recordwhich passes the filter. If, for example, data item index is 3 then only index 3 passes the filter.If data item index is -all then all indices pass the filter. If, for example, data item index is -geometry line 3 (valid if data item name is -node or another nodal item) then only records withcoordinates located on line 3 pass the filter. If, for example, data item index is -geometry line 3(valid if data item name is -element or another element item) then only element with at least onecoordinate located on line 3 pass the filter. If, for example, data item index is -ra . . . -ra then in-dices in this range pass the filter. If, for example, data item index is -macro 4 and data item nameis data valid at a node (or element), then only nodes (or elements) generated by the macro num-ber 4 pass the filter (see control mesh macro * for macro’s). If, for example, data item indexis -macro -none and data item name is data valid at a node (or element) then only nodes (orelements) not generated by any macro pass the filter (see control mesh macro * for macro’s).

For example, if number 0 is 3 then the fourth value of a record passes the filter. If number 0 is-all the whole record passes the filter. If, for example, number 0 is -velx while data item name is-node dof then only x-velocities pass the filter.

Some examples are

print filter 1 -node dof -all -temp -sigxx (temperatures and xx-stresses)print filter 2 -node -geometry line 3 0 (x-coordinates on line 3)

With control print filter you can select if the records control print, control print dof orcontrol print dof rhside (with the same index) should use specific filters (specify the indices ofthe filter for print filter index), should use all filters (specify -all for print filter index), or shoulduse no filter at all (specify -none for print filter index). Default, if control print filter is notspecified, all filters will be used for a print option.

Example:

print filter 1 -node dof . . .print filter 2 -node dof all . . .print filter 3 . . .. . .control print dof 10 . . .control print filter 10 1 2 (only use filter 1 and 2)

292

. . .control timestep 20 . . .control print 20 . . .control print filter 20 -all (use all filters)

All used filters are placed in-line for a data item; thus only data which passes all used filters forthat data item will be printed.

6.885 print gid calculation switch

If you set switch to -yes the gid files will be printed at the end of the calculation. If you setswitch to -no the gid files will not be printed at the end of the calculation. Default, if switch isnot specified, it is set to -yes.

6.886 print frd prepomax switch

See control print frd prepomax , but now for all frd printing however. If both control print frd prepomaxand print frd prepomax are present, the control print frd prepomax dictates what happensfor the specific control index.

If both print frd prepomax and control print frd prepomax are not specified the switch isset to -no.

6.887 print gid contact spring2 number of nodes

Set number of nodes to 2 if you want to draw contact spring2 with two nodes, and to 1 if youwant to draw contact spring2 with one node. Default, if print gid contact spring2 is notspecified, then 1 is used for number of nodes.

6.888 print gid coord switch

If switch is set to -yes the coordinates of nodes is plotted in gid.

6.889 print gid define switch

If switch is set to -yes defined names will be used i.s.o. geometry names (when a geometry isdefined as a name with start define ... end define). If switch is set to -no that will not be done.Default, if switch is not specified, switch is set to -yes.

6.890 print gid deformed mesh switch

If switch is set to -yes, the deformed mesh coordinates are written to the gid file, as opposed tothe initial coordinates. Default switch is set to -no.

See also control print gid deformed mesh.

293

6.891 print gid mesh activate gravity switch

See also mesh activate gravity time.

6.892 print gid spring2 number of nodes

Set number of nodes to 2 if you want to draw spring2 with two nodes, and to 1 if you want todraw spring2 with one node. Default, if print gid spring2 is not specified, then 1 is used fornumber of nodes.

6.893 print group data dataitem name 0 dataitem name 1 . . .

Print in the gid files group * data items for isoparametric finite elements. As a typical exampleuse -group materi elasti young; then you get in the gid plot what the young model distributionis for isoparametric finite elements in the mesh.

All group data is averaged over each element, so you will see a constant value per element (evenwhen the group data item may vary over the different integration points in an element).

For elements which do not have a specific group data item a value 0 will be plotted. Tochnog setsthe gid group data information in the timesteps, so only after timesteps have been taken you willsee meaningful results for the group data in gid plots.

The values will also be placed in the element print group data records.

6.894 print gmsh calculation switch

If you set switch to -yes the gmsh files will be printed at the end of the calculation. If you setswitch to -no the gmsh files will not be printed at the end of the calculation. Default, if switch isnot specified, it is set to -no.

6.895 print gmsh dummy switch

See control print gmsh dummy. This print gmsh dummy holds for all gmsh printing, unlessit is overruled by a control print gmsh dummy.

6.896 print mesh dof dof 0 dof 1 ...

This option allows you to print results for dof’s (temperatures, groundflow pressures, ...) in afirst calculation and use these results later in a second calculation as boundary conditions. Thiscomes handy when you need to run the second calculation multiple times, and the results for theprinted dof’s can be taken from the first calculation. In this way, the computing time of the secondcalculation can be smaller, and also a different FE mesh can be used in the first calculation andthe second calculation for the different doffields.

In the first calculation you can print the dof’s with the command print mesh dof; the results willbe printed in the file print mesh dof.txt. The dof 0 dof 1 ... of print mesh dof specify the dof’swhich will be printed. In the first calculation printing of the dof’s to the file print mesh dof.txtwill actually be done for when switch is set to -yes in control print mesh dof.

294

For the second calculation rename the file print mesh dof.txt into bounda mesh dof.txt. Youcan specify which of the dof’s in the file bounda mesh dof.txt will actually be used a prescribedvalue (’boundary condition’) with the dof 0 dof 1 ... of bounda print mesh dof. You can restrictthe nodes to which this will be done by bounda print mesh dof geometry (please realise usinga geometry point with a very large tolerance in combination with geometry element group youcan effectively select the geometry formed by an element group).

The FE meshes as used in the first calculation and in the second calculation need not be the same,and are also allowed to vary in time (in building processes, excavations, etc.). Nodes from thesecond mesh will be located in the first mesh, and doffields will be interpolated from the first meshto the second mesh. In case a node from the second mesh is not inside any isoparametric element ofthe first mesh, the value for the dof’s as specified in the optional bounda print mesh dof valueswill be used. In bounda print mesh dof values you need to specify values for each and everydofthat was specified with print mesh dof in the first calculation. If the node of the second meshcannot be found in the first mesh and also bounda print mesh dof values is not specified thenthe dof’s will be taken from the closest node of the first mesh.

Results for the second mesh will be linearly interpolated in time from results of the first mesh.

Example first calculation in which only a temperature field is calculated:

echo -yesnumber of space dimensions 2condif temperatureend initia. . .print mesh dof -temp. . .control timestep 10 ...control print mesh dof 10 -yes (print in print mesh dof.txt). . .

Example second calculation in which the temperature field calculated in the first calculation isimposed:

echo -yesnumber of space dimensions 2condif temperaturemateri velocitymateri displacementmateri stressend initia. . .bounda print mesh dof -tempbounda print mesh dof values 20. (read from bounda mesh dof.txt). . .

6.897 print node geometry present switch

See node geometry present. Default switch is set to -no.

295

6.898 print precision number of values

With number of values you can set for all printing how many values will be used at printing. Forexample, setting number of values to 4 the internal tochnog double 98.123456789 will be printedas 98.12 when using control print, control print gid etc.

6.899 print tecplot calculation switch

If you set switch to -yes the tecplot files will be printed at the end of the calculation. If you setswitch to -no the tecplot files will not be printed at the end of the calculation. Default, if switchis not specified, it is set to -yes.

6.900 print vtk calculation switch

If you set switch to -yes the vtk files will be printed at the end of the calculation. If you setswitch to -no the vtk files will not be printed at the end of the calculation. Default, if switch isnot specified, it is set to -yes.

6.901 print where switch

If switch is set to -yes, information will be printed about the taks that tochnog is performing(evaluation boundary conditions, loop over elements, etc.).

This is convenient for very large calculations, to see what is being done and how the calculationproceeds.

6.902 processors nproc

With this record you can set the number of CPUs you want to use (nproc). If your TOCHNOGimplementation does not allow for more processors, this record is ignored. In fact, not the numberof processors but the number of threads is set (that is, if you use 2 threads while your system onlysupports 1 processor than those threads are split over that single processor).

Error messages may become confusing when you use more than one processor.

Default nproc is 1.

6.903 processors maximum switch

If switch is set to -yes, the processors record will be set to the maximum number as allowed byyour computer.

Default switch is set to -yes. This processors maximum record will not be used if the proces-sors record is specified.

296

6.904 processors partition npartition

The element loop is parallised as follows. The master process gives away small amounts of the totalnumber of elements to child processes, and if a child process is ready it gets a new small amountof the master process. In fact , a child process gets each time an amount of nelement

npartion∗processorswhere nelement is the number of elements, npartition is specified in processors partition, andprocessors is specified in processors. Default, if processors partition is not specified, we setnpartition to 1.

6.905 relaxation relax 0 relax 1 . . .

Relaxation parameters for adjusting dof’s in iterations. This can stabilize the calculation. Forexample, a relaxation parameter of 0.1 means that the corresponding dof is now completely updatedwith the iterative change, but only 10 percent of the change is actually applied in a iteration.

If enough iterations are used, the relaxation parameters with not influence the final solution.

You should specify a relaxation parameter term for each principal dof which is present in thecalculation (see the start of the data part description for a list of principal dof’s; these are velocities,temperature, etc.).

The relaxation is used for all timesteps. See also control relaxation.

6.906 repeat save result index result 0 result 1 . . .

See control repeat save. The index is the number of repetition (index 0 is repeat 0, index 1 isrepeat 1, etc.)

6.907 repeat save calculate result average 0 variance 0 average 1 variance 1. . .

See control repeat save calculate.

6.908 safety slip circle grid middle index x first y first x last y last

This record specifies a grid with middles of a circle for safety factor calculations. With x first y firstyou specify the first middle. With x last y last you specify the last middle. With safety slip circle grid middle nyou specify the number of middles that should be evaluated in the safety calculation; all middlestogether form a equidistant grid between x first y first and x last y last.

As a special option you can only specify x first y first and not specify safety slip circle grid middle n;then only one middle x first y first will be evaluated for the circle in the safety calculation.

See also control safety slip.

6.909 safety slip circle grid middle n index n

See safety slip circle grid middle.

297

6.910 safety slip circle grid radius index r first r last

This record specifies the radius of a circle for safety factor calculations.

With r first you specify the first radius. With r last you specify the last radius. With safety slip circle grid radius nyou specify the number of radius that should be evaluated in the safety calculation; all radius tobe evaluated will be put equidistant between r first and r last.

As a special option you can only specify r first and not specify safety slip circle grid radius n;then only one radius r first will be evaluated for the circle in the safety calculation.

6.911 safety slip circle grid radius n index n

See safety slip circle grid radius.

6.912 safety slip circle grid result index x y r safety factor

This record will after the calculation be filled with the middle, radius and safety factor for thecritical surface (for the slip circles with the same index).

6.913 safety slip circle grid segment n index n

With this record you can specify how many segments in the circle will be used in the integrationof the safety factor. A high number of segments gives more accuracy but is time consuming. Alow number of segments is less accurate but fast. Default, if safety slip circle grid segment nis not specified, then 90 segments will be used.

6.914 safety slip circle line middle index x first y first x last y last

This record specifies a line with middles of a circle for safety factor calculations. With x first y firstyou specify the first middle. With x last y last you specify the last middle. With safety slip circle line middle nyou specify the number of middles that should be evaluated in the safety calculation; all middlestogether form a equidistant line between x first y first and x last y last.

As a special option you can only specify x first y first and not specify safety slip circle line middle n;then only one middle x first y first will be evaluated for the circle in the safety calculation.

See also control safety slip.

6.915 safety slip circle line middle n index n

See safety slip circle line middle.

6.916 safety slip circle line radius index r first r last

This record specifies the radius of a circle for safety factor calculations.

298

With r first you specify the first radius. With r last you specify the last radius. With safety slip circle line radius nyou specify the number of radius that should be evaluated in the safety calculation; all radius tobe evaluated will be put equidistant between r first and r last.

As a special option you can only specify r first and not specify safety slip circle line radius n;then only one radius r first will be evaluated for the circle in the safety calculation.

6.917 safety slip circle line radius n index n

See safety slip circle line radius.

6.918 safety slip circle line result index x y r safety factor

This record will after the calculation be filled with the middle, radius and safety factor for thecritical surface (for the slip circles with the same index).

6.919 safety slip circle line segment n index n

With this record you can specify how many segments in the circle will be used in the integrationof the safety factor. A high number of segments gives more accuracy but is time consuming. Alow number of segments is less accurate but fast. Default, if safety slip circle line segment nis not specified, then 90 segments will be used.

6.920 safety slip combined linear index x first,0 y first,0 x first,1 y first,1 . . . x last,0y last,0 x last,1 y last,1 . . .

This record specifies combined linear lines along which the safety factor should be calculated.

All data with first specifies the first combined linear line. The x first,0 y first,0 specifies the firstpoint of the first line piece of the first combined linear line, the x first,1 y first,1 specifies the secondpoint of the first line piece of the first combined linear line The x first,2 y first,2 specifies the firstpoint of the second line piece of the first combined linear line, the x first,3 y first,3 specifies thesecond point of the second line piece of the first combined linear line etc.

All data with last specifies the last combined linear line. The x last,0 y last,0 specifies the firstpoint of the first line piece of the last combined linear line, the x first,1 y first,1 specifies the secondpoint of the first line piece of the last combined linear line The x last,2 y last,2 specifies the firstpoint of the second line piece of the last combined linear line, the x first,3 y first,3 specifies thesecond point of the second line piece of the last combined linear line etc. This last combined linearline should have an equal number of points as the first combined linear line.

With safety slip combined linear n you specify the number of combined linear lines that shouldbe evaluated in the safety calculation; all combined linear lines to be evaluated will be put equidis-tant between the first combined linear line and the second combined linear line.

As a special option you can only specify data for the first combined linear line, and specify notdata for the last combined linear line and not safety slip combined linear n; then only onecombined linear line will be used.

See also control safety slip.

299

6.921 safety slip combined linear n index n

See safety slip combined linear.

6.922 safety slip combined linear result index x 0 y 0 x 1 y 1 . . . safety factor

This record will after the calculation be filled with the combined linear line for the critical surface(for the combined linear lines circles with the same index).

6.923 safety slip combined linear segment n index n

With this record you can specify how many segments in a line piece of a combined linear linewill be used in the integration of the safety factor. A high number of segments gives more ac-curacy but is time consuming. A low number of segments is less accurate but fast. Default, ifsafety slip combined linear segment n is not specified, then 10 segments will be used.

6.924 safety slip ellipsoide index middle x first middle y first middle z first base1 x firstbase1 y first base1 z first base2 x first base2 y first base2 z first a first b firstc first middle x last middle y last middle z last base1 x last base1 y last base1 z lastbase2 x last base2 y last base2 z last a last b last c last

This record specifies a 3D ellipsoide for which the safety factor should be calculated. The ellipsoide

equation is x2

a2 + y2

b2 + z2

c2 = 1, where x, y and z are local coordinates in the ellipsoide. The ellipsoideis specified by 12 parameters in tochnog.

All parameters with first specifies the first ellipsoide. The middle x first middle y first middle z firstspecifies the ellipsoide middle (for which the local coordinates are 0; x = 0, y = 0, z = 0). Thebase1 x first base1 y first base1 z first specifies the direction of the local x axes in space. Thebase2 x first base2 y first base2 z first specifies the direction of the local y axes in space. Tochnogdetermines automatically the direction of the local z axes in space. The a b c specifies the radii inrespective the local x, y and z direction.

All parameters with last specifies the last ellipsoide.

With safety slip ellipsoide n you specify the number of variations that should be used for each ofthe specified ellipsoids parameters. All parameters will be interpolated between the values specifiedfor the first and last ellipsoide. In case you want to keep a parameter fixed, thus it should not bevaried, simply specify an equal value for the parameter in the first and last ellipsoide.

As a special option you can only specify parameters for the first ellipsoide, and specify not param-eters for the last ellipsoide.

See also control safety slip.

6.925 safety slip ellipsoide method index method

The normal on the ellipsoide surface is uniquely defined, so that the normal stresses are uniquelydefined. The slip direction in the surface is not uniquely defined however. Below several possibilitiesare listed.

300

If method is set to -safety slip ellipsoide, then the ellipsoide local x direction will be used as slipdirection (to be more precise, the projections on the ellipsoide surface will be used everywhere).

If method is set to -materi displacement or -materi velocity integrated, then the last cal-culated displacements will be used as slip direction (to be more precise, the projections on theellipsoide surface will be used everywhere).

If method is set to -materi velocity, then the last calculated velocities will be used as slip direction(to be more precise, the projections on the ellipsoide surface will be used everywhere).

Default, if safety slip ellipsoide method is not specified, method is set to -safety slip ellipsoide.

6.926 safety slip ellipsoide n index n

See safety slip ellipsoide.

6.927 safety slip ellipsoide result index middle x middle y middle z base1 xbase1 y base1 z base2 x base2 y base2 z a b c safety factor

This record will after the calculation be filled with the ellipsoide for the critical surface and thesafety factor.

6.928 safety slip ellipsoide segment n index n

With this record you can specify how many segments in an ellipsoide will be used in the integrationof the safety factor. The ellipsoide is internally in tochnog integrated in a local φ and θ direction,over safety slip combined linear segment n segments each. A high number of segments givesmore accuracy but is time consuming. A low number of segments is less accurate but fast. Default,if safety slip ellipsoide n is not specified, then 90 segments will be used.

6.929 safety slip grd index switch

If switch is set to -yes, Tochnog will read a slip surface from the file index.grd. The file is in .grdformat, as used by the surfer program from Golden Software. Thus the format is:

DSAAnx nyxmin xmaxymin ymaxzmin zmax. . . (for first y specify z values for all x). . . (for second y specify z values for all x). . .

This safety slip grd is only available in 3D.

301

6.930 safety slip grd method index method

With this record you can specify with which method the slip direction is chosen (this is the directionin which the slip shear force will be determined, to calculate the safety factor).

If method is set to -safety slip grd direction the direction specified in -safety slip grd directionwill be used. If method is set to -materi velocity the last calculated -materi velocity directionswill be used. If method is set to -materi displacement the last calculated -materi displacementdirections will be used. If method is set to -materi velocity integrated the last calculated -materi velocity integrated directions will be used. If somewhere the direction is not specifiedby the above, because the used direction is a null vector, then Tochnog will ask you to specifysafety slip grd method direction additionally, and then that direction will be used there.

Default, if safety slip grd method is not specified, method is set to -safety slip grd direction.

6.931 safety slip grd method direction index dir x dir y dir z

See safety slip grd method.

6.932 safety slip grd segment n index n

With this record you can specify how many segments in each part of the surface of the grd filewill be used in the integration of the safety factor. In total the surface has nx*ny parts; each ofthese parts will be integrated with n*n segments. Default, if safety slip grd segment n is notspecified, then n will be set to 10.

6.933 safety slip multi linear index x first,0 y first,0 x first,1 y first,1 . . . x last,0y last,0 x last,1 y last,1 . . .

This record specifies multi linear lines along which the safety factor should be calculated.

All data with first specifies the first multi linear line. The x first,0 y first,0 specifies the first pointof the first line piece of the first multi linear line, the x first,1 y first,1 specifies the second point ofthe first line piece of the first multi linear line which is also the first point of the second line pieceof the first multi linear line, etc.

All data with last specifies the last multi linear line. The x last,0 y last,0 specifies the first pointof the first line piece of the last multi linear line, the x first,1 y first,1 specifies the second point ofthe first line piece of the last multi linear line which is also the first point of the second line pieceof the last multi linear line, etc. This last multi linear line should have an equal number of pointsas the first multi linear line.

With safety slip multi linear n you specify the number of multi linear lines that should beevaluated in the safety calculation; all multi linear lines to be evaluated will be put equidistantbetween the first multi linear line and the second multi linear line.

As a special option you can only specify data for the first multi linear line, and specify not datafor the last multi linear line and not safety slip multi linear n; then only one multi linear linewill be used.

See also control safety slip.

302

6.934 safety slip multi linear n index n

See safety slip multi linear.

6.935 safety slip multi linear result index x 0 y 0 x 1 y 1 . . . safety factor

This record will after the calculation be filled with the multi linear line for the critical surface (forthe multi linear lines circles with the same index).

6.936 safety slip multi linear segment n index n

With this record you can specify how many segments in a line piece of a multi linear line willbe used in the integration of the safety factor. A high number of segments gives more accu-racy but is time consuming. A low number of segments is less accurate but fast. Default, ifsafety slip multi linear segment n is not specified, then 10 segments will be used.

6.937 safety slip set index index 0 index 1 index 1 . . .

This records defines the indices of safety geometries belong to a set. For all safety geometries of aset, the minimal safety factor will be determined.

As a special option you can also define a range.

6.938 safety slip set result index index safety factor

This record will be filled after the calculation with the minimal safety factor of the geometries inthe set.

6.939 slide geometry index geometry entity geometry entity index

This record generates slide friction forces when a material slides over the geometry specified bygeometry entity geometry entity index.

This option comes handy when it is a priori known at which nodes sliding will occur, which istypically the case in an Eulerian calculation.

Also slide plasti friction should be specified.

See also node slide.

6.940 slide plasti friction index phi c

This record specifies friction for the slide geometry option. The maximum friction force betweenthe material and the side surface equals c+Fn ∗ tan(phi) where c is the cohesion, phi is the frictionangle in radians and Fn is the normal force.

303

6.941 slide plasti tension index sig t

This record specifies maximum tensile force for the slide geometry option.

6.942 slide user index switch

If switch is set to -yes the user supplied routine for slide friction is called.

See also the file user.cpp in the distribution.

6.943 slide damping index damping n damping t

This specifies the normal damping and tangential damping for sliding. See also control slide damping apply.

6.944 slide stiffness index stiffness n stiffness t

This specifies the normal stiffness and tangential stiffness for sliding. See also control slide stiffness apply.

6.945 solver solver type

You can set here the solver type to one of solvers as specified in control solver. The solver sethere holds for the entire calculation (as opposed to the control solver which only holds for thecorresponding time steps). In fact, each control solver will be overwritten by a specified solver.

When using the bicg solver, consider also setting solver matrix symmetric to -yes, in order tospeed up the speed of the bicg solver.

6.946 solver bicg error error

With error you set the termination error ratio between the initial and final error in the bicgiterations.

See also control solver bicg error.

6.947 solver bicg restart nrestart

With nrestart you set the number of restarts in the bicg iterations.

See also control solver bicg restart.

6.948 solver bicg stop switch

If switch is set to -yes, the calculation is stopped if the bicg solver does not converge. If switch isset to -no, the calculation is not stopped if the bicg solver does not converge.

See also control solver bicg stop.

304

6.949 solver matrix save switch

If switch is set to -yes, the solver saves and applies the decomposed matrix, but not in caseTochnog thinks for some reason that the matrix needs to be decomposed at each timestep. Thiscan save CPU time, since further decompositions of the matrix are not required anymore (onlybacksubstitution to find the solution vector).

If switch is set to -no, the solver does not save the decomposed matrix.

If switch is set to -always, the solver saves and applies the decomposed matrix, even in caseTochnog thinks for some reason that the matrix needs to be decomposed at each timestep.

This option is only available in combination with the pardiso solver. See also control solver matrix save.

6.950 solver matrix symmetric switch

If switch is set to -yes then, if needed, matrices are symmetrized so that less memory will beneeded and a symmetrical equation solver can be used.

6.951 solver pardiso ordering ordering

See also control solver pardiso ordering.

6.952 solver pardiso out of core switch

If switch is set to -yes the pardiso solver is called with a ’out of core’ option. See for further thepardiso solver in the the intel mkl library.

6.953 solver pardiso processors nproc

Set the number of processors to be used by the pardiso solver. Only 1 or the maximum number ofthe computer is allowed, nothing in between.

To maximise parallel performance of the pardiso solver set the environment symbol MKL DYNAMICto FALSE.

6.954 solver pardiso processors maximum switch

If switch is set to -yes the maximum number of processors will be used for the pardiso solver. Elseonly 1 processor will be used for the pardiso solver.

6.955 strain settlement parameters index time global,start time plus reference creep strain ratereference time power n lateral factor

With this option data items you can specify an extra vertical settlement creep strain. Think ofgeotechnics soil dumping as a typical example where after dumping some extra vertical strainingshows up over time.

305

The vertical settlement creep strain of a soil particle is assumed to be:

˙εzz =εr

1 + (t−tplus

tr)n

The user supplied parameters are: εr as reference creep rate, tplus, tr as reference time and nas power constant. Creep strain starts when the global time tglobal reaches time global, start. Sotimeage,start can be used to set where in the creep strain curve the material will start with creeping.The time t in this equation is the time elapse after the material has become active (so the timeafter dumping the material, which typically is different for each finite element).

The horizontal creep strains ˙εxx = f ˙εzz and ˙εyy = f ˙εzz are assumed to be a lateral factor f timesthe vertical creep strain.

This strain settlement parameters should be combined with the mesh gravity activate timeoption as follows:

. . .mesh activate gravity time 10 . . .mesh activate gravity time strain settlement 10 -yesstrain settlement parameters 20 . . .. . .

The mesh activate gravity time strain settlement indicates that the mesh activation shouldnot be used by itself, but is only used to determine element activation times needed for thestrain settlement parameters option.

See also strain settlement element group.

6.956 strain settlement element group index element group 0 element group 1. . .

This record specifies the element groups for which the strain settlement parameters with thesame parameters will be used. As a special option you can use -all, such that all elements groupswill be used.

6.957 strain volume absolute time index time 0 volume increase absolute 0 time 1volume increase absolute 1 . . .

See strain volume element.

6.958 strain volume element index element 0 element 1 . . .

With the strain volume * data items you can specify an extra volumetric strain component whichTochnog should add to specified elements, element groups or a geometry. Think of geotechnicsgrouting as a typical example.

If you specify strain volume * then 13 of the specified volumetric strain is imposed as xx-strain,

yy-strain and zz-strain. The actual straining of elements in the calculation will depend on bound-ary conditions, external forces, etc. By example, if you have a calculation where all displacements

306

are suppressed by boundary conditions, the actual deformation of elements is null, and the spec-ified strain volume * only leads to stresses. By example, if you have a 3d calculation whereelements are free to deform the actual deformation of elements will become equal to the specifiedstrain volume *. By example, if you have a 2d plain strain calculation where elements are free todeform the actual deformation of elements will be smaller than specified strain volume * (sincethere is no deformation possible in the third direction).

Use strain volume element to specify element numbers for which the volume strain should beapplied. Use strain volume element group to specify element group numbers for which thevolume strain should be applied. Use strain volume geometry to specify a geometry for whichthe volume strain should be applied.

You can either specify relative volume strains (relative to the initial volume) or absolute volumechanges. Use strain volume relative time to specify a time versus relative volume strain dia-gram. These relative volume strains should be specified as percentage (thus, 100 would be a volumestrain equal to the initial volume, so 100 percent extra volume). Use strain volume absolute timeto specify a time versus absolute volume increase diagram. These absolute volume increasesshould be specified as real volume (thus m3 if you use would meter m as length unit in yourinput file). Exactly one of strain volume relative time or strain volume absolute timeshould be given in the input file, not both. At times outside strain volume relative time,or strain volume absolute time, the relative volume strain, or absolute volume increase, areassumed to be zero.

If none of strain volume element, strain volume element group or strain volume geometryis given then the strain volume relative time or strain volume absolute time will be ap-plied to all isoparametric elements.

The volumetric strain option presently is available only for small deformation analysis. The vol-umetric strain can be be applied to isoparametric elements only. The volumetric strain is notavailable for membrane elements.

See also post strain volume absolute and post strain volume relative.

6.959 strain volume element group index element group 0 element group 1 . . .

See strain volume element.

6.960 strain volume geometry index geometry item name geometry item index

See strain volume element.

6.961 strain volume relative time index time 0 relative volume strain 0 time 1relative volume strain 1 . . .

See strain volume element.

6.962 support edge normal index stiffness normal stiffness tangential

Distributed support of an edge (winkler foundation). The stiffness normal specifies the normalstiffness of the support per unit length in 2D, and per unit area in 3D. The stiffness tangentialspecifies the tangential stiffness. This option is meant for 2D and 3D calculations.

307

Also the record support edge normal geometry should be specified.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

See also node support edge normal force.

6.963 support edge normal damping index damping normal damping tangential

Distributed damping at an edge. The damping normal specifies the normal damping of the supportper unit length in 2D, and per unit area in 3D. The damping tangential specifies the tangentialdamping. This option is meant for 2D and 3D calculations.

If you want to use support edge normal damping to absorb stress wave at the boundaries ofthe mesh (think of vibration or earthquake analysis), there are typical values to be used for thenormal and tangential damping.

For absorbing boundaries the damping normal typically should be set to CnρVn. The parameter Cn

typically is chosen as 1. The ρ is the material density. The pressure wave velocity is Vn =√

Eoed

ρ

with oedometric stiffness Eoed = (1−ν)E(1+ν)(1−2ν) where E is the Young’s modulus, and ν is Poisson’s

ratio. For absorbing boundaries the damping tangential typically should be set to CtρVt. The

parameter Cn typically is chosen as 0.25. The shear wave velocity is Vt =√

Gρ with shear modulus

G = E2(1+ν) .

Also the records support edge normal and support edge normal geometry should be spec-ified.

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

See also control support edge normal stiffness freeze and node support edge normal force.See also support edge normal damping for automatic specification of damping properties.

6.964 support edge normal damping automatic index switch

If you set switch to -yes this record generates damping just like the support edge normal dampingrecord. Now however you do not need to specify the damping properties yourself; they are calcu-lated by Tochnog using the Young value E and the Poisson ratio ν from the isoparametric elementattached to the support.

6.965 support edge normal damping automatic apparent index switch

If you set switch to -yes this record generates damping just like the support edge normal dampingrecord. Now however you do not need to specify the damping properties yourself; they are cal-culated by Tochnog using the apparent young and poisson value from the isoparametric elementattached to the support.

6.966 support edge normal density index density normal density tangential

Distributed density at an edge. The density normal specifies the normal density of the support perunit length in 2D, and per unit area in 3D. The density tangential specifies the tangential density.This option is meant for 2D and 3D calculations.

308

Attention: this option is only available for linear and quadratic isoparametric elements.

6.967 support edge normal element node index element 0 element 1 . . .

Selects the element and local nodes for which the support edge normal record with the sameindex should be applied.

6.968 support edge normal element group index element group

Restricts the element group to which the support edge normal record with the same indexshould be applied.

6.969 support edge normal element side index element 0 element 1 . . . side

Selects the elements and local side number for which the support edge normal record with thesame index should be applied.

6.970 support edge normal factor index a0 a1 . . .an

The same as force edge normal factor, now however for the support stiffnesses (and not theforce).

6.971 support edge normal force initial index a 0 a 1

This record allows you to specify an initial normal force in the support, linear varying in depthdirection. The initial normal force actually is a0 + a1 ∗ y in 2D, or a0 + a1 ∗ z in 3D.

6.972 support edge normal geometry index geometry entity name geometry entity index

Selects the area for which the support edge normal record with the same index should beapplied. For example, -geometry line 1 can be used in 2D, indicating that the nodes on line 1get the distributed support.

6.973 support edge normal node index node 0 node 1 node 2 . . .

Selects the nodes for which the support edge normal record with the same index should beapplied. The node 0 etc. specify global node numbers.

6.974 support edge normal plasti compression index normal force minimumtangential force factor

With normal force minimum you can limit the amount of compression force that a support cantake. Any compression force lower than this normal force minimum will actually be set to nor-mal force minimum. Typically you want to specify a negative value for index normal force minimum.

309

With tangential force factor you can model frictional slip in the tangential direction. The tangentialforce is limited to tangential force factor times the normal force. Larger tangential forces are notallowed.

This support edge normal plasti compression will only be used if the normal force does notexceed the maximum tension force as specified in support edge normal plasti tension or sup-port edge normal plasti tension double.

All forces are per unit length in 2D, and per unit area in 3D.

6.975 support edge normal plasti friction index cohesion friction coefficient

With this record you can limit the amount of friction force that a support can take. The maximumallowed friction force is the cohesion plus the friction coefficient multiplied with the absolute valueof the normal force.

All forces are per unit length in 2D, and per unit area in 3D.

6.976 support edge normal plasti tension index switch

If switch is set to -yes and the normal force in the support is tension, then all forces are set to 0.This models gap building between the support and the element edge.

6.977 support edge normal plasti tension double index normal force maximum

With normal force maximum you can limit the amount of tension force that a support can take.As opposed to support edge normal plasti tension, you can specify a non-zero value withthis option. If a normal force higher than this normal force maximum occurs it will be set tonormal force maximum, and tangential shear forces will be set to zero. Typically you want tospecify zero or a positive value for index normal force maximum, although a negative value is alsoallowed.

Not both of support edge normal plasti tension and support edge normal plasti tension doublecan be specified.

All forces are per unit length in 2D, and per unit area in 3D.

6.978 support edge normal plasti residual stiffness index factor

In case of plasticity in a support you can require that Tochnog includes a part of the originalelastic stiffness in the element stiffness matrix to get more stable iterations. The part of theoriginal stiffness included needs to be specified with factor, between 0 and 1. The stiffness isonly included in the matrix, and not in the right-hand-side; so it will only influence convergencebehaviour, but not the final results if a sufficient amount of steps is taken. Default, if sup-port edge normal plasti residual stiffness is not specified, factor is set to 0.

6.979 support edge normal time index time load time load . . .

This record specifies a diagram with a multiplication factor for the support edge force. Linearinterpolation is used to extend the time load values to the intervals between these pairs. Outside

310

the specified time range a factor 0 is used.

If this record is not specified, a factor of 1 is applied at all times.

6.980 target item index data item name data item index number

See also: target value.

6.981 target value index value tolerance

This allows for testing the results of the calculation. Typically, data item name is -node dof butalso other data items can be tested. The record with index data item index will be tested. Ifdata item name is -node dof then number can be -velx, -temp, etc. (see dof label); else, forexample, number is 3 states that the fourth value needs to be checked. The result should not differmore from value than tolerance.

For a calculation with no problems, the tochnog.log file contains a line stating that the calculationdid start followed by a line stating that the calculation did end. If this is not precisely the case,some problem did occur or the targeted results differ too much. In the example below it is checkedthat the pressure in node 6 does not differ more than 1. 10−5.

target item 0 -node dof 6 -prestarget value 0 1.2 1.e-5

The checked value, 1.2 in this case, has been found from a previous computation that is regardedas reliable. The present computed value is compared with the earlier one. If they agree within thespecified tolerance, 1.e-5 in this case, then Tochnog is silent. If they do not, then Tochnog writesan error message into the file ”tochnog.log”.

6.982 time calculation elapsed time in seconds

Elapsed computer time up to moment of printing (wall clock time).

6.983 time current current time

Current time in calculation.

6.984 timestep predict velocity switch

Normally tochnog will use as prediction for velocities in a timestep the previous calculated velocitiesfrom the previous timestep.

However, if there is no inertia, and convection apply is -no tochnog will use as prediction forvelocities in a timestep a zero velocity.

You can require that tochnog does the normal prediction from the previous timestep however bysetting switch to -yes; you typically want to do that in eulerian calculations.

311

6.985 timestep iterations automatic apply switch

If switch is set to -no any control timestep iterations automatic records will be neglected.

6.986 tochnog trial switch

If switch is set to -yes and the number of elements is lower than 100, no license will be checked(which saves time, so the calculation starts more fast).

You can also set an environment symbol tochnog trial to -yes in case you only want to do trialcalculations.

6.987 tochnog version index day month year

This record contains the build day, the build month and the build year.

6.988 truss rope apply switch

If switch is set to -no, any truss rope data in the input file will be ignored. This is done for alltimesteps.

This option is convenient for testing your input file just linear, without the need to outcommenteach and every part with truss rope data. See also control truss rope apply.

6.989 volume factor a0 a1 . . .an

This data item defines a polynomial in space in 1D or 2D. The polynomial specifies the cross-sectional area (in 1D) or the thickness (2D) as function of the global x coordinate (1D) or theglobal x,y coordinates (2D). For example, in a 1D solid calculation it can be used to specifyvarying cross-sectional areas of bars, or in a 1D flow calculation it can be used to specify the cross-sectional area of a channel.

In 1D the polynomial is a0 + a1x + a2x2 + . . .. In 2D the polynomial is a0 + a1x + a2y + a3x

2 +a4xy + a5y

2 + a6x3 + a7x

2y + a8xy2 + a9y

3 + . . ..

If this record is not specified, the cross-sectional area is 1 (1D) or the thickness is 1 (2D).

See also volume element factor.

6.990 volume factor x x0 fac01 x1 fac12 . . .xn

This specifies an in x-direction changing volume factor for elements. Left from x0 the factor is 1.From x0 to x1 the factor is fac01. Etcetera. And right from xn the factor is 1 again.

6.991 zip switch

If switch is set to -yes all *flavia*, *msh, vtk, *.plt and *dbs files are zipped with the gzipprogram. The gzip program should be installed on your computer.

312

This comes convenient in large calculation with lots of output, where you want to use results laterand save disk space during the calculation.

If also control zip is specified for a certain control index that overrules this zip for that controlindex.

6.992 end data (last record of data part)

313

7 Runtime file

You can use a runtime file to give to Tochnog data on the fly (while it is running). The runtimefile will be read at the start of each time step. The runtime file needs to have the same name asthe input file, with the extension run instead of dat however. Suppose the name of the normalinput file is beam.dat, then the name of the runtime file is beam.run. The runtime file alwaysneeds to be ended with two end data statements.

As a typical example you can use this runtime file when you are doing a long calculation and youdecide while the calculation is running that you want extra output. Suppose the normal input filetochnog.dat contains:

. . .control timestep 100 . . .. . .

Then you can decide to get some extra GID plotting files, while Tochnog is already running, byusing the runtime file tochnog.run with:

control print gid 100 -yesend data end data

When you want to de-activate the printing of GID files again then set the runtime file to:

control print gid 100 -noend data end data

As a special option, you can use exit tochnog -yes in the runtime file; then Tochnog will exitthe calculation after printing the complete database and GID files.

After the runtime file is read, it will be automatically deleted by Tochnog.

314

8 Interaction analyzes and advanced analyzes

8.1 Fluid-structure interaction

If a solid construction interacts with a fluid, both the solid and fluid can be modeled with themateri equation. Interaction forces between solid and fluid will automatically be generated. Ifrequired, a temperature field may be imposed. An example of a input file is given below

. . .materi velocitymateri stresscondif temperatureend initia. . .element group -ra -from 0 -to 100 -ra 1element group -ra -from 101 -to 200 -ra 2. . .type 1 -materi -condifgroup materi elasti young 1 . . .group materi memory -updatedgroup condif conductivity 3 . . .. . .type 2 -materigroup materi elasti compressibility 2 . . .group materi viscosity 2 . . .group materi memory -updated lineargroup condif conductivity 2 . . .. . .

Elements 0-100 are solids (with temperature) and elements 101-200 are fluids (with temperature).

8.2 Consolidation analysis: ground water flow in deforming solid

The ground water flow equation can be combined with the materi equations. The solid will deformdue to the ground water flow pressure gradient and ground water flow pressure will change due tosolid volume changes. An example of a input file is given below

. . .materi velocitymateri stressgroundflow pressureend initia. . .groundflow consolidation apply -yes . . .groundflow density . . .groundflow phreatic level . . .. . .group type 0 -materi -groundflowgroup materi elasti young 0 . . .

315

group materi memory -updatedgroup groundflow capacity 0 . . .. . .

The stresses as initialized by materi stress are effective stresses. Internally the program calculateswith total stresses (effective stress + total pressure) in the material equilibrium equation. You canobtain the total stresses for postprocessing by means of the post calcul option.

To account for the gravitational stresses, use a density ρsat in the group materi density record.Here ρsat is the saturated density of the groundwater-soil mixture (mass of soil + water per unitvolume of the soil-water mixture). Also specify the gravitation in the force gravity record and,if required, also the force gravity time record to apply the gravitation slowly.

8.3 Heat transport in ground water flow

Heat transport in a ground water flow can be analyzed by combining the convection and diffusion ofheat equation with the ground water flow equation. Now the velocity in the convection and diffusionof heat equation is taken from the groundflow velocity field ( βi = vi

g ) if groundflow velocityis initialized. An example of a input file is given below

. . .groundflow pressuregroundflow velocitycondif temperatureend initia. . .type 0 -groundflow -condifgroup groundflow compressibility 0 . . .group condif conductivity 0 . . .. . .

If both materi velocity and groundflow velocity are initialized, βi = vi + vig.

8.4 Heat transport in materials

Heat transport in a material can be analyzed by combining the convection and diffusion of heatequation with the materi equations. In this way thermal stresses or heat induced convection canbe analyzed. Now the velocity in the convection and diffusion of heat equation is taken from thevelocity field ( βi = vi ). An example of a input file is given below

. . .materi velocitymateri stresscondif temperatureend initia. . .type 0 -materi -condif

316

group materi elasti young 0 . . .group materi expansion 0 . . .group materi memory 0 -updatedgroup condif conductivity 0 . . .. . .

8.5 Restart a calculation

You can use a dbs file to restart a calculation. In fact, a dbs file is an input file itself. It containsthe record icontrol which contains the last control index actually performed with the previouscalculation. You can add more control * records and start the file again; it will then continuewith these new control * records.

You cannot use dbs files with contain control repeat for restarting a calculation.

317

9 Final topics (input trouble, save memory /CPU time, ...)

9.1 Environment symbols

Records with a length of 1, and no index, you can also set via an environment symbol. You needto use capital characters in doing so. Typical examples are

• PROCESSORS 4

• PRINT GID CALCULATION -no

• PRINT GMSH CALCULATION -yes

• PRINT NODE GEOMETRY PRESENT -yes

In windows set environment symbols in your advanced system settings. In a linux bash shell setenvironment symbols in your .bashrc file (eg export PROCESSORS=4).

9.2 Checking your geometry * records

Set print node geometry present -yes and set print element geometry present -yes. Thenlook with gmsh if the geometries are like you want.

9.3 Continuing an analysis

• Copy the database from the previous calculation to a new file, e.g. new.dat.

• Run a new calculation with new.dat.

This can also be done with a database that is written as indermediate database in a previouscalculation, by example directly after gravity. See also icontrol.

9.4 Use -node as geometry entity.

As a special option you can use a node as a geometrical entity. By example the following imposesa boundary condition on the temperature of node 6:

bounda dof 10 -node 6 -temp

Notice that -node 6 is used in the format of a geometry entity.

9.5 Use -geometry list as geometry entity.

As a special option you can use a list as a geometrical entity. By example the following imposes aboundary condition on the nodes of geometry list 6:

318

geometry list 6 54 43 26 38 62bounda dof 10 -geometry list 6 -temp

9.6 List input files with options

You can search for input files in your distribution which contain multiple words. By examplechange to the test/other directory. Suppose you want to see in which files you can see transientconsolidation in a deforming soil.

In linux use the following command to list input file:grep -il materi velocity *.dat | xargs grep -il groundflow capacity | xargs grep -ilgroundflow consolidation.

In MS Windows use:windows explorer - Search - Advanced options - File contentsand search formateri velocity AND groundflow capacity AND groundflow consolidation.

9.7 Geometrically linear material

Either do this:

• Initialise -materi velocity and -materi displacement

• Use -total linear for the material.

or do this:

• Initialise -materi velocity and -materi velocity integrated

• Use -fixed in space for mesh

• Use -updated linear for the material.

9.8 Dynamic calculations

Dynamic calculations are triggered by setting inertia apply -yes. Take care that you havespecified all required data, like material density, etc.

To get damping similar to rayleigh damping in structural dynamics use:

. . .group materi damping ... (similar to rayleigh damping mass term, use alpha *material density )group materi viscosity ... (similar to rayleigh damping stiffness term, use beta *material young ). . .

319

See also materi dynamic to influence numerical damping in dynamic calculations with solidmaterials.

9.9 Input file syntax

• If you don’t understand the syntax of an option, please look in the tochnog/test/other direc-tory for example files. Under linux search for the command, eg grep control print filter*.dat to get example files with control print filter.

9.10 Check large calculations

• Set both solver -none and linear calculation apply -yes ; run and check in gid theboundary conditions, forces, change of element groups, etc. In a complex model you cancheck geometries that you use by imposing an artificial boundary on them, eg bounda dof... -temp with value 1, and look in gid if you see that boundary condition showing up atthe correct nodes.

• Only set linear calculation apply -yes ; run and check linear solution fields.

• Do not set anything special ; run and check solution fields.

9.11 Diverging calculations

• Try the linear elements -bar2, -quad4 , -tria3, -hex8 and -tet4 in stead of quadraticelements.

• Try solver matrix save -no (always setup new system matrix)

• Try group materi plasti mohr coul direct i.s.o. group materi plasti mohr coul

• Try small fixed timesteps (do not use automatic time stepping).

• Try more iterations with control timestep iterations.

• Try a lower interface stiffness.

• Try higher water capacity in calculation with consolidation (so water less stiff, anyway nottoo stiff relative to soil)).

• Set group interface materi residual stiffness to 1.

9.12 Saving CPU time

• Check that the computer doesn’t swap to disk (use top in linux, use task manager in windows).In case of swapping lower the memory usage (see the section ’Saving computer memory’).

• For large calculations with many post * commands: use post apply -no and use con-trol post apply index -yes only at the moment that you actually need post results

9.13 Saving computer memory

Try the following steps, in order of priority:

• solver matrix symmetric -yes.

320

• processors 1.

• solver -matrix iterative bicg.

• dof element dof -no.

• Use bounda alternate.

• Don’t use extreme large indices (since memory is allocated for all indices).

You only should do steps as needed. By example, if solver matrix symmetric -yes solves thememory problems you should not do any of the further steps; etc.

9.14 Inaccurate results

• Set the interface stiffness to about 10 times the neigbouring element young divided by theneighbour length.

• If a structure is submerged in water, eg a one-side submerged dam, you need to impose the cor-rect pressure condition; but you also need to impose the water loading by a force edge water.

9.15 Element sides

This sections defines node numbers for element sides 0, 1, ... respectively.

For a bar2 element the sides have the nodes numbers 0 and 1.

For a tria3 element the sides have the nodes numbers 0,1 and 1,2 and 2,0.

For a tria6 element the sides have the nodes numbers 0,1,2 and 0,3,5 and 2,4,5.

For quad elements the sides are in the order below, upper, left, right; see the pictures in elements.

For hex elements the sides are in the order below, upper, front, back, right, left; see the picturesin elements.

For a tet4 element the sides have the nodes numbers 0,1,2 and 0,1,3 and 1,2,3 and 0,2,3.

For a tet10 element the sides have the nodes numbers 0,1,2,3,4,5 and 0,1,2,6,7,9 and 2,4,5,7,8,9and 0,3,5,6,8,9.

For a prism6 element the sides have the nodes numbers 1,2,3 and 4,5,6 and 1,2,4,5 and 0,2,3,5and 0,1,3,4.

For a prism15 element the sides have the nodes numbers 0,9,1,11,10,2 and 3,12,4,14,13,5 and0,9,1,6,7,3,12,4 and 1,10,2,7,8,4,13,5 and 0,11,2,6,8,3,14,5.

For a prism18 element the sides have the nodes numbers 0,1,2,3,4,5 and 12,13,14,15,16,17 and0,1,2,6,7,8,12,13,14 and 2,4,5,8,10,11,14,16,17 and 0,3,5,6,9,11,12,15,17.

9.16 Badly shaped elements

Each element should have at maximum one common side with a neigbouring element. By exampletwo neigbouring quad4 elements have only one common side in a proper element mesh; if theneighbouring quad4 elements have two sides in common, the elements are badly shaped.

Some tochnog options will not work correctly if the mesh contains badly shaped elements.

321

9.17 Youtube

Tutorial movies can be found on https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC7qvITX-SLwA4RuqMPYBmDQ

9.18 External programs.

• http://www.gidhome.com Commercial pre- and postprocessor; easy. It can write forTochnog input directly. It can read results both from control print gid and from con-trol print vtk. See the gid directory in your distribution.

• http://mecway.com Commercial finite element program; easy. It can write for Tochnoginput abaqus. It can read results from control print gmsh.

• http://www.gnuplot.info/ Free x-y plotter; easy. It can read results from control print historyand control print data versus data.

• http://gmsh.info Free pre- and postprocessor; complex. It can write for Tochnog in-put abaqus. It can read results from control print gmsh.

• http://www.paraview.org Free postprocessor; complex. It can read results from con-trol print vtk.

• http://www.freecadweb.org/ Free CAD program; complex. It can write for Tochnoginput abaqus and read results from —bf control print frd. See the freecad directory inyour distribution.

• http://lace.fs.uni-mb.si/wordpress/borovinsek/?page id=41 Free prepomax pre- andpostprocessor for MS Windows; easy. It can write for Tochnog input abaqus and read re-sults from control print frd. Isoparametric elemennts only. See the prepomax directoryin your distribution.

• http://www.bconverged.com/download.php Free postprocessor CGX for MS Windows;easy. It can read results from control print frd.

• https://www.mikepoweredbydhi.com/products/feflow Dedicated ground water anal-ysis program. Tochnog can read the mesh and hydraulic heads with input feflow *.

• https://ngsolve.org/ Free preprocessor in 3D. Tochnog can read the nodes and elements.

9.19 Further remarks.

• The records force edge, force edge normal, force edge projected, force volume, con-dif heat edge normal, condif convection edge normal and condif radiation edge normalare evaluated inside the element loop. Hence, the resulting nodal forces only get their valuesafter a timestep is performed (since the element loop is performed in time steps).

• When you want to run the linux executable in a Microsoft windows bash shell you need to setthe environment symbol KMP AFFINITY to disabled. So do export KMP AFFINITY=disabledin the windows bash shell.

322

10 User supplied subroutines

Several skeleton user supplied subroutines are available in the file user.cpp. As a special op-tion you can use an ABAQUS umat.f (ABAQUS is a trademark of Dassault Systemes; seeHTTP://www.abaqus.com for the ABAQUS homepage). See also group materi umat in thismanual.

We only supports user.cpp and umat.f on linux 64 bit, with specific compilers. We use ourselvesalways the latest linux mint 64 bit; if you want to use the user supplied routines it is convenientto also use the same operating system in order to prevent compiling and linking problems.

We do not support any compilation, linking or run-time problems with user supplied routines.

References

[1] Borja, R. I., Tamagnini, C. (1998), Cam-Clay plasticity, part III: Extension of the infinitesimalmodel to include finite strains, Mech. Cohes.-Frict. Mater., 155, 73-95.

[2] Brinkgreve, R.B.J., 1994 Geomaterial Models and Numerical Analysis of Softening ThesisDelft University of Technology, ISBN 90-9007034-6

[3] C. di Prisco 1993 Studio sperimentale e modellazione matematica del comportamentoanisotropo delle sabbie PhD thesis in geotechnical engineering, Politecnico di Milano, Italy

[4] M.M. Farias and D.J.Naylor 1998 Safety Analysis Using Finite Elements Computers andGeotechnics, Vol. 22, No. 2, 165-181

[5] Fenton, G.A, 1994 Error evaluation of three random field generators Journal of EngineeringMechanics ASCE, 120(12):2487-2497

[6] Fuentes, W. and Triantafyllidis, Th. ISA model: A constitutive model for soils with yieldsurface in the intergranular strain space. Int. J. Numer. Anal. Meth. Geomech. 2015; 11:1235-1254

[7] Poblete, M, Fuentes, W. and Triantafyllidis, Th. On the simulation of multidimensional cyclicloading with intergranular strain. Acta Geotechnica. 2016; 11:1263-1285

[8] Griffiths, D.V., Fenton, G.A. 2004 Probabilistic slope stability analysis by finite elements.Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering, 130(5):507-518

[9] C. di Prisco, R. Nova and J. Lanier 1993 A mixed isotropic-kinematic hardening constitutivelaw for sand Modern Approaches to Plasticity, Ed. Kolymbas, 83-124

[10] P.V. Lade and R.B. Nelson 1987 Modelling the elastic behaviour of granular materials. Int.Jour. Num. Anal. Meth. Geomech., Vol., 2, 521-542

[11] Masin, D, 2005. A hypoplastic constitutive model for clays International J. Numer. Anal. Meth.Geomech., 2005, 29:311-336

[12] Masin, D, 2007. A hypoplastic constitutive model for clays with meta-stable structure CanadianGeotechnical Journal 44, No. 3, 363-375

[13] Matsuoka, H, Nakai, T., 1977. Stress-strain relationship of soil based on the ”SMP” Proc.Specialty Session 9, IX ICSMFE, Tokyo, 153–162

[14] Matsuoka, H., Sun, D.A., Konda, T., 1994. A constitutive law from frictional to cohesivematerials. Proc. XIII ICSMFE, New Delhi, Vol. 1, 403–406

[15] Niemunis, A., Herle, I. 1997 Hypoplastic model for cohesionless soils with elastic strain rangeMechanics of Cohesive-Frictional Materials, Vol. 2, 279-299.

323

[16] Niemunis, A. 2003 Extended hypoplasticity models for soils Bochum, ISSN, 1439-9342

[17] Nuebel, K., 2002. Experimental and Numerical Investigation of Shear Localization in GranularMaterial. Dissertation Fakultaet fuer Bauingenieur- und Vermessungswesen der UniversitaetKarlsruhe (TH). ISSN 0453-3267.

[18] Schanz, T., 1998. Zur Modellierung des mechanischen Verhaltens von Reibungsmaterialen.Mitteilung 45, Institut fuer Geotechnik, Universitaet Stuttgart

[19] von Wolffersdorff, P.-A. 1996 A hypoplastic relation for granular materials with a predefinedlimit state surface Mechanics of Cohesive-Frictional Materials, Vol. 1, 251-271.

[20] Wood, D.M., 1990 Soil behaviour and critical state soil mechanics. Cambridge UniversityPress.

[21] ’Undrained compressibility of saturated soil’, S.E. Blouin, J.K. Kwang, Applied ResearchAssociatives Inc., New England division, Box 120A, Waterman Road, South Royalton, VT05068, 13 february 1984, Technical report, Defense Nuclear Report.

324